IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I ''" ill IIIII2.5 ilM IIIII2.2 !!: m 12.0 i.8 1.25 1.4 1.6 ^ 6" — ► Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, NY. 14580 (716) 872-4503 'q\^ ,1>^ ^\^ XV" ^<*" "^^^'^ V t.ci// -^ ^tnay -^v_^^ Q^o£en i^?e ]^uM> can Oc^t^y^0 ^u Mroff^t, ^ (*'ty^° fff-^* -^^'iff- *^ /'^^ <£-8u^y^ A/^tJC Juan Qr'^f'^*^ Irtyt^'h eyr. /v^ Qef^/lctx^^ j^ iyf^f^ '^TP.y ^°^'^* tuxJt^yuiJ ^^^m-* >^^»^ So. KM/VO >en/V /I'fiU.j 2 ^i ii "i t» 1 u iCiSS^ i.^*..>cJ: ^0^0^ O^U^ ..CdicC Ul Ministerio de Ultramrr. r^ ON ESTA fecha digo al Jefe del Archive de Yndias estable- ^— ' cido en Sevilla lo que sigue : " S. M. el Rey (q. D. g.) ha tenido A bien disponer que se conceda autorizacion d M- Adolph Sutro para que examine y tome nota de los documentos que se custodian en ese Archivo ; enten- diendose esta autorizacion sujeta d las ordenanza? y demds dis- posiciones porque se rige esa depeudencia. De Real 6rden comu- nicada por el Sr. Ministro de Ultramar lo digo d V. S. d los efectos in-dicados. ' ' De la propia Real 6rden lo traslado d V. para su conocimiento. Dios guarde d V. muchos anos. Madrid 26 de Diciembre de 1883. El Subsecretario (rubrica) Manuel de Egu:6i,ior (rubrica) Sot. Dn. Adolph Sutro. iv Vor,. I TRANSLATION. Ministry of Foreign Affairs. Under this date I say to the Chief of the India Archives established at Seville the following : " H. M. the King— whom God guard— has seen fit to order that permission to examine and taict notes from the documents kept in those archives be given to Mr. Adolph Sutro, it being understood that this authorization is given subject to the ordinances and other rules governing that bureau. By royal order communicated through the Minister of Foreign Affnirs I say this to Your Excel- lency for the end indicated." By virtue of the same royal order I transmit this to you for your information. God guard you many years. Madrid, 26th December, 1883. Manuel de Egu^i^ior Under •'jecretary (r«^r/fa of the Minister of Foreign Affairs.) {rubrica) Mr. Adolph Sutro. HI D Prh Vor,. II. Part r. PUBLICATIONS OI' THU HISTORICAL SOCIETY OF SOUTHERN CALIFOR^.A Documents from the Sutro Collection, tRANStATED, ANNOTATED AND EDITED BY GEO BUTLER GRIFFIN, Preeioent of the Society. Pri7ited for the Society by authority Oj the Board ot Directors. I.OS ANGKLES: * • PRESS OF THE FRANKUN PRINTING COMPANY. 1891. ' II. III. COPYRICfHT im, BY THE HISTORICAL SOCIETY Of SOUTHERN' fALIFORNFA, INCORI'ORATED. ALL UICillTS BK.SKUVIiD. IV. V. VI. VII. VIII. TABLE OF CONTENTS. Introduction. I. Letter of Fray Andres de Aguirre to the Archbishop of Mexico, giving an account of some rich islands inhabited I)y civilized people, discovered by a Portuguese trader, and situate in latitude 35° to 40° north — written in 1584-5- II. Paragraph of a letter from the Marques de Villamanrique, Viceroy of New Spain, to His Majesty the King of Spain, making suggestions con- cerning the exploration of the coast of the South Sea, and giving notice of a vessel sailing for that purpose — dated loth May, 1585. III. Paragraph of a letter from the Conde de Santiago, Viceroy of New Spain, to the King of Spain, referring to the commissioning of Sebastian Rodriguez Cermeiio for a survej' of the coast of the South Sea — dated 6th April, 1594. IV. Paragraph of a letter from the royal officials of Acapulco to the Conde de Tiionterey, Viceroy of New Spain, giving tidings of the loss of the ship San Agtistin — dated ist February, 1596. V. Paragraph of a letter from the Conde de Monterey, Viceroy of New Spain, to the King of Spain, giving notice of the loss of the ship San Agustin and of discoveries made in her — dated 19th April, 1596. VI. Paragraph of a letter from the Conde de Santiago, Viceroy of New Spain, to the King of Spain, informing him that money is lacking for the survey of the coast of the mainland, but that there are persons who will undertake to do this if certain concessions be made to them — dated 8th Octobe-, 1593. VII. Paragraph of a letter from the Conde de Monterey, Viceroj' of New- Spain, to the King of Spain, concerning the expedition to New Mexico and the concession to Sebastian Vizcaino — dated 20th December, 1595. VIII. Letter of the Conde de Monterey, Viceroy of New Spain, to the King of Sppin, on the propriety of not sending expeditions undertaken by individuals to discover and take possession of the pro\-inces to tlie northward of New Spain, and of precautions to be observed concerning what Sebastian Vizcaino is doing with regard to an enterprise of this k.iid — dated 29th February, 1596. IX. Letter ofSebastuin Vizcaino to the King of Spain, announcing his return from the expedition to the Californias — dated 27th February, 1597. X. Report which Sebastian Vizcaino makes for the information of the King of Spain concerning his expedition to the Gulf of California — written early in 1597. ■I ;■ 4 Historical Society of Soiitheryi California, XI. Paragraph of a letter from the Conde de Monterey, Viceroy of New Spain, to the King of Spain, giving his reasons for not making use of the decree taking from Sebastian Vizcaino his commission for the expedition to the Californias — dated 23d July, 1597. XII. Paragraphs of a letter from the Conde de Monterey, Viceroy of New Spain, to the King of Spain, concerning the expedition to the Califor- nias and some new matters which have come to light touching the same — dated 26th November, 1597. XIII. Lettei- of Sebastian Vizcaino to the King of Spain, announcing his departure from Acapulco on the expedition for the exploration of the coast from Cape San L,iicas to Cape Mendocino— dated 5th May, 1602. XIV. Letter of Sebastian Vizcaino, dated at Monterey Bay, 28th December, 1602, giving some account of what he has seen and done during his ex- ploration of the coast of the Californias. XV. Letter of Sebastian Vizcaino to the King of Spain, announcing his return from the exploration of the coast of the Californias, as far as the forty-second degree of north latitude — dated 23d May, 1603. XVI. Letter of Fray Junipero Serra, President of the missions of California, to Don Frey Antonio Maria Bucareli y Urs6a, Viceroy of New Spain, giving some account of the condition of the missions and complaining of the conduct of Captain Perez and of the Governor — dated 9th Sep- ' tember, 1774. XVII. Letter of Fray Junipero Serra, President of the missions of California, to Don Frey Antonio Maria Bucareli y Ursua, Viceroy of New Spain, forwarding the journal of Fray Juan Crespi — dated 7th October, 1774. XVIII. Diary of Fray Tomas de la Peiia kept during the voya'^e of the Santiago — dated 28th August, J 774. XIX. Journal of Fray Juan Crespi kept during the same voyage — dated 5th October, 1774. T' )y of New ' ng use of n for the , ay of New le Califor- INTRODUCTION r the same incing his ion of the ay, 1602. December, iug his ex- imcing his s far as the California, lew Spain, implaining d 9th Sep- California, •Jew Spain, ler, 1774. I'^e of the -dated 5th 'T^HE documents which the Historical Society of Southern Cali- * fornia here offers to the public will be considered, the Society ventures to hope, welcome contributions to the treasure now laid up m the storehouse of students of the historj' of the Pacific coast, especially that of California, and of some interest to the general reader. It is believed that these doctiments, excepting only the last two, the diaries of Fathers Crespi and de la Peiia, have not been published heretofore — certainl}' not in this countr}'. The privilege of publishing these documents the Society owes to the kindne.ss of Mr. Adolpli Sutro, of San Francisco. Mr. Sutro caused a search for documents relating to the historj' of California to be made in that great magazine of Spanish-American history, the India archives of Seville, and his agents succeeded in unearth- ing these buried treasures. They were submitted by Mr. Sutro to this society for examination and were found to be of such value that the generosity of the lender was taxed still further by a request that their publication by the Society shotild be sanctioned by him, a request which was granted at once. In addition to this, it is well to add, Mr. Sutro has aided otherwise and very materiallj' in their publication. The very voluminous series of books published, qtiite recently, by Mr. H. H. Bancroft, of San Francisco, contains a general summary of a very great part of the printed matter relating to the history of California, but it is evident that, at least so far as the early history of the Californian coast is concerned, only a very limited number of original manuscripts, and these easily accessible to the public, were examined. If any examination of the India archives at Seville was attempted, it must have been made very superficially, for a perusal of the books published by Mr. Bancroft will show that of the nineteen documents now pritited the existence of all but two or three was unknown to the writers employed by that gentlem; and, possibly because the outlying province of California was of such little importance to the earlier historians of Historical Society of Southern Calijornia, ii: I !ili I cisatlantic Spain, these documents escaped the notice of Torque- mada and other Spanish authors beyond whose researches the writers referred to apparently have not cared to venture. A perusal of these Spanish historians will enablethestudent to verify this latter assertion ; that Mr. Bancroft's writers were equally care- less will appear more fully in foot-notes appended to the documents now published. Three of the documents now put in type are printed from photo- lithographic copies of the originals, even the color to which the ink of these originals has faded being reproduced carefully, made for Mr, Sutro, in 1883 and 1884, by express permission of the King of Spain, and certified by the signature and official seal of the keeper of the Archive General de Indias at Seville. These three documents are the letter which Sebastian Vizcaino wrote at Monterey Bay on the 28th December, 1602, and the two letters of President Junipero vSerra to the Viceroy of Mexico. A fac-simile of President Serra s letter, of 7th October, 1774, is given as a frontispiece to this publication. The authenticity of the other six- teen documents is unquestionable also. It has been thought proper to print the Spanish verbatim et literatim, the capitalization and punctuation also being carefully adhered to, for in this way the documents can not but be of more value to the scholar. Translations are appended for the use of the general reader; and, although at times the meaning of the original is much obscured by the singularly involved and otherwise ungrammatical style of the writer, it is believed that in the trans- lation, in every instance, the statements of the writer have been presented with accuracy. It has been thought advisable to print all the documents relating to the same subject together and in the order of their dates, the repetition of matter contained in the foot-notes thus being avoided. GEO. BUTLER GRIFFIN, President of the Historical Society of Southern California. Los Angeles, ist November, 1891. Doar.nents from the Sutro Collection. »f Torque- irches the nture. A it to verify nally care- iocuments om photo- whicli the illy, made if the King ieal of the hese three wrote at I letters of fac-simile given as a I other six- >erbatim ef y carefully )e of more : use of the he original otherwise the trans- have been its relating dates, the g avoided. IFFIN, California. Document No. i. r^ ARTA de Fray Andres Aguirre al Ylmo Ss? Arzobispo de Megico ^^ participandole la conveniencia de reconocer y descubrir la costa N. O. de la Nueva Espaiia y dando noticias de unas islas ricas y de gente civilizada d donde aporto una nave portuguesa y se hallan de los 35 a 40 grades de latitud norte. Ylustrisimo Senor — Kl spiritu Santo more siempre en la aninia de viiestra seiioria ilustrisima. el descubrimiento que vuestra sefioria nianda liacer assi para entender la disposicion de la costa, puertos y calidades de la tierra y gente della, que hasta agora esta descub- ierta al poniente de esta Nueva Espafia en la mar del sur, como para proseguir el descubrimiento de aquella costa y tierra desde cuarenta y un grado de latitud adelante es de mucha ymportancia y muy necesario assi para la buelta de las naos de las yslas filipi- nas y de todas las partes del poniente como para entender y saver la disposicion y calidad de la tierra y gente de ella y yslas que se entiende ay de mucha ymportancia cercana a aquella costa. aunque las naos que vienen de poniente cada aiio al puerto de acapulco rreconoscen aquella costa y a vista de ella navegan mas de quini- entas leguas, no se save hasta agora que puertos 6 reparos tiene ymporta mucho saverse para que las naos que vienen necesitadas de rreparar por haver navegado hasta aquella costa de dos mill leguas sin hazer escala en tierra alguna puedan rreparar y proveer sus nee .. ^ades. no es de menor ymportancia proseguirse el descubrimiento de aquella costa de los cuarenta y un grados de latitud adelante para entender los secretes della, porque tiene por cierto que es continente con la costa de la china sino las divide un angosto estrecho que Hainan de anian que segun se tiene noticia, esta es lo ultimo descubierto de la costa de la china en cinquenta y d^s grados de latitud. en aquel parage y en el que ay de las yslas de Japon hasta lo ultimo descu- bierto de nuestra costa segun el Padre Fray Andres de Urdaneta tuvo relacion de un capitan portugues ay yslas muy ricas muy pobladas de gente de mucha policia, la qual rrelacion yo bi y ley y yendo el y yo a Espafia d dar quenta d su magestad del subceso de la primera Jornada que por su mandado hizimos en la qual se descubrieon y poblaron las yslas Philipinas y se descubrio la navegacion y buelta de ellas d esta nueva espafia, el dicho padre 8 Historical Society of Southern Calif jrnia. dio esta relacion a su magestad y yo tome copia della y la guarde hasta que partiendo de espana en esta flota se perdio la nao en que yo venia y en ella se me perdio la rrelacion y todo lo que traia y su magestad me haviaheclio merced y limosna. L,o que en rresolucion contenia es lo siguente. " una nao portuguesa salio de malaca para las j'slas de Japon y cargo en la ciudad de Canton las» mercaderias de China y Uegando d vista de Japon le dio un temporal poniente tan recio que no pudo tomar aquellas yslas y corrio con poca vela ocho dias el tiempo muy cerrado sin haver rreconocido tierra alguna; al noveno dia abonanzo el tiempo y aclaro y tuvieron vista de dos j-slas grandes, arribaron d una dellas en un buen puerto poblado con una gran ciudad cer- cada de buen muro de piedra, esta van en el puerto muchos navios grandes y medianos, luego que entraron en el puerto acudio a la nao mucha gente de la tierra bien vestidos }' tratados y mostrando d los de la nao mucho amor y sabiendo que eran mercaderes invio el seiior de aquella ysla y ciudad a dezir al capitan de la nao qu^ saliese y los que quisiese de su gente en tierra y sin recelo alguno de que se les liiciese agravio, antes se ofrecia todo buen acojimien- to y llevase memoria de las mercaderias que traia en su nao porque se las tomarian y rrescatarian d su contento, el capitan comunic6 con su gente esto y se determino inviar a la ciudad al escribano dela nao con la memoria de las mercaderias y dos mercaderes uno portugues y otro armenio vecinos de Malaca. El Seiior de la tierra los rresci- vio en su casa que era grande y bien edificada y los trato con mu- cho amor y rregalo y entendiendose por seiias y que la tierra era muy abundante y rrica de plata y otras cosas, seda y ropa volvieron el escribano y el mercader portugues a la nao par sacar las mercader- ias en una cassa que le dieron para ello y el armenio quedo con el Sefior de la tierra y fue tratado con mucho rregalo, hasta que sacadas las mercaderias en tierra y acudiendo gran numero de gente d rrescatar ccn plata en gran cantidad en treynta y tantos dias ven- dieron todas sus mercaderias haciendo grande y rrica ganancia conque quedaron todos muy rricos y cargaron su nao de plata; el tiempo que en esta ysla estnvieron y en^^endieron que el seiior della lo era de la otra que estava a vista quatro leguas y de otras que cerca dellas avia tod. s ellas rricas de plata y muy pobladas. La gente blanca y bien dispuesta bien tratada y vestida de seda y rropa fina de algodon, gente amorosa y muy afable. L,a lenguadiferente de los chinos y japones y facil de tomar porque en menos de quar- enta dias que los Portugueses estuvieron en aquella ysla se enten- dian con los naturales. Son aquellas yslas abundantes de buenos mantenimientos, arroz que es el pan que usan, aves como las nues- Documents from the Sutro Collection. la guarde ao en que traia y su •esolucion e Japon y ' llegando e no pudo ;mpo muy abonanzo arribaron udad cer- os navios :udi6 a la nostrando eres invio a nao qu^ lo alguno icojimien- ao porque .unic6 con ) de la nao portugues losrresci- con mu- a era muy Ivieron el nercader- do con el lasta que ) de gente dias ven- ganancia plata; el :nor della )tras que as. La la y rropa diferente de quar- |se enten- e buenos las uues- tras en gran abundahcia, patos mansos y muchos puercos, cabras, bufanos y mucha caga de venados y jabalies en gran abundaucia, de diversas aves y volateria y muchos pescados y buenos y grande abundancia de frutas de muchas diferencias : el temple de la tierra muy bueno y sano. estan aquellas yslas de treynta y ciuco grados a quarenta no se puede entender la longitud del japon d ellas por aver corrido con tormentas y el tiempo muy cerrado y oscuro. Corrieron de japon d levante y echo su rrescate volvieron d Malaca pusieron por nombre d estas yslas por respeto del mercader armenio que entre la gente de la nao era muy respetado, yslas de harmenio. " Esto es lo que de la rrelacion tengo de memoria assi para descubrir estas yslas como otras en aquel parage y golfo. Como para lo demas de aquella costa es de mucha iraportancia hacerse este descubrimi- ento para lo hacer seran muj' acomodadas las dos acabras del porte y fabrica que don Juan de Guzman dixere, como r^uien tanibien lo entiende en lo qual y en todo lo demas tocantedesta Jornada pueda vuestra senoria ilustrisma seguir su parecer suplique d nuestro seiior sea para gran servicio suUo y de su Magestad. Ylustrisimo Senor. De vuestra senoria ilustrisima manor capelan. fray Andres de Aguirre. TRANSLATION. Letter of Fray Andres de Aguirre to the Most Illustrious Lord Archbishop of Mexico, bringing to his notice the usefulness of exploring the northwest coast of New Spain and giving information of some rich islands, inhabited by civilized people, where a Portu- guese ship touched, and which are in from 35 to 40 degrees of north latitude. Most Illustrious Lord : May the Holy Spirit ever dwell in the soul of your most illustrious lordship. The voyage of discovery which your lordship orders to be made, as well for the purpose of gaining a knowledge of the coast and harbors, and the quality of the land and condition of its people, to the present time discovered to the westward of this New Spain in the South Sea, as for the further prosecution of the exploratiMi of that coast and region beyond the forty-first degree of latituWe, is of great importance and very necessary in connection with the return voyage of vessels from the I'i' lO Historical Society of Southern California. Hill! I III Philippines and all parts of the west, and for the purpose of under- standing and knowing the lay of the land and its qualities and those of its people and of the islands of great importance which are understood to lie near that coast. Although the ships which come every year from the west to the port of Acapulco make a landfall on that coast and sail within sight of it for more than five hundred leagues, to the present time it is not known what harbors or places where repairs can be made it has. It is very important to know this, so that the ships which come needing repairs, after reaching that coast from a distance of two thousand leagues, without touching anywhere, may be repaired and their needs may be provided tor. Nor is it of less importance that the exploration of that coast be continued beyond forty-one degrees of latitude in order that its secrets may be revealed, for it is held as certain that it is a portion of the same continent as that of China, unless it be that they are separated by a narrow strait called Anian,' which, according to notices had, is in that part of the coast of China lately explored, in fifty-two degrees of latitude. In that region, and lying between the Japanese islands and that portion of our coast recently discovered, according to the narrative of a Portuguese captain which Father Fray Andres de Urdaneta^ had in his possession, there are ver3'rich islands very thickly populated by people of urbane customs. This narrative I saw and read while he and myself were going to Spain in order to give to His Majesty an account of the success of the 1. At this time nil navigators believed in tlie existence of a strait by which pomraunieation could be had between the Atlantic and the Pacific. It was the hope of find- ing this means of escape with his booty-laden ship that brought Francis Droke to the Califor- nian coast iu lo79. Lor"n.70 Ferrer de Maldonado claimed that, in 1588, he entered the strait on the coast of Labrador and emerged at tlie Pacific end in latitude sixty. Juan de Knca asserted that, in 159L', he entered the strait from the Pacific in latitude forty-seven, and that he sailed through it to the Atlantic, liut this elusive strait was pushed farther and farther to the northward until at length it has become Bering's strait and the north- west passage. 2. In his youth and early manhood Andres do Crdanefa had been a soldier, and was famous as a navigator and cosmographer, and he had sailed in this capacity in one of the ships which, under the command of Garcia de Loaisa, had visited the Philippines and other islands of the South Sea. In 1.5fi3 the King of Spain ordered Viceroy Velasco. of New Spain, to send colonists for the settlement of the Philippines. Meanwhile Captain Urdaneta had entered the order of Austin friars at the city of Mexico. He and five of his brethren, among whom was Andres de Agnirre, the writer of this letter, were selected to go on the expedition as missionaries. The command was given to Miguel Qomez de T.egazpi, a resident of the city of Mexico; and, on the ^Ist November, 1«.'J4, e fleet of four vessels sailed from the port of Navidad| in Oolima for the islands. This was the expedition which founded Manilla. Orders had been given to Gomez de Legazpi for the determination, if possiblo, of a practicoble return route from the islands to New Spain. On the 1st June, 1565, the flagship, the >S'an Pedro, under command of Felipe Salcedo, a youth of sixteen years of age and grandson of the commander, was dig- patcned from Zebi'i for that purpose, and Fathers Urdaneta and Agnirre sailed In her. The course of the San Peiho was eastward to the Ladrones, thence northward to latitude US" north, and thence, with a favoring slant of wind, eastward to the American coast, the ship making a landfall somewhere to the northward of what is now Monterey Bay. The voyage was long and disastrous. The ship had sailed with a crew verv limited in number; during the voyage Salcedo, the navigating oftlcer and fourteen others died; and, when at length she arrived at Acapulco, there were not sufficient able-bodied men on board to bring her to nn anchor. The two friars had tended the sick ^p shriven the dying, had navigated and Kt«ered the ship and had prepared from day to d^the chart which was used, for many years afterwards, by the navigating officers of Manilla galleons. Documents from the Sutro Collection. II ; of under- alities and which are /hich come landfall on e hundred s or places it to know r reaching 5, without s ma)' be t coast be er that its s a portion t they are cording to xplored, in etween the liscovered, ich Father e verj' rich )ms. This I to Spain ess of the ait by which e hope of find- to the Califor- entcred the ty. Juan de forty-seven, shed farther ind the north- iier, and was in one of the ilippiues and lasco, of New liile Captain He and five letter, were en to Miguel V ember, ISM, the islands, to Gomez de m the islands command of der, was dis- l in her. The latitude im* 3a.st, the ship The voyage mber; during len at length ) bring her to avigated and ed, for many first voyage we made by his order, during which the Philippine islands were discovered and settled'' and the manner of navigating thither and of making the return voyage thence to New Spain was determined. The said father gave this narrative to His Majesty and I made a copy of it, which I kept until, leaving Spain in this fleet, the ship in which I came was lost, and in it the narrative and all I was bringing with me, on which account His Majesty gave me a reward and alms. What in effect the narrative contained is as follows : "A Portuguese ship sailed from Malacca for the islands of Japan and at the city of Canton took on board Chinese goods. Arriving within sight of Japan she encountered a storm coming from the west, so severe that it was impossible to fetch those islands and she ran before it under very little sail for eight days, the weather being very thick and no land having been seen. On the ninth day the storm was spent and the weather cleared, and they made two large islands. They reached one of these at a good port well peo- pled, there being a great city surrounded by a good stone wall. There were many large and medium sized vessels in port. Imme- diately on their entering the harbor there flocked to the ship a great number of persons well-dressed and cared for and manifest- ing much affection for the people of the ship. The lord of that island and city, learning that they were merchants, sent to the captinn of the ship to say that he and those of his people he might select should come ashore without any fear that they would do them harm. On the contrary, he assured them, they should be received well, and he requested that they should bring with them the manifest of the goods the ship brought, for they would take them and trade for them to their content. The captain communi- cated this to his people, and it was resolved that the notary of the ship should be sent ashore with the manifest and two merchants, one a Portuguese and the other an Armenian, residents of Malacca. The lord of the land received them in his house, which was large and well built, and treated them with affection, making them presents, they understanding one another by signs. The land was very rich in silver and other things, silk and clothing. The notary and the Portuguese merchant returned to the ship in order to land merchandise and store it in a building which was assigned to them 3. Friar Andres is in error here, for the Philippines were discovered by Magelfaaens in 1521, in the course of his famous voyage, and it was on one of these islands that he lost his life in a siiirmish with the natives. Probably it was some error similar to this which led a writer employed by Mr. H, H. Bancroft to assert that the Philippines were di«- covered by the expedition under Ruy Lopez de Villalobos, which sailed from NaUvidad in New Spain, in November, 151,1! Bee History ojthe Pacific States, x, p. 130 (table of contents ol cap. VI) and the text on p. 137. u 13 Historical Society of Southern California. for tliat purpose, while the Arineniati remained with the lord of the land and was treated very hospitablj-. The merchandise hav- ing been taken ashore, and a vast number of persons coming to purchase it, bringing a great quantity of silver, it came to pass that in some thirty daj'S they sold all the goods, making great gains, so that all became very rich, and they loaded the ship with silver. During the time that they were on the island they learned that the lord was suzerain of the other island also, which was within sight, four leagues away, and of others which were near to these, all being rich in silver and very populous. This people is white and well-formed, well cared for and clothed in silk and fine clothing of cotton; an affectionate and very affable people. The language differs from that of the Chinese as well as that of the Japanese, and is readily learned, for, in less than in forty days that the Portuguese passed on the island, they were able to con- verse with the natives. These islands abound in the means of maintaining life well — rice, which is the bread they use; fowls like ours in great number; tame ducks and many hogs ; goats ; buffa- loes and deer and wild boars in great abundance ; various birds and game and fishes many and good, and a great plenty of many kinds of fruit. The climate of the land is very good and healthy. These islands are in from thirty-five to forty degrees. The differ- ence in longitude between them and Japan cannot be arrived at, because they had run before the gale and the weather was very thick and obscure. Thej' ran from Japan to the eastward; and, having disposed of their merchandise, they returned to Malacca. They named these islands, out of regard for the Armenian merchant, who was greatly respected by the people of the ship, 'Isles of the Armenian.' " This is as much of the narrative, as I remember it, as will serve for the discovery of these islands as well as others in that region and corner of the sea. As regards the rest of that coast, it is very important that this exploration should be made; and for this purpose two vessels of the burthen and build which Don Juan de Guzman may determine will serve. With regard to who should take part in the decision of this matter, as well as in all things concerning this exploration, your most illustrious lordship will follow his own judgment. I pray Our Lord that this may be for his great service and that of His Majesty. Most Illustrious Lord : From the least chaplain of your most illustrious lordship. Fray Andres de Aguirre.* 4. This letter is not dated. It is addressed to the Archbishop of Mexico, and Father Aguirre mentions that his lordship ordered a voyaRe to be made to the northwest coast. On the '.iSth September, 1584, Pedro de Moya y Contrerus, who had succeeded Alonso de Montiifar in the archeplscopal see, became sixth yiceroy of New Spain and go verned as such until the 18th October, 1585. lam Inclined to think, therefore, that this letter must Documents from the Siitro Collection. n le lord of idise hav- cotuing to le to pass citig great ship with ey learned fcrhich was re near to people is !k and fine pie. The hat of the forty days le to con- means of ; fowls like ats ; buffa- ious birds y' of many d healthy, rhe differ- arrived at, was very vard; and, Malacca, merchant, sles of the remember as others St of that be made; lild which ard to who 1 as in all IS lordship is may be Illustrious ordship. and Father rthwest coast, ed Alonso de 1 go verned as a letter must Document No. 2. ^APlTUIyO de una carta del Virey de la Nueva Espafia el Mar- ^-^ ques de Villamanrique d S. M. esponiendo lo que considera oportuno referente al descubrimiento de las costas de lamardelsur y dando noticia de una embarcacion que sale con este intento, su fecha de 10 de Mayo de 1585. 14. Dice vue.stra magestad en la misma carta, en el capitulo segundo della que ansi mismo escribio el arzobi.spo que los navios que vienen de las Filipinas reconocen la costa de e.sta tierra sete- cientas leguas y mas y menos antes de llegar al puerto de gapulco y vienen ansi a vista de tierra y que como no saven los puertos de toda esta costa aunque tienen necesidad de tomar tierra para rreparar los navios y proveerse de agua y otras cosas no lo pueden hacer ni tienen donde ampararse de tiempos contraros que de ordinario corren por aquellas partes y que lo mismo sucede a los navios que antes de llegar a la costa padecen temporal u otras necesidades que por no tener puerto en ella buelven arribar a las yslas de donde salieron y que para que esto cesase y vuestra magestad tuviese noticia de to- da aquella costa que algunos dicen corre hasta confinar con la tierra firme de la china y otros que acava en el estrecho que llaman dt anian que va a .salir al parage de irlanda, havia mandado hazer dos fragatas para que saliesen a reconocer buscar y descubrir todos los puertos e yslas rrios, montes e avitaciones que ay e de que len- guas e gentes era abitada e poblada e de su modo de vivir y que frutos y aprovechamientos tienen graduandolo y descubriendolo todo y que para ello tenia piloto y cosmografo muy bueno y que demas de lo sobredicho por esta via y d menos costa que por tierra have been wntteiJ during the twelvemonth indicated. After the latter date no prelate became viceroy until Archbishop Garcia Guerra succeeded Don Luis de Velasco, and he ruled from the month of June, 1611, until his death in February, 1612. He gave no orders Jor a voyage to the northwest coast; and Father Aguirre, if he were still living in 1611, must have been quite aged. Moreover it is not probable that Father Aguirre would have allowed so many years to pass before making the narrative of the Portuguese captain known to the viceroy of New Spain. In fact, an allusion in one of the documents contained iu this volume indicates that the story of the "Isles of the Armenian" was known to the authorities of New Spain shortly after the time of Moya y Contr6ras. The narrative itself appears to be just such a yarn as navigators have been given to spinning for several thou- sand years. Possibly the story was told to the Spaniards by one of a rival nation for the purpose of putting them on a false scent, for in those days all sailors, and landsmen as well, believed firmly that the seas were full of undiscovered islands Inhabited by peoples rich beyond compare. As a matter of fact there are no such islands as those of which the sailor gives a description. A ship sailing from Canton to within sightof Japan and thence running before a gale from the west for eight days, on the ninth would not be in the neigh- borhood of any islands. There is an island called "Kioa de Plata," in latitude thirty-three north, but it is in longitude one hundred and seventy-one east of Greenwich, more thau forty degrees to the eastward of the Portuguese captain's landfall in Japan. It is not pro- bable that a ship of that period could have run that distance in the time mentioned; nor lire any such people or beasts as those described by Father Aguirre to be found on "Rica de Plata." 14 Historical Society of Southern California. !!L! 1 ' se podria conuuiicar el nuevo megico eii estaiulo poblado como se colige de la relacioii que de aquello avia dado Antonio despejo y si quando yo llegase huviesen salido estas tragatas que esperase el suceso y avisase d vuestra niagestad y que tio siendo ydas provea lo necesario y que para lo de adelante en cosas semejantes quando sucediere no me resuelva en ejecutarlas sin dar primero avisso d vuestra niagestad si ya no fuese tan forzoso que ubiere peligros en la tardanza. Lo que en esto pasa segun lo que yo entiendo de que puedo dar queiita d vuestra niagestad es que la costa de la nueva espatla se suve por la parte del snr liasta quarenta y dos grados porque viniendo de la yslas philipinas las naos de vuestra niagestad an tornado la tierra en aquella altura y hasta ngora desde alii hasta el puerto de gapulco por toda la costa no ha pared' conveniente hacerse poblaciones ni por no las haver avido ni ; enido riesgo ningun navio y como vuestra niagestad tiene relaciou por el viaje que hizo el marques del valle d las Californiasy Francisco Vazquez Coronado a las ciudades de cibolas, la mas de aquella gentey costa es de gente brava, prove y que se maiitiene de pescar y como el poblar por agora podria tener inconveniente y de no lo aver liecho no parece ninguno, si vuestra niagestad por agora fuere servido no habrd para que tratar de ello y quando las naos que salen de las yslas philipinas arriban escerca del puerto de nianila dedonde salen y antes que tomen altura porque en tomando alguna los vendavales que acerca del puerto los hacen arrivar, essos les son vientos frescos y buenos para venir d estos reynos y en quanto aquel descubrimiento del nuevo mexico se puede comunicar por aquella mar y costa parece segun la demarcion que es parte med- iterrana y asta agora no se save que le corresponda la mar del norte, 6 sur tan cerca que se pueda hacer lo que d vuestra niagestad le an ynformado. El arzobispo no hizo las fragatas que escrivio que pensaba hacer y para conseguir lo pretendia aviendo llegado de las yslas philipi- nas y de marcar que es la tierra firme de la gran china el capitan Francisco gali que es piloto y cosmografo que refiere tenia le torn6 a despachar en un navio qile Hainan Sant Juan que es de vuestra magestad y en el que avia navegado y le dio officiales de la nao y marineros y diez mill pesos para que si por ser viejo el navio en que yba no pudiese seguir la derrota que le avia mandado en las j'^slas philipinas hiziese otro y comprase lo necesario y demarcase la tierra firme del xapon, yslas de armenio y todas las demas que tuviese rrazon y noticia en aquel mar del sur y de alii su viage en la mayor altura que el tierapo le diese lugar hasta tomar la costa de la nueva espaiia y que toraada viniese por ella viendo la tierra y p eiitera nc dido lo q me parec MANRIQU Paragri Marques i deems tin South Sei purpose— 14. Y( graph the ships wuii land for s( the port o and that, there is nt water and places for which ord regard to i or which .h return to t things sho iiiformatio the main 1 called Ani built two 5 investigati mountains languages tier of life ] civilization 1. DeGali sailed from Mii Moya y ContrOi 1584. On the IS succeeded him liavo a letter fn Documents from Ihe Sulro Collection, 15 como se spejo ysi perase el is provea s quando avisso a ligros en do de que la nueva )S grados niagestad alii hasta iiveiiiente do riesgo r el viaje 3 Vazquez ite y costa como el ver hecho iervido no en de las dedonde Iguna los OS les son n quanto nicar por arte med- del norte, stad le an aba hacer philipi- 1 capitan a le torn6 vuestra la nao y navio en do en las emarcase emas que su viage tomar la viendo la e tierra y puertos y demarcandolo todo para que se tenga de ello entera noticia vetiido que sea si traxera alguna relacion y etiten- (lido lo que ubiere hecho, inforniarc d vuestra niagestad de lo que me pareciere que conviene d su real servicio. Marques dk Vili^a- MANRIQUK. TRANSLATION. Paragraph of a letter from the viceroy of New vSpain, the Marques de Villamanrique, to His Majesty, setting forth what he deems timely with regard to the exploration of the coasts of the South Sea and giving notice of a vessel about to sail' for that purpose — (i -cd loth May, 15.S5. 14. Your Majesty says in the same letter, in the second para- graph thereof : Furthermore, also, the Archbishop- wrote that the ships wiiich come from the Philippines run along the coast of this land for seven hundred leagues, more or less, before arriving at the port of Acapulco, and come in this way with the land in sight, and that, as the harbors of this coast are not known, although there is need of landing, in order to repair the ships and to obtain water and other things, this cannot be done ; that there are no places for shelter during the prevalence of the contrary winds which ordinarily prevail in those parts ; that the same is true with regard to ships which, before making the coast, encounter storms or which suffer other disasters, and having no harbor there, they return to the islands whence they came ; that this condition of things should cease and, in order that Your Majesty might gain information concerning all that coast, which some say joins on to the main land of China while others hold that it ends at the strait called Anian which terminates at Ireland, he had ordered to be built two ships which should be sent out for the expl'>ration, investigation and discovery of all the harbors and islands, rivers, mountains and inhabited places there are there, and what languages are spoken and what peoples live there, what their man- ner of life may be, what fruits they produce and what degree of civilization they may enjoy — all to be explored and investigated — 1. De OaU sailed on a voyage from Acapulco for the Philippines iu March, 158'_', aud sailed from Macao on his return voyage in July, 1584. The Archbishop of Mexico, Pedro do Moya y ContrOras, became I'is/Jarfor of Np" Spain in 1583 and sixth viceroy in Scptemljer, 1584, OnthelHth (ictobcr, 158"), Don Alons^fMauriquede Zi'ifiiga, Marques deVillamanriiiue succeeded him. These are the dates given hy Mr. H. H. Bancroft's writers. Yet h re we liave a letter from the Marques— as viceroy— dated in Maij, 15S5, before his arrival in New I i i6 Historical Society of Southern California. m ii,i ..;l and that for this purpose ht had engaged a good navigator and cosmographer; that in addition to this, by this route, and at a less cost than by land, communication might be had with New Mexico, on its being settled, as may be understood from the statement on this subject that had been made by Antonio Despejo; and that, if on my arrival these ships had sailed, I should await the result of the voyage and advise Your Majesty of the same, but. if they had not sailed, I should proceed as might be necessary in the case, while in future, under similar circumstances that might arise, I Siiould not resolve on the execution of anything before consulting Your Majesty, provided the matter was not so urgent that there might be danger in delay. What there is in this matter — as I understand the facts — of which I can give an account to Your Majesty is this : On the south the coast of New Spain reaches to forty-two degrees, for Your Majesty's ships, coming from the Philippine islands, make a landfall in that latitude ; and, until now, from that point to the port of Acapulco, along the whole coast it has not seemed convenient to make settlements in order that, there being none, no ship might encounter peril. From the reports of the voyage to Californias made by the Marques del Valle^ and the expedition of Francisco Vazquez CoronadoHo the cities of Cibola Your Majesty has learned that the greater part of the people on that coast is a savage people eking out a scanty living by fishing ; and, as it might be inconvenient to make .settl'=»ments there just now, while from not having done so no inconvenience has arisen, there is no need, for the present service of Your Majesty, to treat of that matter. When the ships which sail from the Philippine islands reach the neighborhood of the port of Manilla, whence they sail before getting their northing,' the southeasterly winds which aid them in arriving there are also favorable and good for coming to these kingdoms. And as to the exploration of New Mexico, and whether communication can be had by that sea and coast, it appears from the demarcation of tlie same that it is an inland region, and it is yet unknown whether it be nearer to the southern sea or to the northern sea for the purposes of that concerning which Your Majesty' has been informed. Soain, probably before his departure from Spain. Can It be possible that Mr. Bancroft's writers are in error in this matter of dates; I*^ is evident, however, that de Gali had returned from his voyage to the I'hilippinos, andtiiat the Archbishop dispatched him, or was about to dispatch him, (theSpanish is «a?f— "sails") on another voyage. Of thissecoud voyage no mention is m,-'ii- . • the boolis published by Mr. H. H. Bancroft. "2. Archbishop de Moya y CcntrC-ras, the same to whom Fray Andres de Agulrre add-essed the letter contuiuing the yarn about the "islands of the Armenian." 3. The voyage of Cortes in 1535. 4. Vazquez Coronado's exjpedition of 1540 to the Zufii and Moiiui countries. 5. Meaning that, after sailing nortlnvard to the latitude of Manilla on the return voy- age to Now Hpaiu, they sailed still fpnher northward— in fact, to a point some three hun- dred miles to the northward and eastward of the southern end of Japan— before striking he current flowing to the eastward and a favorable slant of wind. Documents from the Sutra Collection. 17 gator and i at a less w Mexico, tement on id that, if : result 01 : they had the case, it arise, I consulting that there itter — as I t to Your reaches to from the and, until vhole coast Drder that, the reports Valle' and es of Cibola people on )y fishing ; there just las arisen, to treat Philippine lence they nds which for coming iv Mexico, d coast, it an inland e southern concerning Mr. Bancroft's I de Gali had tchcd hlin, or Of thlBsecoud \'s de Aguirre It's. he return voy- )nie three huu- efore strlkiutr The Archbishop did not build the ships which he wrote he thought of building ; and, for the purpose of carrying his plan into effect, Captain Francisco Gali, the navigator and cosmographer to whom he referred, having arrived from the Philippines and the demarcation of the main land of Great China, he determined upon dispatching him in a ship called San Juan belonging to Your Majesty, accompanied by that in which he had come, and he furnished to him naval officers and sailors and ten thousand dollars, so that, if the ship in which he went, because it was so old, could not make the voyage ordered to be made, he might build another at the Philippine islands and purchase what might be necessary, in order that he might make the demarcation of the mainland of Japan, the islands of the Armenian* and all others in ti:at part of the South Sea of which he might have information, and then make his way as far to the northward as the weather would permit and until he made the coast of New Spain ; and, this landfall being made, that he should come home ward along this coast, examining the land and harbors, mapping and noting all — so that there be a complete account of it. When he arrives, should he bring anj' report, and on my learning what he may have accomplished, I shall inform Your Majesty of what may seem to me proper for your royal service. Marques de Villamanrioue. Document No. 3. CAPITUI<0 de una carta del Virey de la Nueva Espatia Don Luis de Velazco a S. M. fecha en Mexico d 6 Abril de 1 594 referente a cargar a Sebastian Rodriguez Cermeiio el recono- cimiento de las costas de la mar del sur segun lo dispuesto por su magestad. Por un capitulo de carta que vuestra magestad mando escrivirme en 17 de henero de 1593 manda que se descubran y demarquen los puertos del viaje destas yslas para la seguridad de las naos que ban y bienen y supuesto que para hacerlo hera menester navioydinero, 6 d lo menos permitir d la gente alguna inteligencia 6 negociacion de las que vuestra magestad tiene prohibidas fMi que pudiesen ser 6. Frav Andres de Agulrre's yarn, which was told to Urdaneta by the Portuguese captain, and by bim to tb« Ktni; of Spain, seems to have been considered credible. ! i| i8 Historical Society of Southern California. aprovecliados cotifonne a su trabajo, y se compro el navio San Pedro con que hiciesen el descubrimiento c^e tornaviaje encasoque los navios que el afio pa.sado fueron 6 alguno dellos hayafaltado, y ordene al piloto que agora ba en la capitana que se llama Sebastian Rodriguez Cermefio, y es hombre platico en la carrera, seguro y que tiene posible, aunque portugues porque no los ay deste officio castellanos, que haga el descubrimiento 3- demarcacion y le ofresi que como lo hiciese assi lo haria la gratificacion de mercancias, que escribi al gobernador le permitiese cargar en el navio algunas toneladas de ropa para que se aproveche de ]js fletes y le hiciese dar todo lo que o\'iese menester para el efecto, de lo que hiciere dare aviso a vuestra niagestad a su tiempo. way of t that he cloth in and I ca pose, an in due s CAPI' Vir« 1596 dan |i-::i I TRANSLATION. Paragraph of a letter of the Viceroy of New Spain. Don Luis de Velasco, to His Majesty, dated at Mexico, 6th April, 1594, with regard to putting Sebastian Rodriguez Cermefio in charge of the survey of the coasts of the South Sea, according to the disposition made hy His Majesty. In a paragraph of the letter which, on tlie i7tli of January, 1593, Your Majesty ordered to be written to me, it is ordered that a survey and demarcation of the harbors to be found on the voyage to and from these islands' be made, with a view to the safety of the .ships which come and go ; and, a ship and money being necessan,' for this purpose, or, at least permission to engage in ventures now prohibited by Your Majesty, in such manner that the gain would compensate the labor, tho ship San Pedro was bought, in which the exploration might be made on the return voyage, provided that the .ships which sailed last year, or .some one of them, had failed to do this ; and I ordered the navigator who at present sails in the flag-ship, who is named Sebastian Rodriguez Cermefio and who is a man of ex^ .ience in his calling, one who can be depended upon and who has means of his own — although he is a Portuguese, there being no Spaniards of his profession who.se services are avail- able — that he should make the exploration and demarcation, and I offered, if he would do this, to give him his remuneration in the 1. The Phllippiui'.s. El mie barco qu( piloto, qi dieron ni ha perdid un fraile tenta hor estos pon Cermefio y entiend viaje y pe que con j esta y el ' caderias, per milag Paragra Viceroy o giving tid 2. The Kc 1. This V, Documents from the Sutro CollectioJi. tg lavio San 1 caso que altado, y Sebastian seguro y ste officio le ofresi ticias, que o algunas le hiciese lie hiciere )n Luis de [594, with rge of the iispositioti January, dered that :he voyage afety of the necessan' tures now ain would in which )vided that ad failed to ails in the nd who is nded upon ortuguese, s are avail - tion, and I ion in the way of taking on board merchandise ; and I wrote to the governor* that he should allow him to put on board the ship some tons of cloth in order that he might have the benefit of the freight-money, and I caused him to be given all that might be needed for the pur- pose, and concerning what he may do I shall advise Your Majesty in due season. Document No. 4. /'^APITULO de carta de los oficiales reales de Acapulco, al ^-^ Virey de Nueva Espaiia, fecha en Acapulco a i" de Febrerode 1596 dando noticia de la perdida de la nao San Agustin. El miercoles 31 de henero de este ?fio entro en este puerto un barco que Uaman en Philipinas Viroco y en el Joan de Morgana piloto, quatro espafioles marineros, cinco yndios y un negro, que dieron nueva de que el navio San Agustin del descubrimiento se ha perdido en una costa donde dio y se hizo pedazos, y que se haogo un fraile descalzo y otra persona de las que en el venian y de se- tenta horabres 6 mas que se metieron en este barco solo vinieron estos porque el capitan y piloto del dicho navio Sebastian Rodriguez Cermeiio con los demas desembarcaron en el puerto de la Navidad y entienden estar^n ya en esa ciudad el subceso y discurso de su viaje y perdida del navio y en la parte que consta por declaracion que con juramento hizo el dicho piloto Joan de Morgana que es con esta y el varco visitamos y en el no venian ningun genero de mer- caderias, los hombres casi desnudos d causa de ser tan chico qae por milagro parece haver Uegado a esta tierra con tanta gente. TRANSLATION. Paragraph of a letter from the royal officers at Acapulco to the Viceroy of New Spain', dated at Acapulco, ist February, 1596, giving tidings of the loss of the ship San Agustin. 1. The governor of the Philippines la the official referred to. 1. This was the ninth viceroy. Oaaparde ZilQlga y Aceveilo, Coude de Monterey. 1" 20 Historical Society of Southern California. On Wednesday, the 31st of January of this year, there entered this harbor a vessel of the kind called in the Philippines a virocd^, having on board Juan de Morgana, navigating officer, four Spanish sailors, five Indians and a negro, who brought tidings that the ship Sati Agustiii, of the exploring expedition, had been lost on a coast where she struck and went to pieces, and that a barefooted friar and another person of those on board had been drowned, and that, of the seventy men, or more, who embarked in this small vessel, only these came in her, because the captain of said ship, Sebastian Rodriguez Cermefio, and the others, went ashore at the port of Navidad and, as they understand, have already arrived in that city*. An account of the voyage and of the loss of the ship, together with the statement made under oath by said navigating officer, Juan de Morgana, accompany this. We visitedofficially the vessel, finding no kind of merchandise on board, and that the men were almost naked. The ves.sel being so small it seems miraculous that she should have reached this country with so many people on board*. tierra er culpado es arta c el navio lo que ft por ahot puertos ( lancha c escripta nado en platicos ; me parec principal atravesai i todo de dicen qui qua no e; vuestra ri habia de sino de e: Document No. 5. ^ APITULO de una carta a Su Magestad del Virey de la Nueva ^-^ Espana Conde de Monterrey fechada en Megico a 19 de Abril de 1596 con noticias de la perdida de la nao San Agustin y lo que se consiguio descubrir con ella. Sobre la perdida del navio S. Agustin que venia de las yslas de poniente hacer el descubrimiento de las costas de la mar del sur, como vuestra magestad fue servido de mandar al Virrey Don Luis de Velaszo escribi a vuestra magestad en el segundo de aviso lo que aca ba duplicado, despues de llegado, alguna gente que se salvo de la que venia en el navio y entre ellos los oficiales del que se preteu- den culpar unos a otros como siempre acontece en semej antes sub- cesos, enviome y remitiome la audiencia de Guadalajara ciertos auctos que por su horden se hicieron entre ellos, habiendo tomado 2. A viroco wd8 a small vessel without a duck, havini; one or two square sails atid pro- pelled bv swcepb. Its bull was forinud from a Hiugle tree, hollowed out aud having the hldi'K built up with planl<8. 3. I'rubublyan Austin friar. The spiritual care of all things connected with the Philippines hud been assigned to the Augustines. 4. The city of Mexico. 5. The San Agustin was cast away in what is now called Francis Drake's bay. ft was a hazardous UDdertaliing to nail from that place to Acapulco iu a vessel so Nmall aud m overcrowded. Paragr; Spain, th giving tid coveries 1 Touchi from the ation of Majesty's Maje.sty b letter. A ship and \ pate one a — the audi relating to landed in I. The Ph '■i. The set s entered a viroco^, r Spanish t the ship )n a coast ted friar and that, 11 vessel, Sebastian le port of that city*, ether with •, Juan de el, finding re almost ) that she n board*. Documents from the Sutro Collection. 21 la Nueva 9 de Abril y lo que s yslas de ir del sur, Don Luis viso lo que se salvo de i se preteu- antes sub- ara ciertos do tornado Bails and pro- id baving the cted wltU the •ake'B bay. 't m Hmall aud w tierra en aquel distrito, quedanse mirando y que en caso que resulte culpado alguno y parece conveniente castigarle, se hard. Aunque es arta compasion de lo que an padecido despues que di6 al traves el navio, de la mucha perdida de hacienda que hicieron en 61 ; de lo que fuere necesario avisar d vuestra magestad se dara quenta y por ahora solo se me ofrece decir que en el descubrimiento de los puertos dice el piloto que procur6 cumplir con su obligacion en la lancha con que vinieron despues de la perdida del navio y trae escripta una relacion cuya copia sera con esta. Pero yo lo 6 exami- nado en presencia del comitre y contramaestre que ambos son platicos y aunque conforman en algunas cosas difieren en otras y me parece que se convence y colige claro que algunas bayas de las principales y donde mas se podia esperar de hallar puerto las atravesaron de punta d punta y de noche y en otras entraron poco, d todo debio dar ocasion forzosa la hambre y enfermedad con que dicen que venian que los haria apresurar el viaje. Y asi entiendo qua no esta en cuanto d este descubrimiento cumplido el intento de vuestra magestad y todos convienen en que esta diligencia no se habia de intentar de tornaviaje de las yslas y con navio cargado sino de esta costa yendo siempre por ella adelante. TRANSLATION. Paragraph of a letter to His Majesty from the Viceroy of New Spain, the Conde de Monterey, dated at Mexico, 19th April, 1596, giving tidings of the loss of the ship Sati Agustin, and of the dis- coveries made by those who went in her. ' Touching the loss of the .ship SanAgnstin, which was on its way from the islands of the west' for the purpose of making the explor- ation of the coasts of the South Sea, in accordance with Your Majesty's orders to Viceroy Don Luis de Velasco, I wrote to Your Maje-sty by the second packet' what I send as a duplicate with this letter. After the arrival here of some of those who went in the ship and were saved, among them the officers, who tried to incul- pate one another — as always happens under similar Circumstances — the andiencia of Guadalaxara remitted to me certain documents relating to proceedings had in the matter by its order, for they landed in that district. These are under consideration; and, x 1. The Philippines. ■J.. The secoud mail-parket which had sailed for Spain that year. r ''/': '}. 22 Historical Society of Southern California. ■^.:\ ^M Si case any one be found culpable, and it seem fitting to punish him, this will be done. While the sufferings they underwent after the ship was cast away elicit compassion, concerning the great loss of the property on board of her caused by them I will give an account of so much as it may be necessary to make known to Your Majesty. At present, all that occurs to me as necessary to say is that, in the matter of the survey of harbors, the navigating officer says he endeavored to comply with his obligation in the lanchc^ in which they pro.secuted the voyage after the ship was lost, and he has brought with him a report in writing, of which a copy accompanies this letter. But I have examined him in the presence of the boats- wain and the quarterma.ster, who are both praf'tical in such matters; and, although they agree in some particulars, they differ in others. To me there seems to be convincing proof, resting on clear infer- ence, that some of the principal bays, where with greater reason it might be expected harbors would be found, they crossed from point to point and by night, while others they entered but a little way. For all this a strong incentive must have existed, because of the hunger and illness they say they experienced, which would cause them to hasten on their voyage. Thus, I take it, as to this exploration the intention of Your Majesty has not been carried into effect. It is the general opinion that this enterprise should not be attempted on the return voyage from the islands and with a laden ship, but from this coast and by constantly following along it. 3. The i'jVoco of wbicli meiitioii is made in the I'onimuuication of the officials of Acapulco. 4. It i» very evident tliat these two last docnmcnts were unknown to the writers of Mr. H. H. Bancroft's hooks, as well as to the authors of the printed works consulted with reference to Rodrinue* Cermeilo's disastrous voyage. What little the Baucroftian historians have to say about the loss of the .S'oh AguMin, is this : "Of the result we know only that his TCBsel, the .S'a». Jjjuntin, run ashore in what was named at the time San Kranciseo Port, piuce known as Drake Bay. Whetherthe sliipesoHped after being lightened of her careoor was accompanied by a temlcr on whi<;ii the crew escaped is not recorded ; but Cermefio's pilot Bolunos lived to visit the port aj^ain with Vizcaino in 160il, and his statement is all there is extant on the voyage. It is not impossible that some additional results of the expedition were intentionally ketit secret by the government ; at any rate no record has ever eome to light in the archives. " HUtorii of the Pacific Statex, X, 147— and this : "Of C"ermei\on's adventures we know only that hisT<'ggelran aground on alee-shore behind what was later called Point l{e>es. • * » * It is- possible that the ."^'aH ylgudij'n was accompanied by anothei VL'ssel on which the oflitwrs uuu men escaped; but niueh more )>robable I think that the exiiression "was lost' in the record is an error, and that the ship escaped with the loss of her'c'arsjo. One of the men, Francisco Bolafios, was jiilotn mayor, or sailing-master, under Vi/caino in liiO.'i, when he anchored in the same port to see if any trace of the cargo remained, but withovit landing. The statement of Bofailos as reported incidentally by Asecusion and 'l"oriiuematii October (ollowins, entered the elty of Mexico and took charge of the Rovcrument This lett«r was written, undoubtedly, shortly after the latter date, probably boinK th»t referred to in the doeument next foUowiupr this ah having been written on the 'JOth Decem- ber, 16!)5. And this is another document which must bave escaped the research of Mr. H. H. Bancroft, as hia writers refer to it nowheru in any of the volumes in which Vizcaino's V: i6 Historical Society of Southern California. Document No. 8. /■^ARTA a su Magestad del Virej- de la Nueva Hspana sobre ^~^ conveniencia de no enviar espediciones particulares a tomar posesion y descubrir las provincias al norte de la Nueva Espana y tomando precausiones para lo que hace f n este sentido vSebastian Vizcaino. En carta de veinte de Diciembre cuyo duplicado yra con esta havi.se a vuestra niagestad de la Jornada que halle cometida por cierta capitulacion y patente del Virey Don Luis de Velasco mi antece.sor, a Sebastian Vizcaino para que por su cuenta y deciertos mercaderes de aqui fuese a las Californias y que yendo e proce- diendo a la execucion me habia resultado ciertas dubdas de que daria cuenta a vue.stra raage.stad quando pudiese decir juntamente la resolucion y asi lo hare en esta carta. Haviendo hecho asiento los anos pasados con ciertos particulares que se ofrecieron de yr a las Californias a pescar perlas y tomar noticia de aquella tierra y comenzada la Jornada no llego d efecto por cierta quistion y deshu- cio que havia habido entre la gente que yba y su caudillo, el qual murio en esta ciudad pendienteciertopleito criminal, ante los alcal- des, y por incidente el que se trato sobre el cumplimientodel asiento este se determino y fu^ condenado Sebastian Vizcaino y otros que eran companeros suyos a instancia del fiscal de vuestra magestad a que en conformidad del asiento hiciese dentro de tres meses la Jornada y movido el virey por algunas causas que a ello le devieron inclinar por via de gracia, le concedio a peticion niia la entrada y pacificacion de las dichas Californias en conformidad de las orde- nanzas qua ay de vue.stra magestad con todas las onrras, gracias execuciones que se acostumbran hacer a los pacificadores y pobla- dores de nuevas provincias : en oculma} se trato conmigo de este negocio en general por el virrey y por la parte como de resolucion tomada por asiento antiguo y confirmada por executoria de la sala del crimen a pedimento del fiscal y asi me parecio que no haver necesidad ni aun lugar de parar en cosa alguna desta materia para mas de tratar de executai lo acordado y asi venido aquisecomenzo voja.i'S HiKl Ofiuto'sponqucot iiri; ri'luted— for iu tlioso iuaciiiously ooutrivcd tomes what is HUi(t i.n Hny subject isciil up iind (iistribuletl tlirons;)] several volumes. These writers say —Uv tl obtaining for the e: nothing, \ tween tho leader, wl of a certai said agret mined, ar were com attorney, within t] motives i? granted a fomias, ii with all t pacifiers s with me < had been the crimi Documents front the Sutro Collection. n TRANSLATION. A letter to His Majesty from the Viceroy of New Spain on the propriety of not sending private expeditions to take possession and make discoveries in the province!; to the northward of New Spain, and taking precautions against what Sebastian Vizcaino is doing in this respect. In a letter of the 20th December, of which a duplicate will accompany this, I advised Your Majesty of the expedition which I found had been undertaken by virtue of the agreement made by my predeces.sor, Don Luis de Velasco, with Sebastian Vizcaino, and a permit to the effect that, on his account and that of cer- tain traders of these parts, he might go to the Californias, and that in proceeding to the execution of the contract there had occurred to me certain doubts of which I would give account to Your Majesty when I should be able to mention them in connection with my resolution in the matter ; this I shall do in this letter. In years past an agreement was made with certain individuals who offered to go tr^ the Californias for the purpose of fishing for pearls and obtaining information concerning that country, and preparations for the expedition were made ; but the undertaking resulted in nothing, because of a certain question and falling out arising be- tween those who were about to take part in the expedition and their leader, who died in this city during the pendency before the judges of a certain criminal cause, in which the question of carrying out said agreement was involved incidentally. The matter was deter- mined, and Sebastian Vizcaino, and others who were his partners, were condemned, at the instance of Your Majesty's prosecuting attorney, to begin the journey, in accordance with the agreement, within three months ; and the Viceroy, influenced by certain motives inducing him to lean toward leniency, at my petition granted a concession for the entry and pacification of the said Cali- fornias, in conformity with existing ordinances of Your Majesty, with all the honors, favors and exemptions usually given to the pacifiers and settlers of new provinces. The Viceroy took counsel with me concerning this matter generally ; and, seeing that there had been a former agreement which was confirmed by decree of the criminal court at the instance of the prosecuting oflBcer, it ■\\ v- [ 30 Historical Society of Southern California. seemed to me for this reason that there was no necessity, or even room, for any decision in the matter other than that looking to an endeavor to carry out what had been agreed upon. So, this con- clusion having been reached, recruiting for the expedition began ; but I, on an examination of the papers in the case, found that the proceedings and decree had reference to the pearl fishery only and not at all to the entry and pacification of the land, and that a recon- sideration was necessary ; for, it seemed to me, with regard to the person, his (quality and capital are not sufficient in connection with z." ^.»Lc-rpnse wliich may come to be of such vast importance, and one requiring greater backing and a method of proceeding other than what is now thought and deemed sufficient ; for, even look- ing at the matter fnin the utilitarian point of view, although he make the journey ,aV his own cost and without any expense to Your Majesty, it seems to be of little moment whether he goes for gain and in order not to lose the chance of good fortune, but of great importance the hazarding of not only the repute which would be lost among these nations of Indians if the natives of that coun- try should repel this man and his people, but — this is the principal thing involved — that of the conscience and authority of the royal person of Your Majesty. It appeared to me to be risking much if an expedition which cannot lawfully be one of direct conquest, but one of preaching the gospel and pacification, and of bringing the people into subjection to the crown, were entrusted to a man as leader and chief whose position is obscure and who has not, even in less degree, the re.solution and capacity necessary for so great an enterprise. It seemed to me proper to communicate my opinion of these difficulties to Viceroy Don Luis de Vela.sco ; and, judging from what he wrote to me on the subject, and he did so with the prudence marking his investigation and treatment of all things, the motives that I had for fearing some mishap occurring to these people did not fail to work upon his mind also. Being greatly perplexed in the conside'-ation of this matter, because of ^he perils to repute and conscience which might result, as well as by the difficulty presenting itself as to conformity with just^ice and con- science in the alteration of a compact and taking away from this man his right to make the expedition, especially as he had been already at expense in the matter, he submitted the question to a theologian and a jurist, of the number of these whose opinions are entitled to greater consideration in doubtful ca.ses of this nature ; and these gentlemen, having taken counsel together, concurred in considering that the concession of the Viceroy had the force of an Documents from the Sxitro Collection. 31 , or even ing to an this con- )n began ; i that the ■ only and at a recon- jard to the iction with [ance, and ding other ;ven look- Lhough he ixpense to le goes for me, but of hich would that coun- le principal f the royal iig much if conquest. d{ bringing to a man as not, even so great an opinion of d, judging ;o with the all things, ig to these ng greatly ♦^he perils as by the and con- from this had been ?stion to a pinions are lis nature ; oncurred in force of an agreement and contract ; that what was at first a favor had become his just due ; and that, as the captain manifested no incapacity and had been guilty of no offense, the compact could not be varied. The aiidiencia, to which I gave an account of this matter, was of like opinion. This being determined, and it appearing to that body to be contrary to justice even to give him instructions to make discoveries only and not to take possession before reporting those discoveries, I, in view of the length to which the affair had gone, resolved not to annul the contract nor to interfere with the expedition of Sebastian Vizcaino, holding it for certain that in this thing that which is justice is also a matter of good conscience, and that what contravenes this is not an indication of good govern- ment. And, because I have deemed it meet for the service of Our Lord and that of Your Majesty, inasmuch as it was necessary- to go on with the affair since it had been begun and as this man does not possess notorious defects which can rightfully excuse Your Majesty from aiding and fomenting his undertaking, in order that the persons he has enlisted and intends to put on board ship, and who in number and condition make a reasonably good showing, may esteem and respect him, I have done all that lay in my power to show him honor while here and to clothe him with authority in view of the greater danger I foresee and fear on his account, though 1 would not say it to him — which is some lack of respect and an overbold bearing on the part of the soldiers whom he takes with him, so that in this way they may come to disobey his orders, all this giving ri.se to great disorder I have insisted, as far as I could and ought ^r- insist, that he sliould furnish me with a .satisfactory memoranduin concerning the ships and lanchas he intends to take with him, and their sails, tackle and the like, and the people and the necessary provisions for them he intends embarking, and the arms and ammunition, and other matters, all being inventoried in kind and by quantities. He has furnished this memorandum ; I have caused it to be examined by persons understanding such matters, and what has been provided appears to them to be sufficient. But, in order to fully carry out what he says he intends to do, it is es.sential that he take with him a complete provision of all things necessary-, .so that the Franciscan friars who will accompany hitn may undertake the conversion and pacification of those lands in safety, and that the lands be settled, without there being unavoidable lack of .'ood and other things and consequent very great danger of doing violence to and robbing the natives and I have ordcjed the royal officials at Acapulco to lil 32 Historical Society of Southern California. make a very exact and rigorously careful minute of all tliat he has offered to take, and not to consent to his departure unless he take all with him. And I have ordered that the same thing be done at the port of Salagua, in the province of Colima, where he will take on board some of his people and a part of the things he is to take with him. It seemed to me well to take these precautions because there are no royal officials there and it is an out of the way place, and it is very proper that in this particular nothing be taken on trust, while it might even happen that the fif.st tidings had of these people in that region would come from persons of no standing ai a agents of persons born here who may chance to be under oi^-j^a tions to the traders who have undertaken this expedition ar ' 10 those actually taking part in it. Wherefore I have sent a private individual who is of my confidence, a man of experience who has been a soldier, and he will be able to give good account ot what may be done there, and of the conduct of the soldiers, and the punishment inflicted upon them for any disorder of which they should be guilty along the road in the towns of the Indians, who, not being used to the transit through their country of troops such as are generally sent to the Philippines, might be subjected to suffering and injury. God guard Your Majesty. Mexico, 29th February, 1596. The Conde de Monterey. (Decree of the Council). This communication having been taken under consideration on the 27th of May, 1596, let it be written to the Viceroy that he take from Sebastian Vizcaino the right to make this conquest and discovery, and that he report to what other person they can be entrusted, who may conduct the same more .satisfactorily and with the hope of success.' 1. In volume X of the hiHtorical works publiHhed by Mr. H. H. Bancroft a good deal of what is said iu those volumes about the firct and secona voyages of Sebastian Vizcaino is related. L'hai). VI ot this volunu^ tri'iits of "VoyiiKtM to the Northwest," and the writer remarks: "Them' voyages treated in this chapter have alri>ady been put before the public many times In many forms, often with accuiacy and completeness. Both individually and collectively they were in former years the BUl)ject Oi much more reseaich than the inland unnalK of the same perioii, and later rescarclus in tlie h'. anish hikI Mexican archives have brought to liKht comparatively little new material " AifUwij nf the Pacific Stales, X, 132. It seems to be apparent that, in tl'e matter of Vizcaino's first voyaKc, no attempt wag made to brinK to light any new material to be found in tlie archives at Seville. Mr. Bancroft's writer says merely : "In 16a4 Viceroy Vc'.asco, probably by royal instructions, contracted with Sebastian Vizcaino to explore anew and occupy for Hpain the Islas Olifornias. Velasco's sueceasor, the Count of Monterey, rati fled the contract and dispatched the expedi- tion in 1697." 7(J., X, 147. That the letter here published was unknown to that wrilx;r is Hufticiently evident from the contents of the foot-note to be fouiul on that same paste:— "• • '• Torquemada, followed apparently by all other writers, 8tR*'s tlmt in 169fi the King ordered Viceroy Monterey to send Vizcaino to (Jalifornia, nud th."' tl^c expedition was made the same year. Ail the evidence I have to the ^ontr*; • (h a rc>^.' ' "".•.'..» of Aug. 2, 16'/8, [«ic| iu Doc. Hist.. Mex., series ii, ill. Ul-3, in which •h. ,"'Ufi x»i'. ;b '••' facts as 1 have given them, adding that Monterey ordered Vizcaino to friiUl ulscov .'. " noembar- ganteqiio en la sustancia y capucidaU (le su peisona, hall6 al^r.uoK ttico' v*; jle.Mfs.' " Mr. Bancroft's writer* always are content with what Torqnemada tells, 'li ; .ct. in a foot-note at the end of this same Chap. VI, it is t of Aug. ^ facta as 1 noembar- : y en este paraje uno de mis soldados desconsideradamente di6 d u no de los dichos yndios sin yo bello con el cabo del arcabuz en los pechos de que se nojaron los dichos yndios y nos tiraron algunas flechas aunque no de mucha consid- eracion y visto el atrevimiento de los j'ndios mande disparar qua- tro arcabuces por alto para asombrallos y no ofendellos, al ruydo de la polvora cayeron todos en el suelo y pasado el humo della se levantaron y visto que no se les avia hecho dailo con mas ympetu volvieron d flechar de que mande abaxar d los mios la mano y a la primera rociada cayeron no se quantos de que los demas comenza- ron d huir por una serrania arriba, y visto que en este paraje no avia que hacer me embarque para pasar adeiante y siendo la cha- "T 38 Historical Society of Southern California. lupa que Ilevaba pequena no nos pudimos embarcar todos dexando al sargento mayor en tierra con la mitad d quien envi^ luego la chalupa y entre los dichos soldados tuvieron luego diferencias sobre quicn lo avia hecho mejor de que no se embarcaron quando se le mand6 de que se hizo gran diligencia y vista la determinacion de castigar algunos desobedientes se envarcaron y viniendo para ei navio ya desviados de tierra llegaron por una playa gran golpe de yndios tirando flechas por alto de que una dellas di6 en la nariz a uno de los marineros que venian bogando y como se sintio herido lo dexo de liacer y el otro haciendo su oficio tom6 la chalupa por abante y a este alboroto los soldados que venian enella comenzaron d menearse de que hicieron a la banda y con el peso se sosobr6 la dicha chalupa y los cogio debajo y como estaban armados se fueron a pique y de veinte y cinco se escaparon seis a nado, por ser las armas que llevaban de cuero y con tablas que fueron socorridos. Visto la desgracia cjue en este paraje nos sucedi6 y quedar sin chalupa ni servicio coii que poder saltar en tierra ni tomar agua y que la lancha con la tunnenta pasada no parecia con acuerdo de todos torn^ arribar al puerto de la paz donde avia dejado los demas coinpaiieros. Llegado a este dicho puerto y entendido por los demas lo que avia sucedido de las grandes tormentas que aviamos pasado y la perdida de los conipaiieros desmayaron muchos dellos y mas la gente de la mar que conocido el ynvierno y tiempo forzoso no se atrevian a navegar de que me pidieron los volviese a la nueva espana pues no podian pasar adelante y envernar alH no podia ser porque la tierra hera falta de bastimentos y grandes serranias que no se podia entrar por ellas y los bastimentos que aviamos llevado avia ya pocos porque con la perdida del navio San Francisco avian benido a menos y los que se avian gastado y para poder ynvernar no avia hartos y para que no pereciesemos les di licencia para que en el navio San Francisco y lancha se volviesen a esta nueva espaiia quedandome con el navio San Joseph y con quarenta horn- bres de mar y guerra los mas bien yntencionados para entrar por ia dicha ensenada a descubrilla del todo. Dfcste paraje sali a veinte y ocho de Octubre del dicho aiio de noventa y siete yo para descubrir la dicha ensenada y los demas para la nueva espaiia. Siguiendo mi viage tuve muchas tormentas, tietnpos contraries de nortes y noruestes que son los mas contrarios que como la boca esta de norte a sur y mi navegacion es al norte me fueron contra- rios de tal manera que en sesenta y siete dias questuve dentro de la dicha boca despues de venida la demas gente no pude subir mas de liasta veini manera qu cido el yn\ por requer: governand Lo que e lo que deb< Primerai ella por mi Dies nuesti alH ay y de lio que enei Ansi mis lespaiia y m que comien lay mas de t Ansi mis Iporque en lellas y qus n marinen ron tresegos que dexase lies entrari erdad esto ue vuestra Ansi mis lescado de t Ansi misi tantas cri£ n esto no a Ansi misi ndios natui lorueste ve estida y qu uchas mar [ierra y de c Ito dando d le dixeron aunque mi ichas. Y siendo \ ue ya se a < Doruments from the Sntro Col/erh'on. ,V) io herklo ilupa por menzaroii iosobr6 la se fueron )r ser las >rridos. uedar siu ir agua y cuerdo de los denias do por los e aviamos hos dellos po forzoso a. la iiueva podia ser anias que OS llevado :isco avian ynvernar para que| sta nueva enta horn- jiitrar por lo ano de los denias contraries no la boca on contra- entro de la bir mas de hasta veinte y nueve grados y esto forcejando con el navio de tal manera que se me quebraron los hierros del timon y visto y conos- cido el ynvierno y que no podiamos pasar adelante con el navio por requerimiento de todos pas6 al puerto de las yslas de Macatlan governando con las escotas trayendonos Dios de misericordia. Lo que entiendo desta Jornada por descargo de mi conciencia y lo que debo a cristiano y a leal vasallo advierto lo siguiente. Primeramente me parece conviene baya adelante y se buelva a ella por muchas razones ; la primera por el mucho servicio que k Dios nuestro senor se hard en la conversion de tantas almas como alii ay y de tan buena gana dieron muestras de rescibir el evange- lio que enesto confio en Dios se hard con mucha facilidad. Ansi mismo advierto que la tierra es mas dos veces questa nueva lespana y mejor altura y paraje porque desde veinte y un grados que comienza el cabo de San Lucas yendo a la parte del norueste lay mas de mill leguas de tierra firme y esto lo he visto. Ansi mismo advierto que lo ques perlas ay gran suma y ricas lorque en los parajes donde yo estuve heran todos comederos lellas y quando el navio San Francisco estuvo encallado echandose in marinero al agua en unas hostias que sac6 en una dellas halla- •on tresegos de alsofar bueno y los yndios por senas me dixeron que dexase pasar el ynvierno que la mar estaria sosegada y (jue illos entrarian y sacarian mucha cantidad y para muestra de ques fprdad esto envio dos perlas de las que los yndios me dieron por- |ue vuestra Magestad las vea. Ansi mismo advierto que en la mar ay la mayor cantidad de )escado de toda suerte que ay en mar descubierta. Ansi mismo advierto en las marinas ay gran cantidad de Salinas tantas criadas de naturaleza que se pueden cargar mill flotas y in esto no ay que aver duda ninguna porque lo vide. Ansi mismo advierto que por relacion que tuve de los dichos ndios naturales por senas que en la tierra dentro d la parte del lorueste veinte dias de caraino avia mnchas poblaciones gente 'estida y que trayan en las orejas y narices oro, y que avia plata, luchas mantas de algodon, maiz y bastimentos y gallinas de la [ierra y de castilla y tomando avena en sus manos la echaban por ilto dando d entender que como avena avia gente adelante y esto :e dixeron los dichos yndios no en un paraje solo sino en muchos aunque mi voluntad fu6 pasar adelante no pude por las razones lichas. Y siv^ndo vuestra Magestad servido de que esta Jornada se consiga lue ya se a entendido los tiempos de la navegacion y lo que se a V- I 4 40 Historical Society of Southern California. de Uevar se asertar6 y serd servido Dios nuestro sefior y vuestra Magestad y su real corona acrecentada y atento k que de la Jornada pasada he quedado disposibilitado de posible para que yo la pueda hacer d mi costa al presente aventurar^ mi persona y poco posible que me ha quedado en vuestro real servicio ques lo que deve un buen vasallo y bien yntencionado por su senor ayudandome e haciendome merced a mi y d los que volvieren k la Jornada ; pido por esta relacion y en ella pedir^ como criado haciendonos vuestra Magestad merced como nuestro Rey y Senor. Lo que yo Sebastian Vizcaino pido k vuestra real Magestad ansi I para ayuda de costa como raercedes para que la Jornada se consigaj con el bien que se pretende. Primeramente se me ha de dar de la real caxa paia ayuda del costa para bastimentos y navios socorro de gente y otras cosas necesarias para el dicho avio treinta y cinco mill pesos en moneda y estos no ban de entrar en mi poder sino en la persona que sul Magestad nombre 6 el Virrey en su nombre para que dellos comprej las cosas necesarias para la dicha Jornada. Yten he de ser despachado de parte de vuestra Magestad en ell puerto de Acapulco los navios de carena carpenteria, xarcia, velasi y las demas cosas necesarias hasta poner los dichos navios a la| vela. Yten se me ha de dar en el dicho puerto de los reales almacenes] cincuenta quintales de xarcia menuda para llevar de respeto. Yten se me ha de dar ochenta arrobas de polvora. Yten cincuenta quintales de brea. Yten treinta quintales de estopa. Yten treinta quintales de clavazon de toda suerte. Veinte y cinco quintales de plomo. Veinte quintales de cuerda para alcabuces. Veinte piezas de lona. Quarenta pipas vacias hechas en quarto para la aguada. Quatro mill estoperoles y veinte mill tachuelas de bomba. Yten se me han de dar seis calabrotes para marras de los dicho| navios. Todo lo qual se me ha de dar con las condiciones sigiuentes. Primeramente que en mi poder no ha de entrar ninguna cosa dtj lo aqui contenido sino en poder del tenedor de bastimentos qui fuere nombrado por el Virrey para que del dinero compre lo necesj ario conforme a las memorias que se le dieran y de lo demas tenga en su poder para lo que fuere necesario en el descurso de Jornada. reynos de dar y ella dos rescibid le sea gi quezas forme d Yten alcabala Jornada por via Espaiia. Ase d pueda ei nada ni general Ase di venden Jornada Documents from the Siitro Collection. 41 y vuestra la Jornada 3 la pueda CO posible ; deve uii dandome e lada ; pido los vuestra jestad ansi se consiga ayuda de otras cosas en moneda ona que su iUos conipre ;estad en el :arcia, velas navios a la !S almacenesl speto. ida. omba. e los dicho! giuentes. una cosa dt ;imentos qw ipre lo neces lo demas 1( gscurso de Yten es declaracion (jue todo lo que niontare atisi del dinero como de la carena y despacho de los navios conu) de lo que valiere las demas cosas que pido lian de ser apreciadas en el puerto de Acapulco de que hare escritura de volvello a su Magestad de lo primero que Dios me diere en el descurso de la diclia Jornada con declaracion que si por algun caso fortuyto no se consiguiese lo (jue se pretende d de correr el riesgo la parte de su Magestad de lo que ansi me diere con que buelto que sea al puerto de Acapulco 6 otro de la costa de la Nueva Espaiia lo que oviere quedado en especie se entregara d la parte de su Magestad sin que el dicho Sebastian Vizcaino quede obligado a pagar en caso fortuyto cosa alguna. Demas desto d de concederme vuestra Magestad y hacer merced a los que ovieren de yr a la dicha Jornada las cosas siguientes. Primeramente para animar d la dicha gente se las d de conceder que puestos en la real corona puertos de mar cabeceras y ciudades los demas pueblos se les ha de encomendar d la dicha gente por la h6rden que los demas pueblos de las yndias estan encomendados y esto por cinco vidas de que se a de enviar cedula particular. Yten se a de conceder d la dicha gente para que mas se animen y vayan d servir a vuestra magestad y gasten su hacienda y aven- turen su persona, para honrrallos d ellos y a sus descendientes haciendolos caballeros hijosdalgo, y que esta merced gozen ansi en las tierras que poblaren como en las demas provincias de las yndias, reynos de Castilla y con un treslado de la cedula que para esto se a de dar y certificacion de que fue d la dicha Jornada y estuvo en ella dos anos y poblo y el santo evangelic en las provincias fue rescibido y que el tal ayudo a ello se le de ejecutoria dello la qual le sea guardada en todos las dichos reynos con las mercedes fran- quezas y libertades que gozan los demas caballeros hijosdalgo con- forme d los fueros de Castilla de lycon. Yten se ha de dar cedula para que por treinta aiios no paguen alcabala y almoxarifasgo de lo que llevaren ni enviaren de la dicha Jornada para el sustento y honrramiento de sus personas y siendo por via de granjeria lo paguen como se acostumbra en la Nueva Espafia. Ase de dar cedula para que ninguna justicia deste reyno se pueda entremeter ni conocer de causa dependiente de la dicha Jor- nada ni con la gente della si no fuere el Virrey della como capitan general d quien siempre se an destar sujetos. Ase de dar cedula para que por los precios que los bastimentos se venden entre los naturales desta nueva e.spana se tomen para esta Jornada pagandoselo ansi para lo que de presente fuere menester TT 42 Historical Society of Soiilhcni California. como para lo que .sc enviare a pedir de socorros y para llevallos a los puertos se puedati toiiuir requas pagandolas sus fletes como se acostuinbra pagar en los que se lie van de Acapulco para el des- pacho de los navies de cliina. Y consediendose las niercedes y ayuda de costa que pido me ofresco llevar 11 la dicha Jornada para avio della lo siguiente. Prinieramentt llevare cinco navios con el artilleria suficiente que fuere menester. Vten llevare cieiito y cinquenta hombres de mar y guerra y entre ellos algunos buzos oficiales de carpinteria y otros oficios. Yten llevare armas suficientcs para estos cientoy cinquenta hom- bres y con las municiones que fueren menester. Yten llevare bastimento suficiente para un afio para estos ciento y cinquenta hombres y antes mas de biscochos, niahiz, harina, tocino, aceyte, vinagre, haba, garvan/o, cecina y otras legumbres que sc Uevan a seinejantes jornadas. Yten llevare rastros para la pesqueria de perlas chinchoros el pescado, niineros para descubrir tninas y aderezo para funuir metales. \'ten llevare hornamentos para los religiosos para celebrar el culto divino. Yten llevare quatro pipas de vino para la niisa y frayles etifermos. Yten llevare para dar a los yndios naturales dos mill pesos em- pleados para dalles de vestidos y otras menudencias que ellos apetecen para traellos de paz que resciban el santo evangelio. Yten llevare la gente a mi costa a los puertos donde ovieren de embarcarse, sin que d los naturales desta nueva espana se les haga vejacion sino que se les pague lo que dieren como corre entre ellos. Demas desto pagare a vuestra Magestad el quinto de todo el oro, ' plata, perlas, piedras preciosas y otros metales de valor que se hallaren en el dicho de.scubrimiento y esto siempre. Yten pagare el die/.mo del pescado que .se pescare aderczado y enbarillado como se enviare lo demas y a mi costa .se entregara en el puerto de Acapulco a los oficiales de vuestra real hacienda. Yten pagare la veintena parte de toda la sal que de la dicha Jornada se sacare y enviare a los puertos de la nueva espaiia y esto lo despachare a mi costa sin que de parte de vuestra Magestad se ga.ste ninguna cosa. Ansi mismo me obligare de descubrir todi. la ensenada y boca de las Californias y de toda ella tomare posesion por vuestra Magestad poniendo puertos de mar, cabeceras y ciudades en la real corona todo lo mas quietamente e sin hacer agravio a los naturales della Narrat expeditic of the Ki said exp{ nine degi northwes on farthe irons had and learn First : to that of losing sig From t sixty leaf From is a dista; the gulf ( From forty leag From leagues. From t tance ma' I made very larg islands, ships, the 1. Thed may be said fecttoD 0/ th< diNMten at s Documents from ihe Sutro Collection. 43 )ido me ;e. ente que sino con buenos raodos y dadivas para atraellos al servicio de Dio.H y de vuestra Magestad. Yten que poblar6 en la parte mas conveniente que hallare en la dicha tierra y hare fuertes y descubrird cien leguas la ticrra adentro y en todo hard lo que pudiere y lo que devo k leal vasallo de vuestra Magestad. Sebastian Vizcaino. TRANSLATION. gumbres ^nfermos. esos eni- ^ue ellos ilio. I'ieren de ; les haga itre ellos. do el oro, or que se rczado y regard en nda. la dicha na y esto .gestad se boca de Magestad al corona ales della Narration that Sebastian Vizcaino, under who.se command the expedition to the Californias was sent out, gives forth information of the King our Lord — giving account of what he saw during the said expedition from the port of Acapulco to a place in twenty- nine degrees of latitude, within the gulf of Californias, to the northwestward, from which place he returned, not being able to go on farther because the weather was unfavorable and the rudder- irons had been broken in a storm. What he saw by land and sea and learned during the expedition is as follows : First : he says that from the port of Acapulco, whence he sailed, to that of Calagua it is a distance of one hundred leagues, not losing sight of the land. From the port of Calagua to Cape Corrientes it is a distance of sixty leagues, still along the coast line. From Cape Corrientes to the islands of San Juan de Mazatlan it is a distance of seventy leagues, the course being north and within the gulf of Californias. From these islands to the port of Culiacan it is a distance of forty leagues, the course being north. From this port to Balde Hermoso, a place in Sinaloa, it is fifty leagues. From this place I stood a«jross the gulf of Californias ; the dis- tance may be eighty leagues. ' I made a landfall on the other coast in latitude twenty-four, in a very large bay, which to seaward is shut in by two very large islands, a bay which is of capacity sufficient for a great number of ships, the harbor being free from obstructions. 1. The distances given here by Vizcaino are very much out of the way. The same thing may be aald of all the dlBtances given by him in this report. When wo consider the imper- fection of the instruments used by navigators of those days it is a matter of wonder that disasters at sea were not more frequent. J 44 Historical Society of Southern California. At this place there came to me a great mimber of Indians, who received me peacefully, and who remained at that place while I was there. What happened there is this : The clergy being desirous of celebrating the mass, and an altar having been erected on shore, I caused the image of Our Lady to be taken out of the ship for the purpose of placing it on the altar, and it was carried in procession from the beach to the place where the altar was. At this time there appeared an Indian chief, accompanied by more than eight hundred Indians armed with bows and arrows, I went forth to meet them and they came to me in peace. Going to where the imare of Our Lady was, I fell upon my knees, kissing its feet, as did the friar who held its hands. vSeeing this, the said Indian threw aside the bow and arrow he was grasping and hum- bled himself before that image, kissing its feet ; looking toward the sky and the sun, he asked by gestures whether that image had come thence. Making himself understood by signs, he shouted to the other Indians, his companions, who drew near in order to do as this Indian had done — whereat all of us Spaniards who were there were content, as it was fitting we .should be. And, while carry- ing the image in procession to place it on the altar, the Ind'-'n chief went always before it, dancing after the manner of his people. At this place I took po,s.session of the land, in the presence of these Indians, quietly and peacefully, the Indians by signs giving it to be understood that this seemed good to them. I named the province Nueva Andalucia ; the port, San Felipe ; the two islands, one San Francisco and the other San Sebastian. - At this place I remained five days, but could not stay longer becau.se the land was very uninviting and there was no drinkable water. From this place I went on to another, some fifteen leig-ues farther on to the northwest, where there is a great bay with many .shoals. On my entering there the wind died away ; and, as the currents are many and the ship of more than six hundred tons burthen, I was carried upon a shoai where the ship remained aground for four day.s — in consequence of which it v. as necessary to lighten her and to cut away the masts and to carry the provisions ashore on planks and the like, so that a great p?rt of them wa.s wetted and lost. After the four days had passed, when the moon 2. It i8 impossible for mo to rIvc with certainty the inoderii naincH of this port and the two islandN, for lack of reliable maps of flower California. Yet, if the (riven latitude be anywhere pear correct, Sun Felipe was to the southward and eastward of the bay which Vizcaino culled l.a Paz, the inlandg belnjr O'ralbo and Esjilritu Hanto. The bay of \m, Pan Etill retains it« name. But the poiut dorumciit I tximHci'ibK, Ui« naniv of ttiidiibiii IK not writl'iiii witli ftlf-Hniesf , but \\w ot>i>> isi iiiiiloubtj'dl)' meant to wriff".Sw»/)ft"— a iiiil iiticDiniiHin varl« Uon of ".SaH ./OTf". Wele ninety-si Spain. Follov winds frt as the gi ward. J remained not ascer dint of di broke. ' were una with the .Mazatlan conductii From V discharge christian First : that this ( these the God our 1 that land, receive tli very easi I note £ and is pr< cing at Ca towards tl mainland So also lent qual And, whe the water "trcse^os letting tlu would ent 4. ThlHln iDaoeurolfly, COSMt tnMlllllli f). In thl> "Orreotly copi OBt of use, inf 'cfscffo^, nor a » word. Docinnents from the Siitro Collection. 47 : at once, ding the presently nself the ;red to do nt of the ;hile the mce from f Indians f the oars- wounded : boat took rown into positions ; )ok a list lem ; and, gather and ; by swim- and as we r of obtaiu- storm, all iz, where I port, and use of the comrades, having a re afraid to them back o winter in food in the ipossible to It was verj- as well as enough for permissiou n Francisco osef>h^ with lisposed to hole of it. cit written witt :\<:i>ininiiin varl« We left this place on the twenty-eighth of October of the year ninety-.seven— I for the di.scovery of said gulf and the others for New Spain. Following my route, I encountered many storms and contrar)' winds from the north and northwest, these being the most contrary as the gulf stretches from nonh to south and my course was north- ward. So contrary were they t!iat, during the sixty-six days I remained in the gulf alter the rest of the people had left, I could not ascend it farther than latitude twenty-nine, and this only by dint of driving the ship in such a manner that the rudder-irons broke. This taking place, and the winter having set in, and as we were unable to make farther progress in the ship, in accordance with the request of all hands I sailed for the port of the isles of Mazatlan, steering by means of the sheets of the sails, God in pity conducting us. From what I have come to know during the expedition, for the discharge of my conscience and in pursuance of my duty as a christian and a loyal vassal, I report as follows : First : It seems advisable to me that the work be continued and that this exploration be undertaken anew, for man reasons. Of these the principal is the great service which will be rendered unto God our Lord by the conversion of so many souls as there are in that land, of those who so willingly gave proofs of a desire to receive the holy gospel ; and I trust in God that will be effected very easil)'. I note also that the land is of twice the extent of this New Spain, aiid is preferable for its altitude and situation ; because, commen- cing at Cape San Lxicas, which is in latitude twenty-one, and going towards the northwest, there are more than a thousand leagues of mainland ; and this I have seen.* So also I note that as to pearls they are abundant and of excel- lent quality ; for at •':" places I visited all were eaters of the oyster. And, when the ship San Francisco was aground, a sailor entering the water brought up some oysters and in one of them were found ''tresegos de also/ar" [^sicY and the Indians by signs told me that, letting the winter pass so that the .sea should be smooth, they would enter the water and bring out a great quantity. As a token 4. ThtH Id a vory wild Hfulcinetit on tliu part of Vizcaino. His (listHiici's htp Riven very iDttKcurati'lj', iiud, by his own sIiowIiik, lie explored but eiKliI ue^reeB of Istituile Hlong a ooaKt treniliiiK to the norfhwiinl of north west. 1). In fhi« plaee there in no reason to RHppoHc that the original ilncunient hnx not been fOrreetly copied, but "trteegoi de lUsofar" is untranslatable. Ahojar is n Spanish (vord.now ont of use, meaning the rtsme thiDK aH /nfon— which In bram. There is no such word hb Irescnoif, nor any puesafllilo combination of miRWritten wonts which miijlif ro to mtke atich » Word. 48 Historical Society oj Southern California. that this is the truth I send two of the pearls the Indians gave to me, that Your Majesty may see them. I note, further, that in the sea there is a greater quantity of fish of all kinds than there is any other discovered sea. I note, also, that in those waters there is a great number of salt deposits, so abundantly supplied by nature that a thousand fleets can be laden. Of this it is not pcssible to have any doubt, for I have seen them. I note, further, that, from the statement I had from the Indians, made by signs, in the interior of the land, at a distance of twenty days' journey towards the northwest, there are towns of people wearing clothes and who have golden ornaments in the ears and iiose, and they have silver, many cloaks of cotton, maize and pro- visions, and fowls of the country and of Castile ;" and, taking some oats in their hands, they threw them into the air — thus giving it to be understood that even as the oats were in quantity so were the people of those parts. This the Indians told me, not only at one place but in many. And, although it \vas my wish to go on farther, for the reasons set forth I could not do so.' And should it please Your Majesty that the expedition be under- taken, now that the season for navigation be understood and what it is necessary to take known, it will be done in a proper manner, and God our Lord will be served as well as Your Majesty, and your royal dominion increa.sed. And, in view of the fact that after the late expedition I have remained deprived of means to utidertake it at my own cost just now, I will risk my person and the little that remains to me in your royal service, as a good and well-intentioned vassal should do for his lord, I being aided to do so and receiving boons for myself and for those who may return with me ^r- take part in the expedition. I ask for this on the show- ing ct this repott and will ask for it as a servant, Your Majesty shoiving us favor as our king and lord. That which I. Sebastian Vizcaino, ask of Your Royal Majesty as well in the way of aid for the cost thereof as in the matter ol boons, so that the expedition result in tht. achievement of the end sought, is this : Fir.st: There shall be ^ivcn to me from the royal treasury, in aid 6. Fowls of the country were turkios; fowls of CHstilc, chickens. The Callforniaa Indians had iieitlier turkl<'s nor cliickfiis. 7. Suliseiineiit aisrovi'rii;.'^ show tliiit Vizitilno did not fully (indorstand ihe siKn-lan- Kuii«e In use iiinonir the IndiHiis of the penlnstilH, or— mid thin whn prolmbly the CHse— lit like most of the explfrers of his tiini', allowed the information he obtalued to ho fashloneii in the reportinjr l>y his wishes as to the eHecl to he produced on the Kind's mind. It w8( Vizcaino's lAudatile ainliition to ureviiil on tlie m narch to conseut to his mnkini; another exploration. of the cos things ne< dollars in those of S( your nam expeditioi Item: I fifty quint Item: I Item: I Item: 1 Item: 1 Twenty Twenty Twenty Forty e Four th smaller si Item: I All of t tions. First: 1 my possei who may with the made upc to be serv Item: money at value of Acapulcc value of may gi that, if b shall be other poi given to mischanc for anytl Beside shall go First: gave to ty of fish er of salt Liid fleets ibt, for I Indians, of twenty of people ears and and pro- king some giving it were the ly at one on farther, 1 be under- and what r manner, jesty, and ,e fact that means to erson and good and ided to do lay return 1 the show- r Majesty 1 Majesty. matter ot )f the eiu! ur}% in aid le Callfornm:! I vlie siKn-lan- the ease— ht ) 1)0 fasliioiieil iiinil. It w8' liking anotlier Documents Jrom the Sutro Collection. 49 of the cost of provisions and ships, pay of the people, and other things necessary in fitting out, the sum of thirty-five thousand dollars in moKey. This is not to be placed in my hands, but in those of some person named by Your Majesty, or by the Viceroy in your name, that he may purchase the things necessary for the expedition. Item: I am to be given, at the said port, from the royal stores, fifty quintals of apparel and the like, of the lesser sort, for repairs. Item : I am to be given eighty arrobas of powder. Item: Fifty quintals of pitch. Item: Thirty quintals of tow. Item: Thirty quintals of spikes and nails of all sorts. Twenty-five quintals of lead. Twenty quintals of slow-match for arquebuses. Twenty bolts of canvas. Forty empty pipes, in one-quarter size, for water. Four thousand round-headed spikes and twenty thousand of a .smaller size. Item: I am to be given six spare cables for said ships. All of this is to be given to me subject to the following condi- tions. First: None of the above mentioned articles are to be given into my possession, but are to be given in charge to the store-keeper who may be appointed by the Viceroy, in order that he may buy with the money what is necessary, in conformity with requisitions made upon him, and that he keep all other things in his possession, to be served out during the expedition, as thej' may be needed. Item: It is declared that the total to which all shall amount, the money and the outfitting and despatch of the ships, as well as the value of the other things I ask for, is to be appraised at the port of Acapulco, and I will give an undertaking in writing to return the value of the same to His Majesty from the first gain which God maygi.e to me during the expedition, subject to a stipulation that, if by any mischance the end sought be not gained, the loss shall be His Majesty's, and that on the return to Acapulco, or any other port of New Spain, what may remain of that which may be given to me shall be returned to His Majesty — so that, in case of mischance, the said Sebastian Vizcaino shall not be obliged to pay for atiything. Besides this. Your Majesty is to grant to me and to those who shall go on the uaid expedition the following boons: First: In order to encourage said persons, it shall be con- 50 Historical Society of Southern California. ceded to them that, the sea-ports, capitals of departments and cities being brought into subjection to the royal crown, the other districts are to be given to said persons in encomienda, in t'be same way that other districts in the Indies are given, and this lor five lives; and concerning this a special cedula shall be sent." Item: It is to be granted to said persons, in order to encourage them more to go to serve Your Majesty, spending of their means and risking their persons, as an honor to themselves and their descendants, that they be made gentlemen, and that this privilege they shall enjoy both in the lands in which they may settle and in other provinces of the Indies and in Spain — this boon to be accom- panied by a copy of the decree given for this purpose and a certifi- cate that the person so favored took part in the said expedition and remained in such service for two years and settled in the land, and that the holy gospel was received in such provinces and that this said person aided to bring this about. Such person shall be given the customary patent of nobility and the same shall have effect in all of said countries, and he shall enjoy the favors, exemptions and liberties that other gentlemen enjoy according to the laws of privi- lege of Castile and Leon.* Item: A decree shall be given to the effect that for thirty years there are to be paid no excise duties nor customs duties on what shall be taken on the expedition or sent for afterwards by such persons for their sustenance and the honoring of their persons; but, if such things be for purposes of gain, then duties shall be paid as is customary in New Spain."* Also; a decree shall be given to the effect that no judicial officer of this realm shall intervene in or take cognizance of a cause arising out of matters connected with said expedition, or in which . 8. A cedula wag a *'iu(? lined in trauHlation. The system of encomlcadcu, which was Introdnced Into HispiinlolA aN far back as the ttm« when Columbus hlnieelf governed that ifilauii, was a trauRiilautini; of the feudal syRtem to AmericH. The Indians simply be- <^ame VA!>"alf! of .Spunigh lordH. As a rulr, tntomiendas were jfiven for three lives only ; and in this cHRe the document has been annotatPd in the miirttin, undoibtedly in the India Council, in accordance with the rules— "e9(4 concedida e^tix mercedpor tre.'i wfas"— this boon JB granted for three lives. 9. This patent ftave the person so favored the riRlit to entitle himself "Don". In some cases the riKht to her.ildic arms acc.ji.-:i)anied the privilege. At n period later than Vizcai- no's day the title caiiie to mean ii.ithing' to-day the word signifies as little as our e»^tre writt+'U atter H miin'N UHine. In ;'pnnir/ii. The word fiieio his been rendered by law o/ privilepe. There were ail sorts of urivileKcs, nossei'sed by cIMts and provinces, as well as "by indivi- dtiBls, diifscs and calliriKs — from the neccsnity for t le kiuR's obtaiuiuK permission to raise recruits for the army (as was the case in the Hiscay lu provinces) to the right of a graiide to wear nis hat in the royal presence, the privile?!' of a soldier to be tried by soldiers, a cler- l^yman by au nceiesiasticul court.aud so forth. T>'1r r.cmand was also ai' otated in the India (Uinncil— "edfa couceilida e»ta mereed en lodax /-> //»i iranted tlirouf^h- unt all Indies 10 Also annotated iu theln.lia Council— 'ysta "oncfdWtj por fftuiii. f is couceedeO ill the aereemcnl. a person ta to whom, a Also; a c expedition among the requisite at portation t( carrying g( Indies. And the! and grante First: I calibre as : Item: I sailors — ar Item: I men, and ' Item: I hundred bacon, oil a greater ( Item: I miners to Item: I may condi Item: I Item: I dollars, tc are fond— the holy j T* m: 1 ports whe this New is custom Besides gold, sih substance perpetuit Item : cleaned a 11. The uot have pr 5 and cities er districts same way live lives ; encourage eir means and their privilege :tle and in be accom- d a certifi- dition and land, and i that this 1 be given ! effect in ptions and s of privi- irty years on what J by such sons; but, >e paid as :ial officer f a cause in which (I tbe King) is documeat eudaty which self (governed IS simply be- es only ; and u the India i"— this boon i". In some than VIzoal- 9 our etquire. bere In Cal- a point of of privilepe. R by indivi- ;slon to raise '{ a ffrantle to Ifers. a Pler- in the India ed t^roiigh- tfi couceeiled Documents from the Sutro Collection. 5' a person taking part therein is interested, except it be the Viceroy, to whom, as captain-general, they are always subject. Also; a decree shall be given to the effect that provisions for this expedition shall be taken at the prices at which they are sold among the natives of this New Spain, as well what is at present requisite as what may be sent for afterwards ; and that, for trans- portation to the ports, the same rates shall be paid as are paid for carrying goods to Acapulco for the dispatch of ships for the East Indies. And these privileges and aid in the matter of cost being given and granted, I offer to take on said expedition the following: First: I will take five ships, with such artillen,- of the proper calibre as may be necessary. Item: I will take one hundred and fifty men — soldiers and sailors — and among them divers, carpenters and other mechanics. Item: I will take sufficient arms for these one hundred and fifty men, and the ammunition which may be necessar>-. Item: I will take provisions sufficient for one year for these one hundred and fifty men — and, in the way of biscuit, maize, flour., bacon, oil, vinegar, beans, neas, dried meat, and other like thing? , a greater quantity than it is customary to take on such expeditions. Item: I will take rakes for the pearl fishery and fishing-nets, miners to search for mines and an apparatus for reducing ores. Item: I will take vestments and the like for the clergy, that they may conduct divine worship. Item: I will take four pipes of wine for the mass and sick friars. Item: I will take, to be given to the Indians, two thousand dollars, to be invested in clothing and the trifles of which they are fond — for th-^ purpose of attracting them peaceably to receive the holy gospel. T* m: At my own cost and charges I will take the people to the ports where they are to embark, without oppressing the natives of this New Spain but, paying for what these may furnish that which is customary among them. Besides this, I will pay to Your Majesty the fifth part of all the gold, silver, pearls, precious stones and other valuable mineral substances which may be obtained on said expedition, and this in perpetuity." Item: I will pay the tenth part of the fish that may be taken, cleaned and in barrels as the rest shall be sent, and I will deliver 11. The payment of a fifth part to the crown was always obltzatory, dad Vlzoalno deed not have prumiscd ; that be knew this his coneludinR words indicate. 52 Historical Society of Southern California. 'i them, at my cost, at the port of Acapuleo, to the officers of your royal treasury. Item : I will pay the twentieth part of all the salt obtained dur ing said expedition, and I will send it to the ports of New Spain : this I will do at my own cost without putting Your Majesty to any expense. So, also, I will undertake to make the discovery of the whole bight and gulf of Californias; and of all I will take possession for Your Majesty, turning over to the royal crown sea-ports, heads o! departments and cities — all this in the most quiet way and without working any wrong to the natives, but by kind means and gifts attracting them to the ser\nce of God and Your Majesty. Item: I will make settlements in the most proper places I may find in said land; I will build forts, and I will explore to a distance of one hundred leagues toward the interior; and in all I will do the best I can, and what I should do as a loyal vassal of Your Majesty.'- Sebastian Vizcaino. Document No. ii. /^ APITULO de una carta a S. M. del Vireyde Nueva Espaiia el ^-^ Conde de Monte- Rey, fecha en Megico a 28 de Julio de 1597, dando cuenta de la razon porque no se uso de la cedula para quitar los titulos y despachos que se dieron d Sebastian Vizcaino sobre el descubrimiento de las Californias. Entre estos despachos que tuve con los galeones rescibi cedula de vuestra magestad en que fue servido mandarme que impida la Jor- nada de las Californias y quite los titulos y despachos que tenia 12. This letter must have been written early In 1.507, shortly after Vizcaino's return from his voyage. It is a very important and interesting document. As the report of the com- mander of the expedition it must be taken as the most Hcouratc and best account of the occurrences of the voyage. The document is of value because we are enabled to judge of the character and aims of explorers of that day; we learn something of their treatment of the Indians; and we can form an excellent idea of the outfit the explorers of the sixteenth <^entnry took with them, in all essential details, as well as of the rewards they claimed and received. The account of tliis voyage given in the Baueroftian series of historical works will be found chiefly at pp. 148-50 of vol. X of the Itistory of the Pacific States. It will be interesting for the curious to compare this account with the offlcial report of the comman- der of the expedition, now before us. The Bhucroftian author cites authorities only at second and third-hand. He even gives our Californian Taylor— whom elsewhere, In a bibliographical note, he beri'tes roundly— as authority for Vizcaino's return to Acapuleo in October! He does not mention the names of the ships, and knows nothing about Vizcai- no's proposition to the King. Krrors which occur in the liaucroftian account are corrected in this report. para ella d Virrey Don dicho Sebas aviso d vues horden pare tracion que gastado haz dido con rrn subceso sini mandarme 1 Paragrap Spain, the giving an a taking from to him for t Among i'. received a ( Older me to to the Calif concerning been given since the S£ which fact. Majesty, delayed, it away hiscc at expense and as he 1 for, althoui Majesty be the matter, rs of your ained dur- iw Spain; isty to any the whole ession for , heads oi id without and gifts :es I may a distance I will do il of Your ZCAINO. Documents from the Sutro Collection. 53 Espaiia el de 1597. ara quitar D sobre el cedilla de ia la jor- [ue tenia i return from of the cora- ouut of the to judge of reatraeat of he sixteenth claimed and rloal works It win be le comroan- ties only at where, in a Acapulooin bout Vizcai- ro corrected para ella d Sebastian Vizcayno d quien esto estaba cometido por el Virrey Don luis de Velazco, dias d que volvio de la Jornada el dicho Sebastian Vizcayno como dello y del subceso que tuvo e dado aviso d vuestra magestad y asi por haverse retardado tanto esta horden paresce que no es a razon hazer con Vizcayno la denios- tracion que se va quitarle los despachos niayormente haviendo 61 gastado hazienda en la Jornada y ydo ya y buelto de ella y proce- dido con mas cordura y ser que se podia esperar del aunque con subceso siniestro y desacreditado, vuestra magestad serd servido mandarme lo que en esto e de hazer. TRANSLATION. Paragraph of a letter to His Majesty from the Viceroy of New Spain, the Conde de Monterey, dated at Mexico, 28th July, 1597, giving an account of the reason why no use was made of the decree taking from Sebastian Vizcaino the commission and orders given to him for the voyage of discovery to the Californias. Among these dispatches which came to me in the galleons, I received a decree of Your Majesty, in which you were pleased to Older me to suspend, proceedings in connection with the expedition to the Californias, and to take away the commission and orders concerning the same from Sebastian Vizcaino, to whom they had been given by the Viceroy, Don Luis de Velasco. It is some time since the said Sebastian Vizcaino returned from the expedition, of which fact, as well as of what he accomplished, I advised Your Majesty. And, therefore, inasmuch as this order has been so delayed, it does not seem reasonable to make an attempt to take away his commission from Vizcaino; the more so since he has been at expense in the expedition and has gone and returned already ; and as he has acted with all the skill and judgment to be looked for, although with poor success and loss of reputation. May Your Majesty be pleased to give me orders regarding what I am to do in the matter. *» Historical Society of Southern California. Document No. 12. /^APITULOS de carta d S. M. del Virey de Nueva Espana de ^^ 26 de Noviembre de 1597 en que hace relacion del discurso y tstado tocante al descubrimiento de las Californias y de algunas particularidades que de nuevo se ban entendido. Porque vuestra magestad me nianda er. las cartas que rescebi este ano, que de relacion del subceso que tuvo el viaje de las Cal- ifornias y porque pueda venir en la flota horden de lo que cerca de este negocio se deva hazer de nuevo serd necesario decir en partic- ular el estado que tiene y las dubdas que se ofrecen en este negocio. Kn el segundo aviso que partio por marzo y en el despacho general di quenta a vuestra magestad del subceso que tuvo la Jornada y seiialadamente de la esperien :ia que havia dado Sebastian Vizcaino de que junto de ser platico en esta mar del sur y hombre sosegado y de muy sano pecho y yntencion, tenia algun mediano y vastante caudal en lo que j'o no esperava del ningnno ques en la capacidad para regir su gente y brio para hazerse respetar della, cossa que rraras veces se halla faltando autoridad en el sugeto. Dixe por esto a vuestra magestad en el capitulo de la carta que escrivi este ano sobre materias de guerra, que por este concepto que forme por la esperiencia de lo pasado contra el que antes havia hecho por dis- cursso y por ser acabada la ocasion con su buelta no usava de la cedula en que vuestra magestad vistas mis cartas me envi6 d man- dar que quitase los despachos d este hombre ; despues con motive que di6 para ello el haver otros que hablasen en hacer asiento escluyendo yo del todo d Vizcaj'no, comunique el acuerdo de esta real audiencia el estado del negocio y presente el fiscal que tambien vi6 en su casa los papeles, y haviendolo conferido todo parescio ■que aunque este descubrimiento no se temiera de ynutil como he escripto a vuestra magestad otras veces, yo no podria ejecutarle por medio de Vizcayno ni de otra persona sin horden de vuestra mages- tad y aprovacion que fuese servido hazer del asiento como tampoco dicen propuso el Virrey Don Luis de Velazco dar patentes y rreca- dos d Vizcaino para la ejecucion de lo pasado sin enviar primero a vuestra magestad el asiento y tomar orden suya porque ansi esti dispuesto en un capitulo de las hordenanzas de nuevos descubri- mientos ques en el principio. Paresci6 ansi mismo que aun capit- ular ni hac« que con Vix para quitarl magestad d capacidad acion del a; de que no e havia de p( sin embarg( quitar los d cipio como grande que pasada, de yncapacida' respetar en que a hech( suspendiest mado, vistc vuestra ma; pasada solo encaminadj por desconf audiencia y dubda en q todos paresi proseguir y ahora se co viaje no rrc de Vizcaini un Hicrcade sino ignora desa, umbra la gente y Vizcaino pi con esta ca encarece m lo que al p fica grande que concue Esto pre este descul ello y de si spana de discurso y le algunas ue rescebi le las Cal- le cerca de ■ en partic- le negocio. :ho general Jornada y n Vizcaino e sosegado y vastante capacidad cossa que ixe por esto i^i este atio me por la 10 por dis- Java de la ^16 d man- ion motive ;er asiento rdo de esta ue tambien parescio 1 como he cutarle por stra mages- lo tampoco :e.s y rreca- primero a ansi est^ descubn- aun capit- Docunicnti/fom the Sutro Collection. 55 ular ni hacer asiento para enviarle al consejo no se podria aora por- que con Vizcaino no era razon aviendo cedula de vuestra magestad para quitarle los despachos pasados sin haver ynfortnado d vuestra magestad de lo que de nuevo se a entendido quanto a la mediana capacidad del subjeto y con otro no se podia contratar en derog- acion del asiento primero de Vizcaino por la pretension quel tiene de que no es acabado el tiempo y fuerga del 5- porque luego lo havia de poner en justicia en la audiencia donde avia de ser oydo sin embargo de la cedula de vuestra magestad en que se le mandan quitar los despachos respecto de no estar ya el negocio en el prin- cipio como alia se figuraba sino metidas muchas prendas del gasto grande que Vizcaino y sus companeros hicieron en la Jornada pasada, de mas de que fundandose la cedula en mi relacion de la yncapacidad y dignidad del subjeto para el govierno y para hazerse respetar en el, pudiera alegar y ofrecerse a provar las espericncias que a hecho en contrario para que el cumplimiento de la cedula se suspendiese hasta que vuestra magestad fuese nue\amente ynfor- mado, visto todo esto he tenido por lo mas acertado consultar a vuestra magestad este negocio en el estado que tiene. La vez pasada solo di relacion a vuestra magestad de como avia hallado encaminada por el virrey la ejecucion de aquella Jornada y que por desconfian^a que yo tenia del subjeto avia comunicado con la audiencia y con algun theologo de los de mas opinion de aqui la dubda en que estava de impedirle al Vizcaino su viaje y que a todos parescio contra justicia y conciencia y que por esto lo dexe proseguir y quedava con mucho cuidado del subceso, y lo que ahora se consulta d vuestra magestad es que el subceso ynfeliz del viaje no rresulta por las rrelaciones aber nascido de yncapacidad de Vizcaino que antes mostro mediano talento y brio mas que de un iTiercader tan hordinario se podia esperar en semejante Jornada, sino ignorancia de aquellos mares y haver dispuesto su Jornada desa. umbradamente en quanto al porte de los navios, multitud de la gente y cortedad de provision en algunos vastimentos y que Vizcaino pretende bolver conforme d su usiento de que envio copia con esta carta y con el ahinco y deseo que tiene de proseguir encarece mucho la largueza y ymportancia de aquella tierra contra lo que al principio escribieron y comunmente se entiende y signi- fica grande prosperidad en la pesqueria de perlas, y en esto parece que concuerdan otras relaciones. Esto presupuesto serd vuestra magestad servido de mandar si este descubrimiento sea de proseguir, 6 no, que para mas luz en ello y de su pretencion pedi d Sebastian Vizcaino el papel que aqui 1 •! r 'I 56 Historical Society of Southern California. va. y a Don Gabriel Maldonado, hijo de Melchior Maldonado vein- tiquatro de Sevilla otra que tambien envio de su pretension. Mi parecer es de que por aora no se intentase entrada en aquella tiem para a ver de pacificarlo y poblarla y que solamente para tomar buen tino y con fundamento de lo que ella es y entera seguridad de la sustancia de la pesqueria de perlas y para mayor luz de lo que toca a la defensa y seguridad de estos reynos y naos que andan en la carrcra de la china se rreconocicse bien la pesqueria y los pucrtos y costas de aquella ensenada y en algunas partes la tierra de las mismas Californias y que esto fuese con poca gente en embarca- cione.s pequeiias y para hacerlo tengo por bastante medio el de Vizcaino porque aviendolo reconocido ya en mucha parte y esperi mentado lo que ubo de yerro la vez pasada lo podria enmendar mas facilniente; pero no tiene fuerzas para hacer el viaje sin costa de vuestra magestad y haviendo de ser con ella parece que seria raejor compralle a el los aparejos que tiene aunque el gasto creciese y nombrar vuestra magestad para ello d ^1 y d otra persona que sin quedar prendada vuestra magestad por contrato lo hiciese si d esto da lugar el dereclio que este hombre pretende que le resulta del asiento pasado por tiempo de algunos aiios. Aunque dando lugar d esto mas aprovechado medio seria cometerse d Don Gabriel Maldonado dando seguridad pues sin gasto de vuestra magestad se ofrece a hacerlo y podria llevar consigo algunos soldados 6 marin- eros de los que llevo Vizcaino; este pide que sucediendo vien lo que ahora se hiciese fuese preferida su persona para el asiento de la pasificacion y entrada de la tierra tiene calidad y buena opinion, de cuerdo y honrado trato y quando vuestra magestad fuese servido desto podria en caso de no tener fuerzas y caudal bastante de hacienda Don Gabriel, ni poder curaplir lo que ofrece, venir desde luego proveido otro medio que tomase y en qualquiera que no aya de ser en continuacion del asiento primero de Vizcaino seria neces- ario para que tuviese execucion el intento enviar cedula para que la Audiencia a su pedimento y contradicion no ympidiese la Jor- nada aunque fuese oydo en via hordinaria. (Al margen de este capitulo se encuentra el siguiente acuerdo del consejo.) Que se le rresponda que por lo que aqui dize y lo que se inclina al cumplimiento del asiento de Sebastian Vizcaino y por la aproba- cion que hace de su capacidad y persona, parece que conviene que 61 continue la Jornada que ha comenzado en ejecucion de su asiento y que es lo convenido y que sea con la brevedad posible y que. le ayude para ello con lo que pide en el segundo memorial que di6, 6 con lo mei enbie con 1 y algunas le advierta termino cc que en el ^ yndios qut dado que ( yndios coj voluntad a hiziere y r magestad sion de los Amo pa materia qv San '\gus1 f ■ te rtvno por 1 :anda toda esta c El intento algun pue: las naos d iento pare luejor sali( yo tendria que se hie caudal de magestad tube y ad\ incluir en California ella y enc; el tiempo dividiendc convenien ofrecerse. (Al ma executar 1 acapulco i nias sino i prevencio: nado vein tisioti. Mi uella tierra )ara tomar giiridad de de lo que : andan en los pufrtos erra de las 1 embarca- ledio el de te y esperi enmendar je sin costa que seria stocreciese ana que sin se si d ehto resulta del ando lugar on Gabriel nagestad se )s 6 marin do vien lo asiento de na opinion, jese servido jastante de venir desde ijue no aya seria neces- la para que iese la jor- ite acuerdo ; se inclina ir la aproba- onviene que le su asiento le y que. le 1 que di6, 6 Documents J, ovi the Sutro Coilcction. 57 con lo nienos de aquello que pudiere concertar y encaniiuar y que enbie con el religiosos de mucha aprovacion y ]• >- mas que pudiese y algunas personas cuerdas y de satisfaccion que le ayuden y que le advierta por ser ejeniplo de la prudencia, consideracion y buen termino con que deve proceder, y le reprehenda las iniprudencias que en el viaje pasado tuvo y particularmente el liaber nuierlo a los yndios que en su relacion haze y haber dexado de castigar al sol- dad i que di6 con el cuento del arcabuz al yndio y que trate d los yndios con mucho amor y caricia y regalo para atraerlos de su voluntad al evangelio y no permita se les haga agravio y del que hiziere y resultase de la Jornada aviese y del objeto se consulte a su magestad y que el principal intento que ha de Uevar sea la conver- sion de los yndios. ' ' Amo parecido acordar d vuestra magestad con proposito de la materia que contiene el capitulo antes deste, la perdida del navio San \gustin que aviese en las primeras cartas despues (jue vine d f ■ te rf.vno y que con ella ces6 el descubrimiento que venia haciendo por ) .andado de vuestra magestad y horden del Virrey don luis, de toda esta costa sur que tocan las naos que vienen de las Philipinas. El intento era ymportante por el fin que se llevava en reconocer algun puerto acomodado que en caso de necesidad les pudiese ser a las naos de rreparo y abrigo. El niodo de hacerse el descubrim- iento parecio ^ io.''^« los hombres platicos que se hubiera acertado luejor saliendo el navio u<. ica y siguiendo luego la niisiiia costa: yo tendria por muy conveni.nte que vuestra magestad mandase (jue se hiciese con efecto en e'.nbarcaciones pequefias y sin hacer caudal de lo que traxeron escrlpto entonces y yo en vie ri vuestra magestad porque no quede con satisfacion de las relaciones que tube y advierto que si esto huviese de mandarse hazer se podia incluir en ello reconocer la costa y puertos de la ensenada de la California, y tambien la pesqueria llevando algunos buzos para ella y encargandolo todo d una misma persona si en este mar y en el tiempo que se lia de hazer pareciese que lo puede cumplir y sino dividiendo este cuidado entre dos navichuelos con cabezas y aparejo conveniente y sendos barcos de conserva para lo que puede ofrecerse. (Al margen se encuentra el siguiente acuerdo.) "Que haga executar lo del navichue'o que aqui dize se podria enbiar de acapuico d reconocer la costa sin embarazar.se en lo de las Califor- nias sino fuere de passo, y que esta diligencia se haga luego con la prevencion que conviene. " - TT ' 58 Historical Society of Southern California. TRANSLATION. Paragraphs of a letter to His Majesty from the Viceroy of New Spain,' dated 26th November, 1597, in which he makes a report on the discussion concerning the discover^' of the Californias, and its condition, and of some particulars which have recentlj' come t« light in relation thereto. Because Vo. ' Majesty orders me, in the letters which I have received during the year, to make a report of the result attending the voyage to the Californias, and as there may come by the fleet orders touching that which should be done in this matter, it will be necessary to particularize concerning the condition of the affair and the doubts which ari.se in connection therewith. By the second packet, which sailed in March, as well as in the general dispatch, I gave to Your Majesty an account of the result of the exptaition and, especially, of the evidence which Sebastian Vizcaino had given that, in addition to po.ssessing a practical knowledge of the vSouth »Sea and being a man of even disposition, upright and of good intentions, he is of medium yet sufficient ability, although I had feared it was otherwise, for governing his people, and this coupled with energy enough to make him.sell respected by them, a thing rarely accomplished when the faculty of making authority regarded is lacking. It was on this account I said to Your Majesty, in that paragraph of the letter I wrote this year which treats of matters concerning war, that, because of this opinion which I was led to form from a knowledge of what had occurred, contrary t(/ that which I had arrived at from previous rea.soning, and becau.se in view of his return the occasion had passed, I have made no use of the decree by which Your Majesty after a consideration of my letters, ordered me to take away his commi.ssion from this man. Afterwards, being influenced by the fact that others were talking of a desire to make a contract, and this without m>- taking \"izcaino into consideration at all, I sub- mitted the matter to this royal aiaiioicin for a resolution, \.\\q fiscal: who had also examined the documents at his office, being present: and, everything in relation thereto having been discussed, it was 1. The ('nii.il.' ill' Mdiilt'ii'V. 2. Tlie 'I'li'iVdi III wii< till' ViciTDv's romiril Hii'l tite mii'rcmc tribunal of the viccroyil Koverauiiiut. TlU' fwnl \\»> tin- kiiiK's pinciirHlor. concluded would be n occasions, other perso the contrac Viceroy Dc give orders without firs ing your or of the ordii moreover, t same to the to do this si Your Majei should be t that which city of this any one els Vizcaino, b time and th because imi the attdienc notwith.stan commission but the que companions it. It was on my rep lack of wc respected it of his whic decree shou informed. Vour Majes my last con the manner commenced fidence in t the audiejici held in gre; itself to me to ail it apf f Documents from the Sutto Collection. 59 IS concluded that, although it might not be teared this expedition would be made uselessly, as I wrote to Your Majesty on other j occasions, I could not have it undertaken by Vizcaino, or any other person, without Your Majesty's order and the approval of the contract you might be pleased to make; for it is said that Viceroy Don Luis de Velasco did not issue the commission and give orders to Vizcaino for the performance of what has been done without first having sent the contract to Your Majest\- and receiv- ing your orders — as such is the routine called for by the first part of the ordinances relating to new discoveries. It was concluded, moreover, that even to enter into an agreement and submit the same to the Council could not now be done, since it was not right to do this so far as Vizcaino is concerned, there being a decree of Your Majesty that the authorization given to him in the past should be taken away, without first informing Your Majesty of that which has been learned of late concerning the medium capa- city of this person ; while a contract could tiot be entered into with any one else in derogation of the previous agreement made with Vizcaino, by reason of the claim he makes that, in the matter of time and the binding effect of his contract, it is operative still, and because immediately he would throw the n\atter into litigation in the atidicjicia , where it would be necessary to give him a hearing notwithstanding the decree of Your Majesty taking away his commission, the matter not being in its inception, as was thought, but the question of the great expense incurred by Vizcaino and his companions in the voyage which was made now forming part of it. It was considered, in addition, that, the decree being founded on my report concerning the incapacity of that person and his lack of worthiness for command and ability to make himself respected in its exercise, he could allege and offer to prove deeds of his which show the contrarj-, so that a compliance with the decree should be suspended until Your Majesty might be further informed. In view of all this, I have thought it better to consult Your Majesty concerning this matter in its pre.sent condition. In my last communication I gave Your Majesty an account only of the manner in which the execution of that enterprise had been commenced by the Viceroy, and of how, because of the lack of con- fidence in the individual which I entertained, I had conferred with sed, it wa*|the audietia'a, and consulted a theologian of the number of those held in greatest repute here, concerning the doubt which suggested itself to me in the matter of preventing Vizcaino's voyage, and that to all it appeared to be contrar>- to justice and conscience to do ly of New i a report rnias, and Iv come to :h I have attending jy the fleet ter. it will f the affair I. By the lie general suit of the Sebastian a practical lispositioii, t sufficient 'erning his e hiniselt the faculty account 1 wrote this Iiu.se of this what had previous casion had r Majesty away his ced by the •ntract, and all, I .sub- , Iheyfjra/,' ng present: f ihc viciToyii T-^ 60 Hisforical Society 0/ Somkcrn California. so;' and for this reason I permitted the prosecution of the enterprise, my mind being filled with misgiving touching the result. What I now desire to lay before Your Majesty is that, as appears from the reports, the unfortunate ending of the voyage was not due 10 incapacity on the part of Vizcaino, who, on the contrary, gave evidence of some ability and greater spirit than could have been expected from a mere trader engaged in an enterprise of this kind but to his lack of acquaintance with those seas and his having planned the expedition mistakenly as to the burthen of the ships, the excessive number of h"*' crews and a scantiness in the matttr of certain kinds of stores ; that Vizcaino asserts his intention 0: going on another voyage in conformity with the provisions of hii undertaking, a copy of which I send with this letter ; and that, owing to the earnestness and desire shown by him for the prosecu tion of the enterprise, he heightens the extent and importance 0: that region, although it is in opposition to what was written at first and is commonly understood and indicates that great prosperity will grow out of the i)earl fisherj' ; and this, it appears, other reports confirm. This, of course, Your Majesty will be pleasf.d to order: Whetlic: or not this enterprise be continued. In order to throw more lighi on this and on the claim of Sebastian Vizcaino, I exacted from hin the accompanying document, and from Don Gabriel Maldonado son of Melchior Maldonado, member of the municipal council ci Seville, another concerning his claim, which ah o I send. My opinion is that for tlie present no expedition to that region, wits intent to subject and settle it, should be atteni])ted, but one for the purpose merely of ascertaining definitely what there is there, i! order that complete assurance be had concerning the value of th pearl tisliery, and that greater light may be thrown on what relate to the defense anrl security of these realms and the ships whic! make the China voyage. The condition of the fishing-ground should be well examined and the harbors and coast of that liltora and, in .some places, even the interior country of the California! should be thoroughly explored, and this should be done with crew few in nundK in vessels of little burthen. For this I think 111 this Vi/caino will serve sufficiently well ; for, having explon already a great part of that region, and po.ssessing a knowledge ( the mistakes of the last voyage, he will the more readily avoi similar errors. But he has not means to make the voyage witl out aid in the cost thereof from Your Majesty; and, this aid bein 3. Mere mattvrt of the nlrU law were eubniltteil U>Uioaiid(rn<'/a; tlieprofesiorof pici law gave au opinion In tbove purtalninR tu thevquity tide of t>i<- trihiiual. necessary, he has, alt Your Maje ment of th bound by £ right whic with him c taken und< enterprise offers to ui could take panied Vis were done ation and society an( able condu orders res Gabriel hi comply wi tage could be adopted made with intention I case of his expeditior detenninii (In the council a] "Let hi is inclinci Vizcaino appears tc which he firmed; tl in accord.' by him, c upon and well appr as some ji and that dence ant Documaits from the Siitro CoUcction. 6i enterprise, t. What I s from the I lot due 10 rary, gave] have been! this kind, lis having I the ships, the matterl ntention o: ions of hiil and that, he prosecu- portance oil itten at firsij ; prosperity! )ears, othi-rl ;r: Whetherl more lighi| :ed from him Maklonado. 1 coui'.cil c;| send. My 'cgiun, wit! t one for tl; is there, 13 ^.-ahie ot thi uliat rolatt" Oiips whid ing-grounrj that liltor, Califor;i;a* e witli cTfW tliink tlia! iig explor-] nowledge fl Ladily avoi oyage will lis aid bein rofcsaurof cici necessary, it seems to be the better phm to buy from him the outfit he has, although in so doing the outlay be augmented, and that Vour Majesty appoint him and some other person for the arrange- ment of the matter in such a way that, while Vour Majesty be not bound by a contract, it might be made, were it feasible, under the right which this man claims as resulting from the agreement made with him and still binding for a term of years. Although this be taken under consideration, the better plan would be to entrust the enterprise to Don Gabriel Maldonado, he giving security; for he offers to undertake it without expense to Your Majesty, and he could take with him some of the soldiers and sailors who accom- panied Vizcaino. He asks that, if success should attend what were done now, he may be preferred in the contract for the explor- ation and pacification of the land. He has a good position in society and is held in good repute; is of good judgment and honor- able conduct. When Your Majesty shall be pleased to give your orders respecting this matter, in case it were found that Don Gabriel had not resources and means sufficient and could not comply with what he offers to do, some other way of which ad\'an- tage could be taken might then be provided for. Whatever plan be adopted, except it be for the continuation of the prior agreement made with Vi/.caino, it would be necessary, in order that the intention be carried out, to send a decree, so that the audicncia, in case of his demand and opposition thereto, would not prevent the expedition being made, although the ordinary legal method of determining the matter were adopted. (In the margin of this paragraph the following resolution of the council appears:) "Let him be answered that, from what he says here, and as he is inclined to comply with the agreement made with Seba.stian Vizcaino and as he approves his sufficiency and his person, it appears to be fitting that he go on witli the work of the expedition which he has begun, in execution of his contract, which is con firmed; that he do this with all possible speed, and that he be aided in accordance with what he asks in the second memorial presented by him, or, at lea.st, with so much of his demand as may be agreed upon and made operative; that there be sent with him religious of well approved character, and as many of them as po.ssible.as well as some judicious per.sonj; of satisfactory reputation to assist him, and that he be admonished to regard them as examples of the pru- dence and consideration he should observe and the tact with which 62 Historical Society of Southern California. he should proceed ; that he be reproved for the lack of prudence shown on his last voyage, particularly in having killed the Indians as he relates in his report and in having allowed the soldier who struck the Indian with the butt of \v?j arquebus to go unpunished, and that he treat the Indians with great love and tenderness., making gifts to them in order to attract them in good will to the holy gospel, not permitting injury to be done to them; that he report what he may do and what the result of the expedition may be; that His Majesty be consulted in the matter, the main end he is to accomplish being the conversion of the Indians." It seems proper that, in connection with the matters treated of in the paragraph immediately preceding this, I should recall to the attention of Your Majesty the loss of the ship San Agusiin. which I reported in the first letters written after my arrival in this realm, and to the fact that with this event the exploration of all the southern coast, which is of interest in connection with the ships that come from the Philippines, and which was being carried on by commatid of Your Majesty and order of the Viceroy Don Luis, came to an end. The object was of importance, for the end sought was the survey and location of some commodious harbor which, in case of necessity, should serve these ships as a place where shelter might be had and repairs made. To all practical men it ,seemeH. that in making this exploration the better method would have been for the ship to sail from here and along the coast. I should deem it to be very fitting for Your Majesty to order that this should be done in vessels of light burthen, without considering what at that time had been written on the subject to be of import ance. I sent this information to ^'our Majesty because I was not satisfied with the reports I had received; and I suggest that, if the order for the undertaking be given, in it may be included the matter o' the exploration of the gulf of California as well as an examination of the fishing-grounds, for which piupose some divers should be taken on the ships; and that the whole be entrusted to one and tlie same person, if it be thought he can do what is to be done in these waters and in the time in which it has to be done ; or, if not, that the work be divided between two chiefs with two small ships properly fitted out, with staunch ves.sels in /c.ierve for what may offer. (In the margin appears the following resolution:) "Let that which is .said here concerning the ship of light burthen, which could be sent from Acapulco to explore the coast, be done ; and this without complicating the matter with what relates to the expedition and let thi spection th L '^ARTA de Mi rimientc de Mendoc Porque mas cump puertos y cino que s me lo a ei pertrechai once mes( zeloso del va. Oy c el nombre muy dese( criado y e gran serv sucediere felices an menester anos. Letter Acapulc his ship; San Luc 4. Thii known to ! DiRttprs roi Documents from the Sutro Collection. 63 prudence le Indians Idler who punished, inderness., ^ill to the that he ition may in end he -"ated of in all to the Agustin, '•a\ in this tion of all 1 the ships Mrried on "Jon Luis, nd sought which, in ?re shelter it seemeH mid have I should that this )nsidering >f import I was not hat, if the luded the ell as an ine divers :rusted to t is to be be done : with two .".erve for burthen, be done ; es to the expedition to the Californias, unless this be attended to on i.'iic v.'?y; and let this enterprise be undertaken at once with the circum- spection that is proper."* Document No. 13. /"^ARTA a S. M. de Sebastian Vizcayno, fecha en Acapulco a 5 ^-^ de Mayo de 1602 manifestando que sale con las naos al descub- rimiento y demarcacion de la costa desde el cabo de San Lucas d el ili; Mendoc no. Porque el Conde de Monterrey, Virrey de la nueva espafia dard mas cumplido aviso del despacho y avio del descubrimiento de los puertos y bayas de la costa de la mar del sur hasta el cabo mendo- cino que se hace por horden de vuestra magestad el dicho virrey me lo a encargado en dos bageles una lancha y un barco luengo pertrechandolos con gente de mar y guerra y bastimentos para once meses todo con niucho cuidado como de tan buen gobernador zeloso del serv'cio de Dios y aumento de la rreal corona se espera- va. Oy domingo cinco de Mayo alas cinco me hago a la vela en el nombre de dios y de su vendita mad re y de vuestra magestad muy deseoso de acertar en todo lo que se me a hordenado como leal criado y espero en su divina magestad de que se le d de hazer muy gran servicio, d vuestra magestad yre avisando siempre de lo que sucediere en e!>te viaje a quien nuestro seilor guarde por largos y felices aiios como todos los reynos de vuestra magestad avemos menester. de Acapulco d cinco de Mayo de mil seiscientos dos aiios. Skb.\stian Vizcaino. TRANSLATION. Letter to His Majesty from Sebastian Vizcaino, dated at Acapulco, 5th May, 1602, reporting that he is about to sail with his ships for the discovery and demarcation of the coast from Cape San Lucas to Cape Mendocino. 4. Tbin IfUnr, and the comments thereon miiile in the India t'oitncil, bad they been known to Mr. H. H. Maurroft'fi writerp, would have shod conftiderablc li).'ht on certain matt«ra pounected with Vl7.ealuo'8 voyaitr, which tho«ew'rit«!r!intidcr»to(>d very imperfectly. 64 Historical Society of Southern Calijornia. Because tlie Conde de Monterey, Viceroy of New Spain, will give a more detailed report concerning the fitting out and dispatch of the expedition undertaken by order of Your Majesty for the discovery of the harbors and bays of the coast of the South Sea as far as Cape Mendocino, I report merely that the said Viceroy has entrusted to me the accomplishment of the same, in two ships, a lancha and a barcolucngo,^ manned with sailors and soldiers and provisioned for eleven months, all this being done with great care — as was to be expected on the part of a governor so good and so zealous for the service of God and the increase of the royal crown. To-day, being Sunday, the 5th of May, I sail at five o'clock, in the names of God and his blessed mother and of Your Majesty, I being very desirous of succeeding in all that I have been ordered to do, as beseems a loyal servant, and I trust in the divine majesty that I shall do very great service to his cause. As I proceed on the voyage, of what may happen I shall advise Your Majesty, whom may our Lord guard many and happy years, as is necessary for the well-being of Your Majesty's whole realm. From Acapulco, the fifth of ^klay, one thousand six hundred and two. Sebasti.\n Vizcaxno. 1. In tliu orlslticl the words art' "rfos fcn<;f?cj< una lanrha y vn harcnliifngo." The word bajel (wliich is the oorrcpt NvclliiiK) hHs the kamc slKiilflrntloii as our English word veesel. As the pussiigo is not puuctuatcd It miRht bo rendered by "two vessels, a laiichc. and a bareoliiengo; " but the words "dos navios una lanohit y wn barrolueuKo" are used in Viz- caino's letter written at Monterey Bay nurt in his report to the King made after hii return to Mexleo. The word Jiavio (which is equiviileut to iiao and nave) has about tht mean- tUK of our word ship, for the navio was decked and had three masts. It seems bettei, there- fore, to render the passat^e by "two ships, a lancha and a barcoluenpo," as undoubtedly there were four vessels. And it is thouRlit better not to attempt o translation of the words lancha and barcnlur.nijo bee Huse there are no fairly equivalent Kuglish words to express what they were. The fajir/ia was a small vcxsol having no deck and but one mcst, the movement of the vessel beinn aided by sweeps. A barea had no deck; a barcnlumgo, or barcnInngo.waH a long barea, having one or two masts and a bluff bow and, probably, behav- ing very badly in going about in a head sea or In working to windward. Such vessels as these were useful as tenders and in the exploration of shoal waters and narrow pessages. It will be interesting to note here that Mr. II. H. liancroft's writers do not seem to be certain about the number and <'la«s of Vizcaino's vessels. The writer of chap. VII Vol. X, Hiftnrfi of the Pacific Slates, says that the Heet consisted of two naviog, a fragata and a lanchn. In no instance, it will be noted, does Vizcaino in his own leport* mention afragr.ta. This writ^-r, by the way. gives four o'clock as the hour of sailing. The writer of chB-,i. Ill, Vol. XIH of tlie work cited siiys that Vizcaino commanded a "tleet of three vessels.' Compari- sons are odious; at times, nevertheless, the results obtained from comparison', are ctirlous. Such mistakes are many In The lli»toru of the I'arific StnlcH: but that such is ti.e case can not cause astonishment when it is remembered that the work was written by many hands. When a publisher adopts the plan of having' the account of a series of cj'nncc.ted events written by more than one person, ordinary caution, it might be thonsrlil, diould suggest to a competent editor a compaiison of the statements nm.le in ditt'ercul ii'i.ls of the work. WA VPA * Vireydi mag* tiene lacostadela dandomepa deinaryguer messes, ye acap" aqinc rimiento a sauido Lar Mai ayudad aSeruir aSu hasta este] grados den pide Elartec muestra Pn copia aldhot estepuerto quesumag'' dephilipina: que tiene g nauio derail nauios yest muy segurc dies yes mt qualquier i generos des Yo ABisf ylomuncho enlatierra yafable que Redusiran proueer en( irre confidt Respecto Parahassen seraeangasi Dociimcnls from the Sutro Collection. 65 Document No. 14. VA VPA Alteza abratenido Noticia como El conde demonte Rey * Vireydela nueba espana enconformidad dela horden quedeSu- mag* tiene Meencargo El des cubrimiento deles Puertos ybayas de- lacostadela Mardelsur desdeelpuerto de acap~ alcauo Mendocino dandomeparaello dosnavfos Unalancha yUnbarcoluengo congente demaryguerra armasymuniciones conbastimentos Para liomce messes, yenconformidad delahorden queparaello medio salide- acap" aqinco de mayo delano yhebenido hariendo Eldicho descub- riiniento aUnquecon Muncha dificultatad y trauajo Porno ser sauido Lanauegacion yauersido siempre Los Vietitos contrario.s Mai ayudadodedios ydelbuendesseo que siempre hetenido deaSertar aSeruir aSumag* hee descubierto Munchos Puertos Bayas y Islas hasta estepuerto demonte Rey puesto enaltura detreyntayi;;iete grados demarcandolotodo ysondandolo conSuderrotero como Lo pide Elartedelamar Sindejarcossasustancial quedeello y delo que- muestra Prometer Latierra y la Munchagente que enella ay enuio copia aldhoconde Para quelaenuie aSumag** yaVra Alteza. Loquees estepuerto demonte Reydemas destar entanbuena Altura Paralo quesumag** Pretende Paraanparo ySiguridad delasnaos quebienen dephilipinas enelpueden Redimir Lanessesidad quetrugeren Por- que tiene granSuma depinales para arboles yentenas aUnquesea nauio demill toneladas ensinas yRobles muygrandes Parafabricar nauios yesto juntoala marina aguadela encautidad yElpueito es may seguro detodos Los Bientos La tierra estatoda PoBlada deyn- dios yes muyfertil yesdeltemple yterruiio de castilla yse dara enella qualquier semilla quesesembrare ay grandes deessas ymunchos generos deanimales iaues como enladirha Relacion secontiene. Yo ABisso aSumag** delgrandor deste Reyno ygranpoBlado esta ylomuncho que promete yloque Losyndios Meandado aentender ay enlatierra adentro depoPlaciones ycomo lagente, es Manssa yafable queconfacilidad entiendo ReSibiran ElSanto ebangelio yse Redusiran allacorona Real yPues sumag"" es seiior ydueiio detodo proueer enello Lo queraas conbenga queloquefueredemip'* L. seru- irre confidelidad hastamorir. Respecto deauerme detenido Mastiempo delquesse entendio Parahasserestedescubrimiento Porlasdificultades quetengo dichas semeangastado LaMay' iParte delos Bastim*^ ymuni^iones quesem- 66 Historical Society of Southern California. caieron yconelmunchotrauajo quelagente hatenido aenfermado Alguna cantidad ymuertosse algunos demaneraque Parahasser eldicho descubrimiento deUnauez ansidel cauo Mendocino como enSenada decalifornias quees lahorden qiietraygo semeofrecio difi- cultad parapoderllo hassertodo sinmucho vSocorro debastimentos gente ymuniciones yansi despacho Paraello alalmirante deauisso aldichoconde pidiendole Lo ness" yadViertiendole enqueparageya- quetiempo Melo abradeenuiar conla Relacion demarcation yderrot- eros ytodo Lo quehehecho eneldicho descubrimiento hastaoy Para- quele enuie aVra Alteza semelo enuiare espero endios deha(,'er Un- gran Serui" aSumag*" ylleuar descubierto grandes Reynos yRiqueza detodo lo quesefuere lia(;iendo enlas ocaciones quesse ofrecieren auisare dello aVra Alteza con verdad yfidelidad guardenro Seiior aVra Alteza como Lacristian hamenester yyo criado deVraAlt". Puerto demonte Rev a 28 dedissiembre de 1602. Sebastian Bizcayn (hay rubrica.) TRANSLATION. Your Highness' will have had notice already of how the ConJe de Monterey, Viceroy of New Spain, in conformity with the orders which he has from His Majesty, charged me with the exploration of the harbors and bays of the coast of the South Sea from the port of Acapulco to Cape Mendocino, giving me for that purpose two ships, ulaticha, and a barcoluengo, together with seamen and soldiers, arms and ammunition, and provisions for eleven months; that, in accordance with the orders given to me for that end, I sailed from Acapulco on the 5th day of May of this year; that I have prose- cuted said exploration, although with great difficulty and labor, because the navigation was unknown and head winds were con- stant, while the aid of providence and the good desire I have ever felt for serving His Majesty availed me little. I have discovered many harbors, bays and islands, as far as the port of Monterey, a harbor which is in thirty-seven degrees of latitude, surveying all and sounding, and noting the sailing-directions, according to the 1. This letter evidently was uot writu>n to the King, b\it to some person of very tiigb r»nl| in Kpain, ae Vizcaino mentlouR the monarch iu the third pertion and as the title ot "Highnend" WBS given only to princtB ot the blood. It Ik to be regretted that tlic nameof t^lB personage ba rosemary, game, sue species foi Morena, a there. T is very fet trees and ] nuts and i thickly se tion, peac the fold o Your Maj ahundanc which art and manj fair comp men and 1. Malt I to say h«re tl U(it anoliur i wrote the let HiRhneM." Poritmrnts from (he Stitro Collection. se podr^ que prom scubrir el los que fu^ cerca del lo mismo )les gentes dibiduo y rreduccion einilla del MI notables toda y se 111 CO, yo e id en este lia, y otras lor papeles lo tambien la mayor eda y mi eza, amor, quieii sup- ercedes de erla d los dando sus OS guarde ?xico d 23 at Mexico, e explora- as far as r of yotir 'ery of the xrcolueitgo^ with the requisite sailors and soldiers, armed and provisioned with everything necessary for a year. I sailed from the port of Aca- pulco, as I advised Your Majesty at the time, on the 5th of May Of said year; and, in conformity with the order and instructions I had, I explored very diligently the whole coast, not leaving harbor, bay, island or bight without sounding and delineating ii in accord- ance with the rules of good cosmography and the art of det larca tion : for, as your Viceroy wrote to V'our Majesty. I was accompa- nied by a cosmographer in whom confidt'tice can be reposed and cunning in the matter of geographical computations, in order that he might put down and note in the most complete manner on map and chart the result of the examination Your Majesty should order, which the Viceroy now forwards, together with the delineation and reports concerning the whole. Among the ports of greater consideration which I discovered was one in thirty-seven degrees of latitude, which I called Monterey. As I wrote to Your Majesty from that port on the 28th September' of said year, it is all that can be desired for commodiousness and as a station for ships making the voyage to the Phillipines, sailing whence they make a landfall on this coast. Thi.s port is sheltered from all winds, while on the immediate coast there are pines from which masts of any desired size can be obtained, as well as live oaks and white oaks, rosemary, the vine, the ro.se of Alexandria, a great variety of game, such as rabbits, hares, partridges, and other sorts and species found in Spain and in greater abundance than in theSieiTa Morena. and flying birds of kinds differing from those to be found there. This land has a genial climate, its waters are good, and it is very fertile — judging from the varied and luxuriant growth of trees and plants; for I saw some of the fruits, particularly chest- nuts and acorns, which are larger than those of Spain. And it is thickly settled with people whom I found to be of gentle disposi- tion, peaceable and docile, and who can be brought readily within the fold of the holy gospel and into subjection to the crown of Your Majesty. Their food consists of seeds which they have in abundance and variety and of the flesh of game, such as deer which are larger than cows, and bear, and of neat cattle and bi.sons and many other animals. The Indians are of good stature and fair complexion, the women being somewhat le.ss in size than the men and of pleasing countenance. The clothing of the people of 1. MuklDRttio mouth Supteinbor mimt \w h miHtakf of tJio <<>i>>iHt! vTicHitTo Ik ma^e to say hnrethat he wrote totlif* King from Monterey Bwy ou tho istu 8eptuml>cr. He did uot anchor in that hay until the 16th of December. Ou the JSth of this lattor muath he wrote the letter, of whiith a copy precedeo this, to a person whom tie addresiu^s as "V >ur Hlghnesg " i 72 y//i/orifa/ Society 0/ Southern Cali/ornJa. the coast-lands consists of the skins of the sea-wolves abounding there, which they tan and dress better than is done in Castile; Ihey possess also, in j^reat (juanlity, flax like that of Castile, hemp and cotton, from which they make fishing-lines and nets for rabbits and hares. They have vessels of pine-wood very well made, in which they go to sea with fourteen paddle-men of a side, with great dexterity — even in very stormy weather. I was informed by them, and by many others I met with in great numbers along more than eiglit hundred leagues of a thickly settled coast, th.it inland tliere are great communities, which they invited me to visit with them. They manifested great friendship for us anti a desire for intcrconr.se; ".ere well affected towards the image of Our Lady which 1 .showed to them and very attentive to the sacrifict- ol the mass. They worship different idols, for an account of whicli 1 refer to .said report of your Viceroy, and they are well acquaiiitd with silver and gold, and said that these were found in tie interior. And, as some port or place on this coast is to be occupied, ma.e is so proper for the purpose as this harbor of Monterey. For the reasons given, this port can be made by ship.s on the return voya;;.' from the Phillipines ; and if, after putting to sea, a storm le encountered, they need not, as formerly, run for Japan, where ."-o many have been cast away and so much property lost; and, liiul this port been known previously, Your Majesty would not h:ue been so badly served. The time of the occurrence of the dry seasons being known, from this place the interior can be reached and explored, such exploration promi.sing rich returns ; and pro- ceeding along the coast, the remainder of it can be examined, (or, although I went as far as th*^ forty-secoiul degree of latitude, this being the limit fixed iti my instructions, the coast-llnv trends onward to near Ja])an and tiie coa.st of Great China, which are but a short run away, and the same is the case with regard to Tartar)' and the famous city of Quins;iy; and, according to the reports I received, there are to be found very numerous peoples akin to those I have referred to — so the door will be opened for tlie propagation of tlie faith and tlie bringing of so many souls to i. knowledge of God in order that the seed of the holy gc-^pel may yield a harvest among all these heathen. Elevc n months were spent on the voyage, during which nou- worthy hardships were suffered; and, notwithstanding the un happy experience of my men, who were all sick and of whom forty-two died before our return to the port of Acapulco, I again offer to se on the V03 given acc< pared do< turthermo spent the little of th your royal vassal and neccssitief with boon ordered to panied mt this New ^ Your Maji S' Cap" D' Mayo, q' Capitan. r acompaiia siones, inc patiaron del official dhas carta •I. Vltciu in tbln letter I lockfij. At tt uor h8.(l till- 'Icsrrl belt. 1( ■•inployiiiBtil. 6 Documents from the Sutro Collection. bounding stile; Ihey iierap and jr rabbits made, in ide, with formed by ers along :oa.st, th.'.t ted me to us ami a age of Our sacrificf ol of whicli I icquaiiUcd lul in tit offer to serve Vour Majesty in continuing this exploration, as I did on the voyage to California and on many others, of which I have given accouJit to your royal council in carefully and exactly pre- pared documents which I have presented there; and I refer, furthermore, to others now forwarded, in which it is shown I have spent the greater part of my fortune and of n " health. Yet the I'.Ule of these remaining to me, as well is my pi. son. is devoted to your royal service with the constancy, ove and fidelity of a loyal vassal and servant of Vour Majesty, who, I pray, will order the necessities of my men to be considered ami that they be rewarded with boons from those powerful royal hands, and that the same be ordered to be done for the naval aufl military olTicers w'm> accom panied me, their persons being recoinniended to your V'iceroy of this New Spain. God guard the royal and catholic person of Your Majesty. Mexico, 23d of May, 1603. Sebastian Vizcaino.* pied, n<'r.t For tl (.' urn voya;^.' storm 1 e , where ?o ; and, had 1 not have >f the dry je reachtd ; atid pro- nined, (or, litude, this in ' trends icli ire hut tu Tartan' ! reports I es akin to led fur the souls to a jospel may 'hich note g the uii I of whom :o, I again Document No. 16. 1 V JI18 M» Ji)h Ivxcell'"" Seiior Vl UV ven*^" Senor mio Kxc"!" acabo d' escrivir a V. E. iargam" ^ ' p' un correo q' por Calilornia despach6, quatro dias ha, el S' Cap" D" Fernando Rivera, en contestacion dela d* V. E. d* 25 d* Mayo, q' en 6 d' Agosto por el mi.smo conducto y mano d' dho S' Capitan. recibio el P. Lecf Fr. Francisco Palou, q* en esta me acompatia, y con los demas assumptos ocurrentes en estas Mis- siones, incluyendo el Diario d' uno d' los dos Religiosos \w mentions did notexlat, nor had thi-y ever cxUtcd, in (iBllfonila ; nor v. an CO i-.iva a tianos con se va" biei barra en h demas q'h esta Miss" (1* avas y i d'q* i)arti( q' ya estd e.stuvo var y los adeh Dios g" Ivn siembras r resultas. Respect' aca con co escrivf al las cartas enfin lo hi los d' los taiii Don I'ernando Rivera, four days since, dispatched for Call lorn ia,'' and in answer to the letter of Your Excellency bearing date 25th May, which, on the 6th August, was received by conduct and hand of the said captain l)y Eather Lector Fray Francisco Palon,' who is my companion here. In that letter I gave an account of further events at these missions, and with it sent the diary (»l one of the two religious who acompained the naval expe dition dispatched by Your I^xcellency under the command of Don Juan Perez, an officer of the navy. The reason for sending said 1. Tlii." I)- the Mihtiiiiiury i'lvtiriitinii |>!ii<'i'il Ht thf iM-cliinitiR of mII do<'iiinrnt< aiil li'ttiTi \m1Hi-ii liy .'>|)aIli^)l frirt's of tin' order (if St. Fraru'.H l.itiTullv it uu'aiiH "I.i* JinUK, Mnr>,Jo»i'| li ! " •J. Mi'iiiiiiii; I.oMer ('aHfiiriiiH. :i. KhiIu r> Srrru and I'Mii'ii Imil l>c< ii iiuniitis of tlir Nanio rul 'AioiiM hoiiRe at I.a t'Mim*. ill tlu- islaiul 0? MalUirca, wlicrt ilie ftirmiT h h:. iiorii. Tliiiy I'amn to AnicricH tr^nthoi it ITIti, Hiiil, twenty yi'urn IhUt. to I'liliforniii. Katlior I'hIoii Hurvlved liin r»in|>Kiiion and tlirei vearc lifter Hvrrii'n ilcHl!!. in 17^7, jiuIiIIhIu'iI a t>io>,'ral'liy <'f him, which may he k xanleil HH tin eariieht ralilciniiHii hinik. ii1IIio\ikIi It v/iin priiiteil r.t fliv City of Mexico. A:. Kiiw:!"!! lra!l^lntioll of tliid life ni' ."^irri. wai» iiiiiile li) ,i (liKtinKUiBliiMl nioniSier of thi" Klitiir ieal .«iii'lely of Soiitl.urii raPfori.ia, ihi- Vi'iy Kev J Ailnm, VIrar-tieiieral of tbe itiui me > l.on .\iitiiliK, »;id V.U* |\tl!;>'it>i| lu 1'.'<4, iit fiie tiiiio nf the cetilemiial eominemoritiou "' ."^*'m''« deiiMi. Documents /roiM the Sutro Collect ion. 77 casarse y mbien va 3S p cor. a' en su onte-Rey, )' A courier )atched for cy bearing )y conduct Francisco gave an sent the aval expe nd of Don iiding said ociimi'iitf" »ii' nu'ttiiH "i.n 1 at I,* ralnn. icH tlrfolllO! I! ini'Ktiion Hi.il h may t)« k i{ Mexico. All r of the HIitor [ tbe ;tance I and all were very content — it .seemed that the only way of giving desired information to Your Excellency consisted in sending it by way of California. Since then Don Juan Perez has come to a new determination — that is, to sail for San Hlas with the sliip under his command; and, although Father Palou and myself have besought him earnestlj' that, were it possible, he adhere to his prior determination, in order that the matter of the occupation of San Francisco might be attended to at thi.s time, he has utterly refused so to do, saying that he has many reasons for not delay ing and for resolving on a .speedy departure And, considering that this letter will reach you before the arrival of those already >ent, I proceed to relate, with tlie brevity made necessary by this sudden notice and the little time remaining in which to do so, some portions of that which has been written already. And, first : As to the neat cattle for the two missions of San Franci.sco and .Santa Clara. Mindful of the directions contained in the said letter of Your Excellency, Captain Don Fernando turned the cattle over to nie on the i6th of August, on tny renewed demand, in accordance .vith the di.^position of the royal exchequer and the orders of Your Hxcellency; and. since that day, we have kept it set apart here. I gave a receipt, and now nothing remains to be done in that matter, which was arranged very much to the liking and satisfac- tion of both parties. I wrote, also, that, on the day after recei\ ing the said letter of Your Excellency taking it with me to the royal presidio, I commu- nicated its contents to the Captain, for the purpose of learning whether he would resolve to do anythi'.ig in the matter of the port 4. The Sii'iiia^o waa bnilt cxiirefisly for t)iu aervicf of the CalKuruiaii iiiiMioua ami WM iimhI a« a trniiflpon '. Cajitiidi Dun J*'*— miU'lo Klvera.v Muucaila. 78 Historical Society of Southern California. of San Francisco. But he replied to my request that he found himself wi;hout men, or even arms, for any undertaking, as Captain Anza had not left him a single soldier and the families had not arrived. It is a pity that when we do have them here then there will be no ve.ssel available; and I recognize a far greater inclination to employ them in establishing a new presidio, at a dis- tance of four or five leagues from the port and six from thi.s mission, ratber than in founding any new mission. This is a matter concerning which I was about to present to Your Excellency a writ- ten memorial, at the time I was in that city,' when I learned that the new ofiiciar proposed making such a demand; but, as I was told that any failure to protect the port would not be allowed, nor any such change of plan, I abandoned that design. Yet I afterwards repented of this, when in Guadalaxara, Tepic, and other places, I found that tidings had gone abroad to the effect that the new captain was about to move the presidio — as though this were the principal object of his appointment. Still, for one reason this would not grieve me, and that is because at the distance of a league farther — on the road to San Francisco, be it understood — we might plant a new nii.ssion; and in this way the new presidio would be easily and in a perfectly fitting way provided with spiritual food, and the heathen of both sexes of those parts would become parishioners of the missionary fathers and not of the soldiers. Such mission would be at a distance of seven leagues from this one — which is not a matter of slight importance when it is considered that such an establishment would be likely to be of service in the prevention of disadvantages which I fancy might arise from a different condi- tion of things. Were it not a matter connected with the missions I would not ha.sten its execution; but, being such, and to so great a degree, it does not seem to me that in this proposition I am advocating anything not within the .scope of my clerical functions. And in this matter I conform to what Your E.xcellency may con- sider uuKst fitting. It is a grievous thing for me. Most Excellent Sir, to find myself well provided with religious and with provisions, while no steps are taken, in one way or another, towards some new spiritual labor; and I should fear to fatigue Your Excellency with tliis my oft-repeated importunity were I not sure that my desires are so much in accord with those of Your Excellency. (1. .liiHii HimtislH Aiizn \v«8 a very inuritoriong officer of eiiKiuuiTii of the Siiaiiish army M hi" fiitluT had been also lit. the yotiiiK»-"r AiizH. {•ommandi'd the expedition sent to I /•xiilori' tlif iioiiiiiMula of Sim Krrtiicisco, Hrid tho tirst inimiKriitil (."xpwlition whirh came tf <'*iil'oriiiH l)v IhiuI from ciistward oithc Coloriido rivi-r. | 7. Tlip Cltv of Mc.Tico. t>. (.'iii.fain KcriiHtiilo llivera y MouchiIh. Documents from the Sutro Collection. 79 he found aking, as nilies had here then ar greater >, at a dis- from this is a matter ncy a writ :ci that the s told that any such s repented found that iptain was ipal object not grieve er — on the ant a new |ily and in and the shioners of :h mission — which is that such prevention ent condi- missions I I so great a tion I am functions, may con- Excellent provisions, 'ards some Kxcellency e that my sncy. r^paniBh army ■ditina sent to I'hirli came to I gave to Your Excellency, also, the agreeable tidings that these new christians, following the example set by some of the crews of the vessels whose services I managed to secure, re learning how to apply themselves to labor, hoe in hand and with the bar in making adobes, in harvesting the maize and the wheat and in cart- ing these crops, as well as in other work in which they take part. I reported, also, that this year there have been harvested at this mission, in addition to \.^^x\\.y fanegas * of barley, one hundred and twenty-five of wheat, together with some horse-beans and a greater quantity of kidney-beans," and continuous crops from the vegetable garden — in the consumption of whicli all share. There is reason for expecting a fair return from the maize .sown, and it is now well-grown and in good condition, and there will be obtained a goodly number of fish from the abundance of sardines which, for twenty consecutive days, have been spawning along the beach near this mission," and a reasonable harvest from the spiritual advancement we are experiencing each day — thanks be to God ! At all the missions preparations are making for more extensive sowings in the coming year, and I trust in God that a happy outcome may attend the work. Concerning the diary that I remitted to Your Excellency, I said that no copy remained here for tnnsmission to our college " at a suitable time, and to that effect I wrote to the Reverend Father Guardian of said college, because, when I had finished and signed the letter, I came to the conclusion that time to copy it was want- ing; but, as it fell out, there was time, and it was copied in great haste. Now that I doubt not those of the navigating officers will be .sent to Your Excellency, I remit it to the Reverend Father 9. The /anei/a was not always thf same meHsure, eveu In Spain, where the Janega of one provinne wrr not that of some other province. At the respeetive mlNsions uf (;allforala rhe miHHionary whose duty It wan to superintend the labors of Ihu farm appcHra to have kept hia atrconnta of thcsowinBS and yield of wheat, and the like, \utanf.na» of that part of Spain where he was bom and bred. Tho fanma inuy bo taken aa equivalent to from two to two and one uuarter liertoHtrea and may be calculated a* equal to abnut one and one quar- tor of our buanela The equivalent fciveu for a.fancga in the books published by .Vtr. If. H. Bancroft la not correctly calculated. 10. I trnuslate ftafta (written nva by Father Seira) by home-btati, aud Jrijnl by kidnfy- bean. The AaAois Ihe/obaof the Romans— in many UpauiHh words the letter "h" replacing the l.atln " f "—and was abroad beau. In Spanish-America the haba may have been either the beau known in Spain, or of the Tariety called botanically canvalin, indinenous to the island of Jamaica, aud, perhaps, other parts of America. What we call the "Mma bean" la probably of this variety. The word frtjol—or frfjol—ls of American origin. Whether the Dean ao called wiia els-Atlantic In ita ori|;in, or the jnriia of Spain (th« phnsccluK of the Komana, aud kidncy-beaii among KuKllHb-KpcHkinK people) can not be detertiilned. Nor is it known in what part of .Spanish-America the word frijol orlgi-aatcd ; now, at least, it is uommon from California to Cape Horn, and is used toaixnify sny kidney-shaped bean. lu .'M)\:the;:n Mexico the frijol is a small black bean : in I'aliforuia it is a larger l)ean of a light nhocolatc color, and even the abimdnnt small white Iwan la called by that nume. 11. It ia Impossible to tell exactly what fish ia meant by nardina. lis Spanish-America, an Id Spain, this name la Riven to many different fish— to the sardine, the herring, the shad, and otners. Patlicr Serra here uses the word varando fur barrando, an older form of embar- roado, meaning soven'n(7 uUn mud. 12. This was the college of 8aa Fernando de Mexico, beadqiiarter'i of the KraudiCMt f»l»r» of the vice-royalty of Hew Spain. The he* I of the homte was called the gvaniian. * Historical Society of Southern California. Guardian; that of the other religious will go later. I tell the Reverend Father Guardian that, if he conclude, notwithstanding, that the others might be delayed on the way, he should place it promptly in your hands — the reason why I do not send it directly being understood. For the rest I refer to my said letters, which, I trust in God, will not fail to reach your hands somewhat later. Since dispatching them nothing noteworthy has happened, other than that the voluu teers " who remained here at the time Don Pedro Fages left have taken passage in the ship, excepting the six who.se leaves of absence I asked for, and of whom three have married here while the others are about to marry '* — although one of tlieni, I hear, is going away too. With this letter there goes, al.so, to Your Excellency one of Father Palou, who sends again his affectionate regards to Your Kxcellency and the assurance of his prayers for you. And I continue praying that God our Lord guard the health, life and prosperity of Your Kxcellency for many years in his holy grace. From this mission favored by Your Kxcellency of San Carlos de Monterey, Sept. 9, 1774.'" Most Kxcellent .Sir: — Your most affectionate and humble servant and chaplain, who venerates and loves you, kisses , the hands of Your Kxcellency. FkAY JuNIPKKO SlvKR.\. (a rubrica.^ 13. The tirHt RoUliers sent to CHli/ornla ^vcru dutiiili^d lor tUesurvici! troin tliu rcjiiiiiciit nailed "Vuluutariok il bb Die otHrers, wore of whlfo Spaois)i birth ; after mnny yenrH' .scrviiM- in New Spimi tho rank ami llle had come to be eoraposcd of men of mixed race. This is true ulsoof all the IroojiB sent to Califoniltt by the vice-royal government, U, Iu these early dayH no soldier, other than a commissionod oOleer wlioea-ne tol alii- ornla a bachelor was allowed to remain for ii very loiifj time in ii state oi si\)>;le ble»»criue«s: •H a rule, the new eotiier was married ont of hand to some neophyte of the niissiouR. Ver> many of the men who at a later day floured iu t'aliforuiau afTalrs wt""e »ous and Kraiidwiis of native ludiau woiniiii. l."). This letter, as wit as that which follows, was written to the forfy-sl xth viceroy of New Spain, who wii.s— not to curtail his name and titles— His Expelleney the Hailio Fffy Don Antonio Maria Hnciirell y I'rsrta Henestrosa liasHO de la Vega ViUaeis y C6rdobfl, Knight-l^oiumander of la f;6vedado Toro iu the Military Order of St. John of rlalto . l.leii tenant'(!>!ueral of the Royal Annies of .Spain. Later he became. In addition to all this, a K«utleman of the royal hcdchamber Of these two letters I fail to And any m,>ntion in ttie works published by Mr, H. H. Bancroft. I may be allowed to suggest, in this conneetion, that, consid'>rln;{ (lie nnmber of letters which must have been written by a pregtueut of mUsious 80 active and ze.ilons as PrcHldent Scrra, it is rather aatonighin,;: that Mr. Ban- croft's wrlter> saw go few of them. President Herra's nianuserlpt is very leKible, ns may b« judRed by the fae-similc of docuincut No. 16, pnblished a.? n frontispiece to tliis volume. The abbrevlHtioiis he inakes iif e of are common to Spanish manuscripts of his time. His ■pellinK is pe-8. and oceasionally he makes use of an archaic word or a pa>viii- Ciallsm rather tliau the idiounitic leiigiia CanleUana of the eixhtcenth century. '^1 e.ste r salido ya p el Diario d V. E. supo Comp" el P perdonar U todos tener especialm' rado Instit! especial q* to venero, ; Dios N. tan favorec d' 1774. Documents frotn the Sutro Collection. 81 Document No. 17. ( 'fhe/rondspiece is a/ac-similc o/this document.) t V»Jhs. M»Jph Kxcell"" Senor M UY Ven''" S' mio Ex"". L,a nueva deteiicioii de la frag* en '''' este Puerto con ocasion d" su arribada a pocos dias d' haver salido ya p' el d* S" Bias, ha dado tiempo p' q* so sacasse en litnpio el Diario del P. P' Fr. Juan Crespi, el q' remito en esta ocasion a V. E. suponiendo le tengo ya remitido y p' duplicado el d* su Comp" el P. P' Fr. Thomas d' la Pena. V. E. se sirva p' Dios de perdonar los defectos assegurandose d* la buena voluntad q* yo y todos tenenios d servir d V. E y d N. Soberano q Dios guarde tspecialm' en Assumptos d* esta naturaleza tan proprios d' N. Sag- rado Institute y porque desde las ult* cartas no se ofrece novedad especial q* noticiar a V. E. y q' me rezelo no ser molesto, d q' tau- tovenero, y estimo, solo anadoel Dios N. S' G*' a V. E. m? a" con salud, y su S'" gracia. De esta tan favorecida d V. E. Mission de S. Carlos de Monte Key Octb 7 ««« words should the -' i " be accented. 2. This is tlie letter of which a fac-aimlle is published as the frontispiece to this book. Ttie lar'-simlle was made from that Riven to the Society by Mr. Sutro. In order to prweU DIARIC Serra, de Monte-1 dafide de £ Puerto de nia setentr la Fragata Galicia, m gata, prim San Bias, del Excele ha de hac( dicho Pue al Norte, < en compat Apostolicc de Monte- Viva Je tinado el '. Rey Fray dor Apost de la Ciuc Juan Cres encargo d en tierra, Dia 6 Mission d del Presic cinco de 1 vinimos a the letter on by the skill c reproduced f of the Hutro I means of wh bim of the re President 8ei band-writlni It can not be to t/ie public Documents from the Sutro Collection. 83 Document No. 18. iiit on her IS been the ;he diary oi ion to send ready sent, ay Thomas iod's sake, 11 I and all -whom God or our holy ers, there is Excellency nierate and our Excel- m this mis- i Monterey, ind humble "■our Excel Serra, ) SpanlHh worda, 18 b«eu omittf.s todos en Como a z, y luego omo d las glesia ciol tros de la ue de las asal de la la vela y clote que habia servido de espia no pudo danios alcance ; toda esta tarfle cabece6 mucho el barco a causa de la mar por proa. Por la noche hallandonos como 3 leguas de la Punta de afio nuevo calm6 el viento. Dia 12 amanecio en calma : celebramos missa los dos padres. Por la tarde soplo el N. O. , pero lento y al ponense el sol se calm6. Como a las 9 de la nocbe venteo el E. variable, y luego se calm6 Toda la noche se paso en ventoHnas y con nieblina muy densa y humeda. Dia 13 amanecio con la misnia nieblina y ventolinas. Celebra- mos el Santo Sacrificio ambos padres. A causa de la mucha nieb- lina no pudimos ver la costa esta manana, ni los .seiiores Pilotds pudieron observar ; toda la tarde y noche siguiente se mantuvo la nieblina densa y nuiy humeda. Dia 14 amaneci6 encalma, con mucha nieblina. Esta maiiana divisamos la Punta de afio nuevo como a distancia de 2 leguas y las corrientes nos arrimaron tanto a la costa que d las nucve la teniamos como un cuarto de legua : a dicha hora se sondeo varias veces y se hall6 fondo en 25, 24 y 22 brazas. A las doce y media comenzo a ventolear lentamente el S. O. y con el nos apartamosde la tierra. Por la noche calmo a ratos y nos mantuvimos dando bordos entre las dos puntas. Dia 15 amanecimos en {rente de la punta de Pinos a la parte del Oeste y divisamos claramente In Punta de cipreses, la ensenada del Carmelo y la sierra de Santa laicia. Como a las S comenz6 a soplar el Noroe.ste algo fresco, pero se calmo antes de las q. E.ste dia no hubo tanta nieblina como los antecedentes, pero estuvo nublado el cielo y se despejo algunos ratos. Al anochecer nos hallabamos como 6 leguas apartados de la tierra, la cual demar- caron los senores pilotos y la punta de afio nuevo nos demoraba al Nordeste, la de Pinos al Kste, y lo demas al Sur de vSanta Lucia al S. \i. Dia 16 por la mafiaiia se miraha la sierra de Santa Lucia como 4 disiiincia de i 2 leguas : este dia amanecio nublado como el ante- cedente. A las 8 de la manana refresc6 un poco el Nornoroeste coi aparato de agua y cayeron algunas golas, pero ceso luego y el viento .se mitiguo. Por la tarde aclaro algo el cielo y el viento se file aflojando. Dia 17 amanecio en calma y el cielo muy despejado y claro. Comod la una de la tarde se levant6 viento del 8. O. muy lento ; divisamos al Noroeste la sierra de Sai.ta Lucia como d distancia de 16 leguas. Por la noche se llam6 el viento al N. O. y se vir6 de <6 Historical Society of Southern California, bordo cou la proa al oeste sudoeste. Dia 1 8 amanecio con el mismo vientoy nieblina muy obscura y humeda que parecia aguacero. Este dia amanecio enfermo el sefior capitan con indisposicion del estomago y sin haber sosegado en toda la noche, pero al medio dia ya estaba mejorado. A las 12 observaron los seiiores pilotos y digeron nos hallabamos en 34 grados y 57 minutos de latitud al Norte. Por la tarde refresc6 mas el viento. Dia 19 amanecio con el mismo viento, pero muy fresco y mucha marejada. No se pudo decir niisa por los muchos valances. A las 8 nos quedamos con solo el trinquete, y asi se caminaba d 3 y4 milias por bora ; por la tarde afloj6 el viento alguna cosa y se amuro la mayor. Dia 20 habiendose mitiguado el viento se marearon las gavias y se caminaba a 5 milias y media por bora . Todo este dia sopl6 el Noroeste. Dia 21 amanecio muy claro y despejado el cielo. El viento se llam6 al Norte y sopl6 fresco todo el dia, se naveg6 al Oeste cuarto al Noroeste a tres milias por bora. Observaron este dia los sefi- ores pilotos 34 grados y 8 minutos de latitud. Dia 22 amaneci6 nublado el cielo y d las 7 de la manana vino del Norte una nieblina muy humeda y el viento fu6 calmando. Al medio dia observaron los seiiores pilotos 34 grados y 7 minutos de latitud ; el viento se mantuvo lento y variable. Dia 23 por la maiiana se llam6 el viento al Nordeste pero luego se ladeo al Norosete. Observaron los senores pilotos al sol en 33 giados y 46 minutos ; todo el dia sopl6 el Noroeste y se caminaba al oeste sudoeste d 3 milias por bora. Dia 24 amaneci6 nublado el cielo y el viento se llam6 al Norte Nordeste algo fresco y se camin6 al O. N. O. Digimos misa los dos padres y celebramos alegre el cumpleanos del senor capitan Don Juan Perez. Este dia observaron los seiiores pilotos 33 gra- dos y 43 minutos de latitud. Por la tatde se camin6 al N. O. \ al O. d 3 y media milla. Dia 25 amaneci6 claro el cielo y con el mismo viento que ayer se caminaba d 4 milias por bora al mismo rumbo. Este dia obser- varon el sol los sefiores pilotos en 34 grados y 26 minutos de lat itud. A las 9 de la noche se llam6 el viento al Este. Dia 26 amaneci6 con el mismo viento fresco. Digimos misa los dos padres. Observaron los seiiores pilotos el sol en 35 grados y 37 minutos de latitud. A las 5 de la tarde se calm6 el viento. Dia 27 d las 6 de la maiiana comenzo a ventolear del Nordeste ly obscura y ) enfermo el ber sosegado o. A las 12 •amos en 34 irde refresc6 SCO y mucha balances. A inaba 63x4 a cosa y se las gavias y dia sopl6 el El viento se Oeste cuarto dia los sefi- nanana vino Imando. Al 7 minutos de i pero luego al sol en 33 se caminaba n6 al Norte [OS misa los ;nor capitan otos 33 gra- al N. O. i&] ) que ayerse e dia obser- utos de lat- DOS misa los 35 grados y viento. lei Nordeste Documents from the Suiro Collection. 8T lento y variable. En este dia observaron los seiiores pilotos 35 grados 59 minutos, y prosigui6 el mismo tiempo. Dia 28 prosigui6 el mismo viento y se caminaba k 2 millas por hora. Este dia nos hallamos en 36 grados y 26 minutos casi al paralelo de Monte-Rey. Por la tarde refresc6 algo el viento j prosiguio toda la noche. Dia 29 amaneci6 con el mismo viento. Diginu.s misa ambos padres. Al medio dia observaron el sol los seiiores pilotos en 37 j 20 minutos. Por la tarde se llam6 el viento al Este y se camin- aban 4 millas. Dia 30 prosigui6 el viento del Este aunque lento y como d las 7 se llam6 el Este Sudeste muy flojo. Observaron los seiiores pilotas 38 grados y 35 minutos de latitud. Por la tarde refresc6 algo el viento. Julio dk 1774. Dia I amaneci6 casi calmado el viento y d las 10 se calmo del todo. Este dia observaron los seiiores pilotos 39 grados 45 minutos. A las doce y media comenz6 d ventear el Sur muy lento y carg6 mucha nieblina. A las 5 se calm6 el viento. Dia 2 como d las 3 de la matiana cay6 un aguacero con ventoli- nas del Sudoeste y luego qued6 en calma, la que duro todo el Uia y calent6 bien el sol. Por la noche sopl6 del E. S. E. muy lento. Dia 3 amaneci6 con mucha nieblina y el viento algo fresco. Digimos misa los dos padres. A las 8 se calm6 el viento, y la nieblina coraenz6 d descargar agua. A las 10 volvi6 d ventolear del E. Observaron los seiiores pilotos 40 grados 34 minutos de latitud, como d los dos se llam6 el viento al S. E. algo fresco, y dur6 toda la tarde y noche siguiente. Esta tarde al ponerse el sol se vieron algunos pajaros y dijeron que eran de mar y que muchas veces se ven sin que haya tierra eh muchos cientos de leguas. Dia 4 amaneci6 el cielo nublado y con mucho rocio, el viento fresco del S. E. y se mantuvo todo el dia. No pudieron observar este dia los senores pilotos por lo mucho nublado que estuvo. Como i la una de la tarde comenz6 d Hover y prosigui6 lo mas de la tarde. Por la noche seren6 algo el cielo y cayo mucho rocio. Dia 5 amaneci6 con el mismo viento aunque no tan fresco, y el cielo nublado, observaron este dia los seiiores pilotos 43 grados 35 minutos de latitud, pero dijeron que no era segura dicha observa- cion, por no haberse aclarado los orizontes. Al ponerse el sol vimos un pajaro grande como gavilan y dijeron que era de tierra, pero este no s» pudo divisar desde el tope : hicimos juicio que por M Historiral Society of Southern California. el O. , a donde caminaba dicho pajaro, habrd alguna isla. Por la noche sintieron los marineros un bufido que les pareci6 de ballena, pero Don Esteban que estaba de guardia me dijo que le parecia ser de lobo marino. Dia 6 amanecio con grande rocio y nieblina muy densa, el viento algo mas fresco que ayer ; pero a las 8 ya comenz6 a escasearse No pudieron observar los senores pilotos por la mucha nieblina Como d la una se llara6 el viento al S. O. ; a las 4 vimos un pato posado en la agua, como sesenta varas del barco y segun dijerones senal de que hay tierra no muy lejos. Como a las 5 se calm6 el viento, y luego aclaro el cielo y orizontes. El gaviero registro desde el tope y dijo que no divisabr tierra por parte alguna. Al anochecer vi otro pato. Dia 7 amanecio en calma con mucha nieblina, y tanto rocio que parecia aguacero. Esta manana vimos varios lobos marines al rededor del barco. No pudieron observar los senores pilotos por la mucha nieblina. Como k las 7 de la tarde comenzo a ventolear del N. y toda la noche se pas6 en ventolina. Dia 8 amanecio con nieblina como los dias antecedentes, y las ventolinas del N. muy lentas y variables que a cada rato calmabaii. y cuando mas se caminaba a milla por hora. A las 9 se calnin totalmente. No pudieron observar los seiiores pilotos con certeza por haber aclarado muy poco el sol y estar los orizontes ofuscados con la nieblina, que ya 5 dias no nos ha faltado ni una hora. Por la tarde hubo algunas ventolinas del S. E. , pero muy calmosas Esta tarde vimos tambien varios pajaros. Dia 9 amaneci6 con tanta nieblina y rocio que parecia haber llovido toda la noche, pues las velas estaban como si las hubieran mojado y de la agua que destilaban habian Uenado algunos valdes los marineros que los habian puesto debajo para recogerlo. La calma siguio todo el dia salvo algunos ratos que venian algunas ventolinas del S. E. Al medio dia aclaro algo el cielo, con que pudieron hacer su observacion los senores pilotos y dijeron que estabaraos en 45 grados de que nos alegramos todos, pues e-staban ya con cuidado los pilotos y luego que observaron volvi6 la nieb Una muy oscura a cerrar los orizontes. Por la tarde calmaron ma las ventolinas y la nieblina descargo mucha agua. Dia 10 prosigui6 con nieblina y calma. Digimos misa ambos padres. Como d las 10 comenzo a soplar muy lento el S. Al medio dia aclar6 algo el cielo y observaron los seiiores pilotos 43 grados 35 minutos. Por la larde cayo mucha agua de la niebliua y el viento calmaba a cada rato. Este dia se vio un lobo marino el cual di comenz6 dos milla Dia II dias ante naba d 3 varios pa los seiion tarde se gar much dia y noc que dijen Dia 12 pero mas mafiana y hora se 11 algunos p muy nubl llam6 el \ grande fri ha sido al que lo ha nuas, pus alguna all toda la nc orizontes. Dia 13 fresco y e cubrir de : los seiion tenian ma por haber d nublans fresco y ! tan oscur que parec Dia 14 del O. ; c< la proa a halla des pilotos (a y 24 mini 7 Documents from the Sutro Colleclion. 89 Jla. Por la h de ballena, e parecia ser isa, el viento i escasearse :ha nieblina nos un pato undijerones se calm6 e! iero registrci alguna. Al ito rocio que s mariuos al i pilotos por > a ventolear entes, y las to calinabaii. 1 9 se calmn 5 con certeza es ofuscados a hora. Por U)' calmosas irecia haber as hubieran giinos valdes ogerlo. La ian algunas lo, con que dijeron que jues estaban Ivio la nieb alniaron ma misa ambos to el S. A s pilotos 4j ; la niebliua lobo mariiio el cual di6 algunas vueltas al barco. A las 8 y media de la noche comenz6 i, soplar el S. E. algo fresco y se carain6 toda la noche d dos millas y media por hora. Dia II amaneci6 con el mismo viento y mucha nieblina como los dias antecedentes; como a las 8 se Uamo el viento al S. y se cami- naba d 3 millas por hora. Esta maiiana se vieron dos gaviotas y varios pajaros. Al medio dia se aclar6 algo el sol y lo observaron los senores pilotos en 46 grados y 32 minutos de latitud ; por la tarda se llam6 el viento al S. O. y la nieblina conienzo d descar- gar mucha agua y parecia Uuvia de temporal y esto dur6 todo el dia y noche siguiente. Esta noche hizo bastante frio y por la tarde, que dijeron caia elada el agua. Dia 12 amaneci6 con nieblina y rocio como los dias pasados, pero mas frio. El viento se llam6 al O. S. O. como d las 5 de la maiiana y la nieblina prosigui6 llovisnando hasta las 10 : en dicha hora se llam6 el viento al O. algo fresco. Esta maiiana se vieron algunos patos. No pudieron observar los sefiores pilotos por estar muy nublado el cielo y oscuros los orizontes. Por la tarde se llam6 el viento al O. N. O. muy fresco y hubo mucha marejada y grande frio; viendo que el viento era contra d nuestro rumbo, (que ha sido al N. O. \ al O. desde que comenzamos d subir siempre que lo ha permitido el viento) y que las nieblinas eran tan conti- nuas, pusieron la proa al Norte, para recalar d tierra ganando alguna altura. Como d las 3 de la tarde aclaro un poco el cielo, y toda la noche se mantuvo algo despejado, pero muy oscuros los orizontes. Dia 13 amanecio con el mismo viento O. N. O. aunque no tan fresco y el cielo claro como por la' noche pero d las 7 se volvi6 d cubrir de nubes. Al medio dia aclaro muy bien el dia y observaron los seiiores pilotos 48 grados 55 minutos de latitud y dijeron que tenian mas satisfaccion de esta observacion que de las antecedentes por haber estado mas despejados los orizontes. Por la tarde volvi6 d nublarse el cielo. Como d las 7 se Uamo el viento al S. O. bien fresco y se puso la proa al N. O. en dicha hora vino la nieblina tan oscura que apenas .se veia la proa del barco y con tanta agua que parecia aguacero y asi continu6 toda la noche. Dia 14 -'•nanecio con la nieblina y rocio dichos, y el viento fresco del O. ; coino d las 9 de la mafiana mando el seiior capitan poner la proa al Norte, para recalar y ver si arrimandonos d la costa se halla despejado el cielo. Al medio dia observaron los .seiiores pilotos (aunque no con seguridad por el mucho nublado) 50 grados y 24 minutos de latitud. Por la tarde se mantuvo fresco el viento 90 Historical Society of Soril/iei ii California. y variable del O. al S. En este dia se reconoci6 la aguada y hallo haber agua para dos meses y medio. Por la noche prosigiiio dicho viento variable con mucha nieblina y rocio. Dia 15 amanecio muy nublado, con mucho rocio y el viento del S. muy fresco. A las 9 de la manana convoc6 el senor capitan a todos los oficiales del barco y habiendoles manife.stado el estado de la aguada, les pidi6 su parecer sobre .si convenia seguir en demaii- da de la altura de 60 grados que pide Su Excelencia, 6 ir en busca de la tierra para reconocer .si se halla proporcion de refrescar la aguada y con ella hacer la diligencia de subir a los 60 grados ; todos fueron de sentir, que convenia recalar a tierra para .surtirse de agua y al misnio tiempo tener parage conocido a donde recalar de arribada en caso de hacerse necesario por algun acaecimiento. Visto el parecer de los oficiales mando el seiior capitan governar al N. E. ; en dicha hora se Uamo el viento al S. O. bien fresco. E.stos dos dias se ha caminado k cuatro y media mills por hora con mucha marejada y frio. Al medio dia observaron los seiiores pilotos 5 1 grados y 42 minutos. Por la tarde prosiguio el mismo viento aunque no tan fresco y el tiempo aclar6 un poco. Dia 16 amaneci6 nublado el cielo, pero no hubo nieblina ni rocio ; el viento se mantuvo del vS. O. y a las 9 aclar6 muy bien el dia y quedo templado el tiempo. Este dia se hizo una cruz grande de madera con el fin de fijarlaen tierra en seiial de posesion cuando se verefique el primer desembarque. Al medio dia observaron los seiiores pilotos 52 grados y 4 1 minutos de latitud. For la tarde se aflojo el viento y se mantuvo variable del S. al S. O. Esta tarde se vieron algunas ballenas y yerbas del mar que los marinercs llaman porras, y se crian muchas en las costas de Monte-Rey 6 cerca de ellas. Dia 17 amaneci6 nublado el cielo, sin nieblina ni rocio y el viento casi en calma, pues no se caminaba d milla y media p')r hora. Digimos misa los dos padres. Como d las 7 vino la nieblina y cay6 un aguacero corto, pero pas6 luego, y el tiempo comenz6 i levantar. Este dia no hubo frio. Al medio dia ya estaba despejado el cielo y el sol calent6 muy bien : observaron los seiiores pilotos 53 grados y 13 minutos de latitud. Por la tarde prosigui6 la misma bonanza de tiempo con algunas ventolinas del S. O. y vimos algunas ballenas. La noche qued6 buena y clara sin rocio. Dia 18 d las 5 de la manana vino un chuvasco del S. E. con alguna agua y prosigui6 con ventolinas y nieblina muy humeda. Esta mafiana se sangr6 el piloto Don Esteban por causa de una inflamacion en la cara. Como d las diez entr6 un poco de viento lada y hallo siguio dicho 1 viento del >r capitan a el estado de r eii demaii- ir en busca refrescar la 60 grades ; )ara surtirse onde recalar :aecimiento. an governar bien fresco. )or hora con los sefiores io el niismo nieblina ni nuy bien el cruz grande sion cuando iervaron los la tarde se Esta tarde marineros lonte-Rey 6 li rocio y el r media p')r la nieblina > comenz6 i la despejado ores pilotos .i6 la misma y vimos ocio. il S. E. con ly huraeda. usa de una ;o de viento Documents from the Sutro CoUeciion. 9f del N. O. pero muy variable y flojo. A las 1 1 divisamos tierra pot la proa que es al N. O. Bcndito sea Dios y alahado de todas las criaturas. No se pudo observar este dia por no haberse descubierto e! sol. A las dos reparanios que la tierra vista al N. K. estaba nevada no solo en la cunibre de la sierra sino tanibien en las faldas. Mas al N. se miraban otras tier-is sin nieve. Cuando divisamos la tierra que seria a distancia de veinte leguas poco mas 6 nienos, mand6 el seiior capitan poner la proa al N. N. E. ; el viento se mantuvo flojo y caniinabanios d milla y media por hora. Esta tarde se volvi6 A sangrar D. Esteban. A las 5 se llam6 el viento al 0. N. O. y se caminaba k dos millas, pero luego se escaseo. Al ponerse el sol demarcaron la tierra y la sierra nevada demoraba al E. N. E. y la punta de tierra mas al N. que parece cabo al N. N E. Por la noche hubo algunas ventolinas del O. N. O. , pero lo mas de ella se pas6 en calma ; el cielo qued6 nublado pero no cay6 rocio. Dia 19 amanecio en calma, el cielo nublado, pero los orizontes claros. Como d las 7 de esta maiiana se ofuscaron los orizontes con nieblina. D. Esteban se saco una muela por no haber tenido alivio con las Sangrias : a las 1 1 entro un poco de viento del S. E. muy lento y se puso la proa al N. -] al N. E. para montar el cabo de tierra que demoraba al N. E. y ver a donde corre la costa mas arriba de dicho cabo, pues al N. de el no se ve mas tierra. Al medio dia observo el senor capitan 53 grados y 41 minutos de latitud ; el \'iento fue refrescando muy bien y liallandonos a distancia de tres leguas de la punta de tierra mas al N. se reco- nocio que desde dicha punta corre al N. N. O. la costa de tierra baja. Como a las 5 de la tarde se puso la proa al N. E. para arrimarnos a la tierra que demoraba a dicho rumbo y ver si habia paraje donde fondear. Como a las 6 estaudo ya muy fresco el viento comenzo a Hover, por lo cual, y e.star muy oscuro el tiempo por la nieblina y la noche muy proxima determine el setior capitan hacernos un poco afuera y ponernos a la capa como se hizo a las 7 de la tarde y asi pasamos la noche ; la nieblina prosiguio con bastante agua. Dia 20 habiendo anisnecido se llamo el viento al E. S. E. y nos pusimos a camino con la proa al N. \ al N. E. , la nieblina se mantuvo muy hunieda y oscura ; como a las 9 se puso la proa al E. N. E. para reconocer la tierra baja que se miraba al estremo de la punta, y a las diez desde el tope conocieron que eran tres islas chicas y proximas d la tierra. A estas islas llamo el senor capitan las islas de Santa Margarita, por ser dia de la gloriosa senora. No 93 Historical Society of Southern California. se pudo observar este dia por la mucha nieblina que lodo el dia estuvo arrojando agua. Como k las tres de la tarde estabamos cerca de la tierra (que habia parecido islas y no se pudo asegurar lo fuesen por lo poco que la nieblina dejaba estender la vista con ser que estabamos como tres leguas de ella) y se biro de bordo para fuera con animo de mantenernos bordeando sobre la tierra para en aclarando el tienipo registrar fondeadero y hacer la aguada. En dicha hora vimos humaderas en tierra y luego se vio venir una canoa con 9 h mbres dentro : esta se acerco d nuestro barco can- tando los gentiles pero no quisieron arrimarse de modo que le pudiesimos hablar por senas, y habiendonos seguido un buen rato se volvieron para tierra. Como d las 5 vino en seguimiento nues- tro, dicha canoa con otra en que venian 6 gentiles y habiendonos alcanzado se arrimaron las dos a nuestra popa, y el senor capitan les regal6 algunas sartas de abalorios y ellos dieron pescado seco, pero no quisieron subir a bordo. Son gente bien dispuesta, blan- cos, con pelo largo, cubiertos de pieles y gamuzas y algunos son bordados. En sus canoas traian algunos hierros, pero no pudimos averiguar de donde los han habido porque luego se retiraron a su tierra convidandonos con ella y ofrecieron darnos agua al dia siguiente. Como d las 6 lleg6 otra canoa con 7 gentiles, y se arrimaron con el mismo canto que los primeros ; estos nos siguieron como una hora sin querer subir d bordo y cuando se volvieron d su tierra estabamos ya apartados de ella como ocho leguas y bastante marejada. Las canoas son como las que tienen en la canal de Santa Barbara, pero de mayor cavida. Esta tarde corri6 el viento S. E. y d las diez de la noche se calmo. Dia 21 como a las 12 de la noche comenzo d ventear el S. E. muy fresco, y se prosiguio para fuera con la proa al S. O. i al S. A las 8 de la mafiana se viro de bordo para tierra con la proa al E. \ al N. E. Esta mafiana hubo mucha nieblina. No pudieron observar los senores pilotos por estar nublado el cielo. Como d las 1 2 del dia llegaraos sobre la punta de tierra del N. de Santa Margarita d distancia de un cuarto de legua y la fuimos costeando hacia al E. como media legua con animo de registrar si tras de una punta al E. en donde parece hace recodo habia fondeadero, pero no se pudo montar esta punta porque las corrientes nos rechazaban al S. , por lo cual se viro de bordo y habiendonos apartado como una legua al SO. de la tierra se calm6 el viento que toda la manana habia soplado muy fuerte y habia levantado grande mare- jada. Como d las dos y media de la tarde comenzaron d venir canoas de gentiles, unas mayores que otras ; las mayores tendran Documents from the Sutto Collection. 93 I todo el dia e estabamos do asegurar la vista con "6 de bordo a tierra para guada. En ) venir una I barco can- iiodo que le I buen rato liento nues- labiendonos nor capitan iscado seco, uesta, blaii- ilgunos son no pudimos retiraron a agua a1 dia :ntiles, y se ; estos nos cuando se como ocho i que tienen Esta tarde ear el S. E. O. i al S. 1 proa al E. b pudieron Como d las I. de Santa i costeando tras de una adero, pero rechazaban rtado como que toda la ande mare- ron i. venir res tendran de largo doce 6 trece varas, y al parecer son de una pieza, escepto un cerco de tablas por arriba, y la proa. Kn dichas canoas vinieron como doscientas almas ; en una se contaron veinte y una personas, en otra diez y nueve, en las demas habia a rinco, a siete, a doce y a quince almas. Vino uim canoa con doce 6 trece mugeres sin honibre alguno ; en las otras habia taml)ien a'gnnas mugeres, pero el mayor numero era de hombres. Al liempo de llegarse a nuestro barco la canoa de mugeres sucedio que esta topando con su proa en la de otra canoa de hombres se la quebro, de lo que se enfadaron mucho los hombres, y uno de ellos cojiendo ell sus nianos la proa de la canoa de las mugeres se la hizo pedazos, para vengarse del descuido de ellas. Toda la tarde se estuvieron las canoas que eran veinte y una entre todas, al rededor de nuestro barco, comerciando con los de a bordo para lo cual traian gran prevencion de petates, pieles de diversas especies de animales y peces, sombreros de junco, gorras de pieles, plumages con varias figuras y sobre todo muchas colchas, 6 tejidos de lana muy bordados como de vara y media en cuadro con sus flecos de la raisma lana al rededor y varios labores de distintos colores. De todo compraron los nuestros por ropa, cuchillos y abalorios, varias piezas. Se conocio que tienen mucha aficion al comercio y que lo que mas apetecian eran cosas de hierro, pero querian piezas grandes y de corte, como espadas, machetes, &c. , pues mostrandoles veldu- ques daban d entender que eran chicos, y ofreciendoles aros de barril, que no tenia corte. Subieron a bordo dos gentiles, y les cuadro mucho nuestro barco y las cosas de el. Las mugeres tienen taladrado el labio inferior y en 61 pendiente una rodeta plana que no pudimos saber que cosa era, ni de que materia. Su vestido es una esclavina con fleco al rededor y una ropa talar de sus tejidos de lana, 6 de pieles que las cubre todo el cuerpo ; tienen pelo largo y hecho trenza d las espaldas, son blancas y rubias como cualquiera espariola ; pero las afea la rodeta que tienen en el labio y cuelga hasta la barba. Los hombres andan tambien cubiertos ya de pieles, ya de tejidos de lana, y muchos con esclavinas como las mugeres ; pero no reparan en quedarse desnudos cuando ven ocacion de vender sus vestidos. A las seis se fueron despidiendo las canoas para sus tierras y demostraron que deseaban el que iuesemos a ella. Algunos marineros saltaron a las canoas y los gentiles los embijaron con mucha algazara y contento. Dieron a entender estos gentiles que no pasasemos al Norte porque era mala gente que flechaban y mataban; (cuento comun entre gentiles decir que todos son malos menos ellos). Toda la tarde dur6 la calma y I Historical Society of Southern California. las corrientes nos apartaron mas de la tierra como dos leguas. Dia 22 como ii las dos de la madrnjjada comenz6 a ventear el S. E. muy lento y 4 las 5 distariainos de la tierra como cuatro leguas, y lateniaiuos al K. S. E. , y una isla que ayer se deniarc6 al N. O. \ O. A distaiicia de H /) diez leguas se niiral)a al N., y otra tierra alta demarcada ayer al N. \ al N. O. (jue no se supo si era isla denioraba al N. Caininamos sobre la tierra con la proa al E. \ al N. E. para ver si se podia montar la punta al E. de Santa Mar- garita y registrar si hay fondeadero eii el recodo que hace tras de dicha punta ; pero por lo mucho que las corrientes nos sotaventa- ban no se pudo llegar a dicha punta y asi dimos bordo para fuera con la proa al S. S. O. Al medio dia diio el senor capitan que habia observado al sol en 55 f;rados de lavitud ; como k la una se vir6 de bordo para tierra y a las tres y media se llam6 el viento al E. S. E. y se vino para fuera con la proa al {:'. , pero luego se llamo otra vez el viento al S. E. y se puso la proa al S. S. O. Toda esta tarde se mantuvo dicho vionto fresco con rnuchisima nieblina, tan espesa que parecia de noche y tan humeda que parecia aguacero de temporal y grande marejada. Con motivo de ser el viento contrario, la nieblina tan espesa y humeda, la marejada tan grande y las corrientes que nos sotaventaban sobre la tierra alta que estd al Norte de la punta de Santa Margarita, caminamos toda la tarde y noche para fuera y perdimos de vista la punta de Santa Margarita. Advierto que toda la tierra de Santa Margarita y la demas al Este, esta tan poblada de arboleda que no se niira parte alguna que no sea bosque muy tupido de maderage alto y nos parecio ser cipreses. En las canoas de los gentiles vieron los nuestros palos de pino, de cipres, de fresno y aya, aun- que yo no vi mas que de cipres y de pino. Dia 23 amanecio con el mismo viento, nieblina, agua y marejada que ayer y se prosiguio para fuera con la misma proa caminando solamente a niilla por hora, (e.stando con demasiada fuerza el viento) por la niucha marejada que nos venia por proa. Antes de medio dia se llamo el viento al E. S. E. y se camino todo el dia al S. a tres millas y a dos y media por hora. No se pudo observar por no haberse visto el .sol en todo el dia. Por la tarde prosiguio Uovisnando con bastante frio ; viendo el tiempo tan malo y los vientos contrarios para vajar, deterniinanios hacer una novena al Sefior San Juan Nepomuceno, que se comenzo este dia y otra d la Senora Santa Clara que se conienzara dia 4 del proximo Agosto (dandonos Dios vida) para alcanzar de Su Magestad Santisima por la iutercesion de dichos santos la mejoria de tiempos que ;guas. ntear el S. tro leKuas, :6 al N. O. otra tierra si era isla t al K. i al 5anta Mar- ace tras de sotaventa- para fuera ipitan que i. la una se 1 viento al 50 se llamo Toda esta eblina, tan a aguacero • el viento tan grande I alta que amos toda punta de Margarita 10 se niira erage alto les vieron aya, aun- • niarejada aminando fuerza el I. Antes odo el dia observar prosigiiio nalo y los lovena al otra d la lo Agosto Santisiina inpos que DoiHincnIs pom the Snhv Collcilioii. 95 necesitanios. Advicrto que el seuor capitati nos dijn este dia que la isla deniarcada al N. O. .| al O. dia veinle y niio estando sobre la punta de Santa Margarita so llama isla dc Santa Cristina. y la otra tierra alta deniarcada al N. \ al N. O. se llama el cabo de Santa Maria Magdalena. ICste cabo esta al N. O. de la punta de Santa Margarita y entre c-l y dicha jninta hace a la parte del E. una como cnsenada niuy grande (jue no pndimos conocer, (porque las corrientes nos rechazaban como lengo dicho) si es golfo, estrecho 6 bahia con desemboque de algun caudaloso rio como iinagina el senor capitan. El dicho cabo de Santa Maria Magda- lena dista 10 leguas de la punta de Santa Margarita y esto 10 que tiene de ancho la boc^ 6 entrada de dicha ensenada 6 golfo. El cabo de Santa Ma^.u >i.agdalena sale para fuera del E. al O. y junto a la puntn que hace al O. esta la isla de Santa Cristina, la cual nos parecio ser chica y apartada de tierra como dos leguas ; esta noche a las once conienzo a ventear el S. O. Dia 24 amanecio algo claro y el viento fresco del S. O. Desde las II de la noche antecedente hasta las 5 de esta mafiana camin- amos al S. E. A las 5 se puso la proa al E. S. E. para recalar k tierra. Este dije yo misa y el padre Fray Juan no la dijo porque antes de comenzarla se vio venir un chuvasco y cayeron algunas gotas de agua y refresc6 mas el viento. Este dia observaron los senores pilotos 53 grados y 48 niinutos de latitud. Por la tarde afloj6 el viento y por la noche se calm6. Al ponerse el sol se divis6 tierra y nos parecio ser la primera que vimos en la recalada dia 18 del presente. A las 11 de la noche se vieron en el cielo d la parte del Norte y N. E. unos resplandores muy luminosos. Dia 25 amaneci6 en calma y el cielo muy claro y despejado. A las 6 comenz6 d ventolear muy lento del E. Digimos misa ambos padres y le administr^ por viatico el Santisimo d un marinero enfermo. Como el vient j era de tierra la cual se miraba al E. no pudimos ir en demanda de ella, que distaria de nosotros como doce leguas y se puso la proa al S. \ al S. E. Al medio dia observaron los sefiores pilotos 53 grados y 21 minutos de latitud Como d la una de la tarde se llam6 el viento al N. E. muy lento y con la pica al S. E. i al E. caminabamos d milla por hora : esta tarde se v;u Men clara la costa y la sierra nevada ; al pie de esta se v6 una tierra alta que hace cucliilla en la cumbre tendida del E. al O. y d la parte del O. hace la tierra un mogote redondo como un horno y parece ser islote; aunque no se pudo conocer, si lo es, como tara- poco si la <)icha tierra alta es continente con la falda de la sierra aevada, 6 isla apartada de ella. Al N. O. de esta tierra alta, y 96 /fistorical Society of Southern California. \^:M.:' mogote con figura de horno parece que hace ensenada. Esta tarde como d las 7 muri6 un grumete Uamado Salvador Antonio, natural y casado en el pueblo de Gaynamota. Como d las 6 com- en7,6 d cargar la nieblina, y d llovisnar. A las 9 se Uamo el viento al N. E. i al E. y comenzo d Hover con mucha fuerza especial- mente hasta las 1 1 , y toda la noche prosigui6 Uoviendo con el mismo viento. Dia 26 amaneci6 Uovisnando con mucha nieblina ; d las 4 de la manana c6menz6 d ventear al S. S. E. y caminamos con la proa al O. S. O. hasta las 6 y media que se vir6 para tierra con la proa al E. Dige misa y enteir^ al grumete que muri6 ayer : el padre Fray Juan no dijo misa por el mal tiempo que sobrevino de agus- ceros con tanto viento y marejada que no podiamos mantenernos en pi6 : d las diez se vir6 para fuera con la proa al O. S. O. por estar el tiempo tan malo para arrimarnos d tierra asi por el mucho viento como por la marejada y oscuridad del dia que todo 61 estuvo Uoviendo con mucha fuerza ; no se pudo observar ; por la tarde se arreci6 mas el viento y se mantuvo variable del S. E. al S. S. O., pero siempre Uoviendo ; por la noche se llam6 el viento al S. O. y se puso la proa al S. S. E. Dia 27 amanecio oscuro el cielo y Uoviendo como el dia antece- dente con grande marejada; el viento del S. O. , pero no tan fresco; d las 8 de la manana ceso la lluvia, y desde las 10 comenz6 a aclarar el tiempo y mitigarse el viento. Al medio dia observaron los senores pilotos 52 grades y 59 minutos de latitud ; por la tarde hizo buen sol y el viento se mantuvo flojo hasta la noche que se qued6 en calma. Dia 28 amanecio en calma y el tiempo claro, se miraba bien la tierra d distancia como de 8 leguas ; es la tierra alta con muchos cerros tajados a la mar : como d las 7 comenzo d ventolear dc» S. y nublarse el cielo, pero el viento se calmo luego y el cielo se despejo algo al medio dia con lo cual pudieron observar los senores pilotos y segun dijeron nos hallamos en 52 grados y 41 minutos : tambien demarcaron la costa y lo mas al N. de ella demor^-ba al N. N. O. y lo mas al S. demoraba al E. S. E. Esta copta desde los 54 grados hasta aqui corre del N. O. al S. E. y toda es iierra muy alta. A esta tierra llam6 el sefior capitan la sierra de San Cristoval, y esta nevada no solo en el cerro que esta en los 53 grados de ^atitud, sino tambien en otros varios mas al S. Por la tarde como d las 3 comenz6 d soplar muy lento el S. S. O. , luego se iwk Uamando al S O. y se puso la pioa al S. S. E. pero fu6 tan lento el viento que se navegaba d railla per hora y varios ratos se calmaba totalmente . Esta tarde lor Antonio, I d las 6 com- im6 el viento srza especial- viendo con el d las 4 de la ;on la proa al n la proa al yer : el padre ino de agus- mantenernos O. S. O. por por el mucho odo ^1 estuvo or la tarde se . al S. S. O., tito al S. O. y 1 dia antece- lo tan fresco; lo comenz6 a ia observaron por la tarde noche que se iraba bien la I con muchos olear dc» S. y lo se despejo nores pilotos tos : tambieii il N. N. O. y los 54 grados nuy alta. A stoval, y esta 3s de latitud, ;omo d las 3 ; llamando al el viento que a totalmente Documents from the Sutro Collection. 97 asi por la tarde como por la noche siguiente que se mantuvo dicho viento ; el tiempo se mantuvo esta tarde y noche sin Hover con mucho nublado y algun frio. Dia 29 amanecio nublado el cielo pero sin nieblina y asi se veia bien la costa que tarabien distaria como 8 leguas y es tierra niuy alta y quebrada, en la cumbre tiene muchos picachos que hacen diversas figuras, como lo demas de la sierra de San Cristobal. En toda la costa desde Santa Margarita en los 55 hasta aqui no se ha podido reconocer si puertos, ensenadas, bahias, rios, &c., asi por lo apartado que hemos navegado como por los muchos nublados de los mas dias que han ofuscado los orizontes y playage ; esta rnana- na continu6 el S. O. con la misma lentitud 6 intervalos que ayer ; como d las 11 se llamo el viento al S. S. E. y se viro de bordo para fuerA con la proa al S. O. \ al O. No se pudo observar este dia por lo mucho nublado que estuvo el cielo ; por la tarde se quedo causi calniado el viento y d anochecer se calm6 totalmente y dur6 la calma toda la noche. Dia 30 por la maiiana hubo algunas ventolinas del E. S. E. y con ellas nos apartamos mas de la tierra con la proa al S. ; como d las 8 se llaai6 el viento al S. S. E. muy lento y variable y se puso la proa al £. O. \ al S. , luego se fue llamando al S. y cada vez mas fresco ; d las 12 se viro de bordo con la proa al E. S. E. , y d la una habiendose vuelto el viento al S. E. se vir6 con la proa para fuera al S. O. ^ al S. y se caminaba tres millas por hora. Este dia no pudieron observar los setiores pilotos por estar nublado el cielo ; por la tarde se arrecio mucho el viento con grande marejada y antes de anochecer fue preciso aferrar el velacho para que no se viniese abajo el mastelero, se quebrase el trinquete con las grandes cabezadas que daba el barco ; luego que anochecio comenzo d Hover y dur6 la agua toda la noche : d las 12 aferraron la gavia, porque el viento iba tomando fuerza y nos qnedamos con las dos mayores : todos pasamos mala noche por lo mucho que se valan- ceaba el barco : el viento a jirima noche se llamo al E. S. E. y de la media noche abajo se voWio al S. E. y S. S. E. Dia 31 amaneci6 lloviendo y el tiempo muy cerrado aunque el viento no estaba ya tan fuerte. No pudimos decir misa por estar malo el tiempo y haber mucha marejada y valances. Como d las 8 y media marearon las gavias habiendose mejorado algo el tiempo y cesado la agua ; ol viento se mantuvo del toda la noche y mana- r.a y se camin6 con la proa al S. O. i al O. : como d las 10 volvi6 d tomar mayor fuerza el viento y d cerrarse mas el tiempo con amen- azas de agua, pero no llovio. A las 12 se aclar6 uu poco y obser- il 98 Historical Society of Southern Califorttia. varon los senoros pilotos 51 grades, y 58 minutos de latitud. Por la tarde prosigui6 el misrao viento muy fuerte y el cielo muy cer- rado y oscuro ; como d las 7 cayeron algunas gotas de agua muy gruesas y frias pero luego cesaron. Agosto de 1774. Dia I d la una de la madrugada habiendose Ham ado el viento al S. O. viraron de bordo para tierra y con la proa al S. S. E. , se caminaba d cuatro millas por hora ; como d las 7 de la mafiana se llam6 el viento al S. S. O. siempre muy fresco y se puso la proa al S. E. A las 8 aclaro el cielo y se dej6 ver el sol ; como d las 10 se llam6 el viento al O. S. O. no tan fuerte como por la manana ni tan frio ; al medio dia observaron los senores pilotos el sol en 51 grades y 35 minutos de latitud al N. Por la tarde prosigui6 dicho viento algo mas fresco y lento, y se camin6 al mismo rumbo d tres millas por hora ; como d las 7 se llamo el viento al O. el cual dur6 toda la noche y se prosigui6 navegando al S. S. E. d tres millas por hora ; la noche estuvo muy clara y despejado el cielo. Dia 2 como d las cuatro y media de la mafiana se llam6 el viento al O. N. O. y se puso la proa al S. E. para recalar a tierra ; esta manana aunque no era muy fuerte el viento por ser cuasi en popa y la marejada favorable, caminabamos a tres millas por hora. Al medio dia observaron los senores pilotos y dijeron que nos hallaba- mos en '50 grados y 20 minutos de latitud : en dicha hora mand6el seiior capitan governar al E. i al S. E. para caer d tierra sin perder tanta altura ; por la tarde prosigui6 el mismo viento hasla las 6 que se llam6 al O. ; por la noche cargo muoha nieblina y rocio, esta noche se governo al mismo rumbo hasta las 12. Dia 3 desde las 1 2 d las 4 se governo al S. E. i al E. por miedo de la costa que por estar tan oscura la nieblina no se podia ver si estaba cerca ; d las 4 se puso otra vez la proa al E. i al S. E. , el viento se mantuvo fresco del O. hasta las 8 que se llamo al N. 0. (viento que ya mucho tiempo se deseaba y no se habia logrado ni una hora). La nieblina dur6 toda la mafiana, por lo cual no pudi- mos divisar la costa. Al medio dia observaron los sefiores pilotos el sol en 49 grados y 24 minutos de latitud ; desde las 12 de este dia por mandado del seiior capitan se govern6 al E. para recalar i tierra y reconocer la costa, en caso de levantarse la nieblina ; pues segun sus cuentas debemos estar muy cerca de ella ; d las 3 de la tarde viendo que la nieblina no aclaraba y que el viento iba refres- cando mand6 dicho seiior capitan tomar rizos d las gavias y poner la proa al S. E. i al S. hasta que Dios quiera darnos tiempo claro como se necesita para ir por la costa ; a las 5 comenzo d levantarse Docuvicnts from the Sutro Collection. 99 atitud. Por ;lo muy cer- e agua muy o DE 1774. > el viento al S. S. E.,se la maiiana se ISO la proa al 10 d las 10 se la manana ni s el sol en 51 osigui6 dicho rumbo 5 tres el cual dur6 d tres millas ielo. .ni6 el viento i tierra ; esta :uasi en popa >or hora. Al nos hallaba- ora mand6 el d tierra sin viento hasia la nieblina y 12. E. por miedo i podia ver si alS. E.,el m6 al N. 0. ia logrado ni :ual no pudi- inores pilotos as 12 de este ara recalar i eblina ; pues las 3 de la to iba refres- ■vias y poner tiempo claro d levantarse la nieblina, y habiendo aclarado y no viendose la costa alargaron rizos d las gavias y marearon todo el velanien y pusieron la proa al E. para ver si antes de anochecer se descubria la tierra ; el viento fu6 tomando cada vez mas fuerza y se caminaba a 5 millas por hora y lo demas del dia se liabia caminado a 4 y a 4 y media. No pudimos divisar la costa por lo cual a las 9 se aferraron las velas y nos quedamos con solo el trinquete y asi se andaban a dos millas y media por hora ; a las 12 volvio a cerrarse la nieblina espesa. Dia 4 d las 12 de la noche se puso el barco d la capa con la mayor y d las 4 habiendo amanecido con la nieblina muy densa se marearon las gavias y trinquete y nos pusimos d camino con la proa al E. ; el viento se llamo al N. muy fresco y luego levant6 mucha marejada ; d las 8 viendo que la nieblina no aclaraba y que el viento y mar iban en aumento se volvierron d aferrar las gavias y quedandonos con el trinquete se puso la proa al E. S. E. por no verse la costa, que se imagina muy cerca segun las cuentas de los seiiores pilotos. A las 11 comenzo a aclarar un poco el tiempo y no se divis6 la tierra. A las 12 observaron los senores pilotos el sol en 48 grados y 52 minutos de latitud ; d la una de la tarda habiendose aclarado bien el tiempo se marearon la mayor y gavias y con la proa al E. N. E. fuimos en demanda de la costa cami- nando d 4 millas por hora : esta tarde se llamo el viento al N. N. E. y sopl6 con tanta fuerza como al N. por la maiiana. Este dia es el unico que durante toda la navegacion se ha visto claro ponerse el sol. Por la noche prosiguio dicho viento con la misma fuerza y por ser tanta la marejada hubo mucho valanceo y poco sosiego. Esta tarde dimos principio d la novena de la Seiiora Santa Clara, como lo habiamos prometido para implorar el auxilio divino por intersecion de la gloriosa santa d fin de que el seiior nos conceda vientos favorables y tiempos claros para poder costear la tierra y dar cumplimiento a los encargos y ordenes del superior govierno, si conviene al servicio de Dios y del Rey nuestro Seiior. Dia 5 umaneci6 claro y despejado el cielo sin nieblina y no se pudo divisar la costa que segun cuentas debiamos estar ya dos dias sobre ella, y sin duda ha estado el yerro en la variacion de la hauja, que segun se ha podido demarcar estas nochts el Norte, no destea dicha hauja dos cuartas. Esta maiiana se volvio el viento al N. pero ya no tan fuerte y se puso la proa al N. E. i al E. , d las 5 de la maiiana ; como a las 7 se alargaron los rizos d las gavias y se mareo todo el velamen ; el viento se fue escaseando poco d poco. Al medio rfh observaron los senores pilotos 48 gra- ^w I(X) Historical Society of Southern Calijornia. dos de latitud ; por la tarde se escase6 tanto el viento que no se caminaba mas que dos millns por hora, el sol calento muy bien y fu6 el mejor dia que hemos tenido en toda la navegacion asi de calor como de claridad. Este dia vimos varias yervas de mar que los marineros llaman porras y son buena senal de no estar muy lejos la tierra ; el viento se mantuvo muy flojo toda esta tarde y noche siguiente con tiempo muy claro. Dia 6 d las 12 de la noche se llam6 el viento al N. O. muy lento y se puso la proa al N. E. ; d las 4 de la manana habiendo amanecido bien claro el dia y no divisandose la tierra se puso la proa al N. E. ^ al N. ; el viento desde dicha hora comenzo a refreticar y se caminaba a 3 millas ; a las 1 1 se diviso la tierra muy lejos y parecio ser tierra alta, pues se miraba por proa un cerro nevado y al parecer muy elevado. A las 1 2 observaron los seiiores pilotos y Don Juan nos dijo que estabamos en los 48 grados conio ayer ; pero Don Esteban nos dijo que habia observado 48 grados y 52 minutos ; no se por que motive hayan discordado, siendo asi que este dia como los demas se han comunicado el punto de obser- vacion. Por la tarde prosiguio el mismo viento pero cada vez mas lento ; a las 8 de la noche se calmo totalmente el viento y comenzo d caer mucho rocio con alguna nieblina aunque no muy densa ; a las ri se espeso mucho la nieblina. Dia 7 amanecio en calma y con la nieblina tan evSpesa que no se podia ver de popa a proa y con muchisimo rocio. Este dia cele- bramos el santo sacrificio los dos padres. No pudieron observar el sol los seiiores pilotos porque la nieblina se mantuvo todo el dia y no se vio el sol en todo el dia. Por la tarde vimos algunos peces gffandes que parecian taurones, pero dijeron que no lo eran ; estos son los primeros peces que se han visto en todo el viaje. Todo este dia y noche siguiente se mantuvo en calma. Dia 8 d las 4 de la manana comenzo d ventear al E. lento y variable y se puso la proa al N. , este dia amanecio muy oscuro el cielo, pero sin nieblina baja ni rocio ; como d las 8 se llam6 el viento al S. E. lento y con la proa al N. E. , caminamos para la tierra que no se divisaba ya fuese porque las corrientes nos hayan apartado de ella durante la calma, 6 ya por lo nublado del tiempo ; como d las 1 1 se vio la tierra y no se divisaba el cerro nevado por- que la costa estaba cubierta de niebla ; la tierra que se miraba al N. E. como d distancia de 6 leguas es tierra medianamente alta poblada de arboleda, y a la parte del S. E. hace una punta tajada d la mar. Toda esta manana se camino d 3 millas por hora. Al medio dia aclar6 muy poco el sol y observaron los seiiores pilotos ; que no se muy bien y acion asi de ie mar que 1 estar muy esta tarde y N. O. muy la habiendo a se puso la comenzo a I tierra muy roa un cerro 1 los senores rados como 48 grades y », siendo asi to de obser- ada vez mas ) y comenzo ty densa ; a I que no se e dia cele- )n observar todo el dia ;unos peces eran ; estos laje. Todo E. lento y y oscuro el se llam6 el iios para la nos hayan iel tiempo ; levado por- i miraba al mente alta mta tajada hora. Al res pilotos ; Doainicnts from the Sutro Collection. lOI segun me dijo Don Esteban nos hallamos en 49 grados y 5 minutos de latitud ; el sefior capitan no dijo que latitud habia observado ; como d las dos de la tarde hallandonos 3 leguas de la tierra comenz6 a calmarse el viento, pero con algunas ventolinas nos acercamos como d distancia de 2 leguas ; aqui se sonde6 varias veces y se encontr6 fondo en 24 y 22 brazas. Como a las 4 vinieron 3canoas de gentiles, en una venian 4 honibres, en otra 3 y en la otra 2 ; estas se estuvieron algo apartadas de nuestro barco dando gritos con ademanes de que nos fueramos de alii, pero d largo rato habiendoles hecho senas de que ke arrimasen sin miedo, se acerca- ron, y les dimos d entender que ibamos en busca de agua ; pero alios no debian estar satisfechos de nuestras seiias y asi se volvieron a sus tierras. Al retirarse estas encontraron otras dos canoas que venian para nuestro barco, pero habiendo comunicado con los que iban de retirada se volvieron d tierra juntamente con ellos. A las 6 habiendonos acercado d la tierra como una legua y encontrado buen fondo en 25 brazas, se dejo caer una ancla, para poder al dia siguiente saltar en tierra y tomar posesion de ella en nombre del Rey nuestro senor ; cuando se dio fondo ya se habia calmado total- mente el v'* nto. Como a las 8 de la noche vinieron otras 3 canoas con 15 gen 'es los que se estuvieron apartados del barco dando gritos en t no de lloros ; los Uamamos y se acercaron y d breve rato se despidieron, pero se estuvieron como un tiro de fusil de nuestro barco hasta mas de las 1 1 de la noche, hablando entre si mismos y dando algunos gritos. Las canoas de estos gentiles no son tan grandes como las que vinios en la punta de Santa Marga- rita en las 55 grados, ni de la misma figura, las mas grandes ten- dran como 8 varas en largo, tienen la proa larga en canal y son maschatas de po^^.. , los remos son muy hermosos y pintados, que forman una paleta con una punta como de una cuarta al extremo. Dichas canoas parecen Jier de una pieza aunque no todas, pues vimos algunas cosidas, pero todas estan muy bien trabajadas. Dia 9 amanecio en calma y claro d la parte del N. O. , pero por los demas vientos cubiertos de nieblas ; habiendo amanecido com- enz6 la gente d hechar la lancha d la agua para ir a tierra; cuando se estaba en esta maniobra llegaron 15 canoas en que venian como cien hombres y algunas mujeres ; dandoles d entender que se arrimasen sin miedo, se acercaron luego y comenzaron d comerciar con los nuestros cuanto traian en sus canoas, que se reducia d cueros de nutria y otros animates, sombreros de junco pintados con una pera en lo alto de ellos, y tegidos de una especie de canamos con sus flecos de lo mismo con que se cubren y los mas I02 Historical Society of Southern California. tienen una esclavina de este tegido ; los nuestros les compraron varias piezas por trajes viejos, conchas de lapa quehabian traidode Monterey y algunos cuchillos ; k estos y d las conchas manifestaron mas aficion. No vimos entre estos gentiles tegidos de lana conio en Santa Margarita, ni andan tan cubiertos conio aquellos ; las mugeres no tienen rodeta en el labio. Tambien d estos se les vieron algunos hierros y cobre. Como d las 6 de la maiiana estando ya la lancha en la agua se levant6 el viento del O. , y se reparo que nos echaba sobre la tierra arrastrando la ancla, lucgo se empezo a levar dicha ancla, pata ponernos d la vela y salir del peligro pero el mucho viento y marejada nos llevabau por instantes sobre la costa, por lo cual fu^ precise cortar el cable y perder el cable. Cortado el cable nos hicimos d la vela con la proa al S, O. 4^ al S. y con mucho trabajo pudimos rebasar una punta de piedras que sale de la tierra como una legua. Al dicho fondeadero llam6 el seiior capitan la Rada de San Lorenzo, a unos cerros que estan al N. O. de la Rada llam6 los cerros de Santa Clara, y i la punta que esta al S. E. le puso el nombre de San Estevan, Dicha Rada segun nos dijo el seiior capitan estd en 49 grados y 30 minutos de latitud al N. Habiendo rebasado la punta de piedras y apartadonos de la tierra como 3 leguas era tanta la marejada y viento que fue menester aferrar todas las velas menos la trinque- tilla para poder subir d bordo la lancha que cost6 mucho trabajo y falt6 poco a perderla con algunos marineros ; subida la lancha se alargaron las velas y se puso la proa al S. S. O. , el viento era cada vez mas recio y mayor la marejada. Al medio dia observaron los senores pilotos y segun nos dijo el seiior capitan nos hallamos en 49 grados y 1 2 minutos ; por la tarde se llam6 el viento al N. O. y se fue mitigando cada vez mas de modo que al anochecer eta ya muy poco y d la noche se calm6. Dia 10 amanecio en calma y el cielo nublado pero sin nieblina baja y se miraba la costa aunque confusa d distancia de 15 leguas, Este dia digimos miba los dos padres. Al medio dia no aclar6 el sol, por lo que no pudieron observar los sefiores pilotos su eleva- cion. Todo este dia estuvo nublado el cielo y en calma aunque por la tarde hubo tal qual ventolina del N. O. pero tan lenta que ap';nas se percibia el movimiento del barco ; por la noche se des- pejo algo el cielo, y prosigui6 la calma. Dia 1 1 amanecio en calma y nublado el cielo como el dia ante- cedente ; la costa se miraba bien clara al N. E. como a distancia de 10 leguas y d la parte del E. y del N. mas retirada. El mar venia del N. O. con algunas ventolinas interpoladas y se conocia Documents from the Sutro Collection. 103 2s compraron bian traidode manifestaron de lana como aquellos ; las i estos se les e la manana I del O. , y se ancla, lucgo la y salir del I por instantes B y perder el la proa al S. una punta de ho fondeadero i unos cerros nta Clara, y i San Estevan. .9 grades y 30 ita de piedras ta la marejada 10s la trinque- icho trabajo y ida la lancha el viento era ia observaron nos hallamos viento al N. anochecer era sin nieblina de 15 leguas. no aclar6 el tos su eleva- alma aunque tan lenta que loche se des- el dia ante- ) a distancia ada. El mar y se conocia que nos iba llevando al E. N. E. A donde se governaba el barco desde que cahn6 el viento fresco. Al E. se divisaba un cerro muy alto cubierto de nievc que parecia una barranca blanca d priniera vista ; lo demas de la tierra tambien es alta y muy quebrada pero sin nieve toda ella d escepcion de dicho cerro. Como d las 10 aclar6 algo el sol, y al medio dia observaron los senores pilotos 48 grados y 9 minutos de latitud segun dijo el senor capitan. Por la tarde prosiguieron las ventolinas del N. O. algo mas fuertes pero no continuas. A las 3 se puso la proa al E. y desde las 4 couienz6 i refrescar el N. O. y se caminaba d dicho rumbo d 3 millas por hora ; d las 5 estando d distancia de 7 leguas del cerro nevado (al que llam6 el seiior capitan el cerro de Santa Rosalia) se conocio que no era barranca blanca como aseguraban algunos, y mas al N. se divisaban otros picachos nevados ; el dicho cerro nevado de Santa Rosalia parece desde lejos que estd tajado d la mar pero en acercandose se conoce rue estd tierra adentro algo apartado de la costa como el cerro nevado que estd al N. de la rada de S. Loren- zo. A las 6 se cerr6 todo de una nieblina tan espesa y humeda que no se veia de popa d proa pero se desvaneci6 en menos de una hora quedando el tiempo claro y oscuros los orizontes. Desde las 7 se gobern6 al S. E. con animo de mantenernos sobre la costa para ver si el dia siguiente se podia hallar surgidero ; el viento prosi|jui6 lento del N. O. y d las 10 de la noche volvi6 la nieblina. Diii 12 d las 12 de la madrugada se cambi6 el viento al S. S. E. y se puso la proa al E., la nieblina arrojaba tanto rocio que pare- cia aguacero ; d las 4 se vir6 de bordo para fueia con la nroa al O. i al S. O. por estar tan oscuro el tiempo d causa de la nieblina que ro se podia ver la tierra estando tan cerca ; esta raaiiana llovi6 bastaute con algunos chuvascos ; el viento no fu6 muy fresco pero se seutia el frio por la mucha humedad ; d las 9 se Uamo el viento al S. O. y se vir6 de bordo para tierra con la proa al S. E. Este dia no pudieron observar por estar tan nieblinosa que no se vi6 el sol en todo ^1 : d las 4 de la tarde volvi6 d llamarse el viento al S. y se volvi6 d virar para fuera con la proa al O. \ al S. O. , por la noche carg6 mucho la nieblina y estuvo llovisnando hasta el amanecer ; el viento se mantuvo variable del S. al S. O. y muy lento toda la noche que pasamo« dando bordos sobre la tierra. Dia 13 al amanecer aclar6 el cielo y tuvimos como dos horas de buen sol ; como d las 7 se volvi6 d nublar el cielo. Esta maiiana amanecimos cerca de la costa como d distancia de 5 leguas y se divispba bastante tramo de tierra no muy alta poblada de arboleda I04 Historical Society of Southern California. que hace varias abras conio ensenadas, pero como el viento era poco y de travesia no se podia arrimar a ella : como d las 9 refresc6 muy bien el S. O. con mucha marejada. Toda esta nianana caminamos al S. E. y al S. ;J al S. E. No pudieron observar por estar nublado el cielo ; por la tarde aclar6 algunos ratos el sol y el viento se Uamo al O. no muy fresco pero con mucha marejada ; por la noche sopio variable del O. al N. O. y balance6 mucho el barco ; toda esta tarde y noche se gobern6 al S. \ al S. E. y se caminaba d dos millas y media por hora, el cielo qued6 nublado con nubes muy gruesas y negras (lue arrojaron algunas gotas de agua. Dia 14 amanecio con el cielo nublado aunque no como el dia y noche antecedente ; el viento se llam6 al N. bastante flojo y como la marejada era del O. daba tan fuertes valances el barco que no podiamos tenernos en pie, por lo cual no fu6 posible decir misa este dia. Aunque la costo estaba muy oscura por la niebla que en ella liabia divisamos la tierra al E. d las 7 de la manana a distancia como de 8 leguas 6 algo mas ; tambien hubo algunos chuvascos esta manana con alguna agua aunque poca ; d las 8 se llam6 el viento al N. E. muy lento y variable, el cielo se despej6 varias veces pero cada rato se volvia d nublar con chuvascos. Al medio dia observaron los senores pilotos el sol en 46 grados y 8 minutos de latitud segun nos dijo el senor capitan, pero no queda- ron satisfechos de esta observacion porque estando haciendola vino un chuvasco y oscureci6 el sol : por la tarde prosigui6 ventoleando del N. E. y la marejada del O. cuasi tan fuerte como por la mafia- na ; d la noche se volvio el viento al N. fresco y se camin6 toda la noche d 3 millas y media por hora con la proa al S. S. E. ; el cielo quedo claro y despejado. Dia 15 amanecio muy claro y limpio el cielo, el viento fresco como por la noche ; este dia aunque liabia bastante valanceo pot venir la mar del O. dije misa con algun trabajo; el Padre Fray Juan no la dijo por miedo de los valanceos. Al amanecer estaba- mos sobre la costa como d distancia de 4 leguas y se divisaba raucho tramo de tierra medianamente alta poblada de arboleda segun me dijeron, pero yo no la distinguia ; este tramo de tierra corre de N. N. O. d S. S. E. segun dijo el seiior capitan. Desde las 3 de la maiiana que se diviso la tierra hasta las 8 se govern6 al S. \ al S. E. y desde las 8 se puso la proa al S. S. E. Al medio dia observaron los seiiores pilotos y segun dijo el seiior capitan nos hallamos en 44 grados y 35 minutos. Toda esta manana camina- mos costeando la tierra apartados de ella como 3 leguas ; por la Documents from the Sutro Collection. 105 1 viento era las 9 refresc6 sta manana )bservar por )S el sol y el arejada ; por 5 raucho el il S. E. y se 2d6 nublado las gotas de mo el dia y flojo y como arco que no decir misa . niebla que la manana i xbo algunos I ; d las 8 se 3 se despej6 vascos. Al 6 grades y 8 o no queda- iendola vino ventoleando Dor la niana- min6 toda la E. ; el cielo iriento fresco alanceo poi Padre Fray ecer estaba- se divisaba de arboleda mo de tierra tan. Desde ; govern6 al Al medio • capitan nos ana camina- uas ; per la tarde se nrosigui6 al miamo rumbo y se miraba muy clara la costa porque no estaba tan humeda la tierra como por la manana. Tiene esta tierra mucha arboleda que a la vista aparece Pineria, no solo en la cumbre sine en las faldas de los cerros. En las playas se miran algunas mesas sin arboleda con mucho zacate y varias barrancas blancas tajadas d la mar : tambien se ven algunas cana- das 6 abras que corren N. E. N. O. y en toda la tierra que este dia vimos no divisamos nieve, y cuanto mas al S. es tierra mas baja. A las 6 se repar6 que la tierra salia por la proa al S. por lo cual desde dicha hora se govern6 al S. O. hasta las 8 que se puso la proa al S. y asi se camin6 toda la noche. Todo este dia hizo buen sol, pero el viento muy frio y tan fuerte que al anochecer caminabamos d cinco millas y media por hora solo con las dos mayores y las gavias tomados sus rizos. Dia 16 amaneci6 claro y limpio el cielo, como ayer, pero los orizontes muy ofuscados con nieblina d modo de humo, el viento fresco aiinque no tanto como por la noche ; no se divis6 la tierra por estar tan humeda, pero se hizo juicio que no estaria muy lejas porque el sol estaba ya muy alto cuando lo vimos. A las 5 de la mafiana se puso la proa al S. S. E. , d las 8 comenzo d calmarse el viento y la niebla cada vez mas espesa de suerte que apenas se podia ver el sol : d las 1 2 ya estaba del todo calmado el viento ; observaron los sefiores pilotos y segun dijo el senor capitan estaba- mos en 43 grados y 38 minutos. Por la tarde carg6 mucha nie- blina humeda y fria con algunas ventolinas del S. E. y del E. N. E. variables ; al ponerse el sol aclar6 algo el cielo quedando los orizontes muy claros salvo por el O. ; como d las 9 de la noche estaban despejados los orizontes por todos rumbos pero luego se volvieron d ofuscar y cay6 mucho rocio. En todo este dia no se pudo divisar la costa por causa de la nieblina y porque sin duda estabamos bien apartados de ella, pues no la pudimos ver a las 9 de la noche estando muy clara la luna y los orizontes como he dicho. En esta latitud conjeturo que estard el cabo bianco de San Sebastian y aquel famoso rio hondable Uamado de Martin de Aguilar y descubierto por la fragata de su mando en la espedicion del general Sebastian Vizcaino, pues aunque dice la historia que dicho cabo y rio estd en los 43 grados segun la observacion que hizo el piloto de dicha fragata Antonio Flores, se debe pensar sea menor latitud como se ha hallado menor en los parages que se ha observado con los nuevos octantes que la que en aquellos tiempos observaron con sus instrumentos. A las once y media de la noche comenz6 d ventear lentamente del N. O. y d poco rato se llam6 al io6 Historical Society of Southern California. N. y dur6 toda la noche cada vez mas recio: la proa toda la noche estuvo al S. \ al S. O. Dia 17 amaneci6 con bastante nieblina y el viento tan fuerteque fu^ menester aferrar las belas y quedarnos con solo el trinquete : desde las 5 en que se hizo dicha nianiobra se governo al S. ; no s^ lo que caminaba el barco porque ya no se hechaba la corredera ; a las 6 comenz6 d despejarse el cielo y aclarar algo los orizontes. A las 12 observaron los senores pilotos 41 grados y 27 miniitos de latitud segun dijo el seiior capitan ; d la una habiendose mitigado el viento alguna cosa se mareo el velacho y la mayor: d dicha hora se puso la proa al S. S. E. y d este rumbo se camin6 toda la tarde. No se vi6 la tierra este dia con haber estado bien claro, aunque los orizontes siempre estuvieron humados. Por la noche afloj6 algo el viento y se governo al S. E. y al S. E. i al S. : esta noche hizo mas frio que en todo el tiempo del viaje, pero estuvo clara hasta cerca de amanecer. Dia 18 como d las 4 de la manana se cubri6 de niebla muy espesa y humeda, el viento se qued6 cuasi calmado pero no del todo y se prosiguio con la proa al S. E. que con el poco viento y la marejada del N. algo se caminaba ; esta manana se sintio mucho mas el frio ; d las 10 comenz6 d aclararse el sol aunque poco. No pudieron observar este dia por la nieblina, pero me hago juicio que estariamos en 40 grados con diferencia de pocos minutos : d la una se aclaro muy bien el cielo quedando siempre oscuros los orizontes escepto por la parte del N. O. : toda esta tarde hizo buen sol con alpuniis ventolinas del N. : al anochecer refres- caron un poco las ventolinas y qued6 la noche muy clara hasta las > once y media que se calm6 totalmente el viento y se cubri6 todo de nieblina muy espesa y cay6 tanto rocio que parecia haber llovido. Dia 19 amaneci6 en calma con la nieblina y el rocio, como por la noche ; esta maiiana apuntaron algunas ventolinas del S. K. y se tuvo la proa al S. O. , pero era muy poco el movimiento del barco : no se vi6 el sol en toda la manana por causa de la nieblina, ni al medio dia se pudo observar. Por la tarde prosigui6 en calma y hubo algunas ventolinas del N. y N. E. variables y se mantuvo la proa al S. E. y S. S. E., como d las 7 comenz6 d ventolear lentamente del N. O. y se puso la proa al S. E. i al E. pero calm6 antes de las 8 y toda la noche se pas6 en calma. En todo este dia no se quit6 la nieblina ni se pudo ver el sol ; hizo bastante frio y cay6 mucho rocio. Estas humedades pienso son la causa del mal de Loanda, 6 escorbuto ; pues aunque en todo el viage ha Documents from the SutroCollection. m la la noche I fuerte que trinquete ; 1 S. ; no s6 jrredera ; a izontes. A minutos de se mitigado , dicha hora ida la tarde. aunque los afloj6 algo I noche hizo Clara hasta niebla muy pero no del oco viento y la se sintio sol aunque aa, pero me ia de pocos ido siempre la esta tarde lecer refres- ira hasta las cubri6 todo irecia haber 0, como por del S. E. y i^imiento del la nieblina, ii6 en calma se mantuvo d ventolear i al E. pero En todo lizo bastante on la causa el viageha habido algunos tocados de este accidente, no se han visto tan agravados como ahora que pasan de 20 los que se hallan sin poder servir d mas de otros muchos que estan aunque en pi6 llagados de boca y piernas.y creo que si Dios no nos envia luego otros tiempos ha de perecer de dicho nial la mayor parte de la tripulacion segun van en enfermando estos dias de nieblina huraeda y fria. Dia 20 amaneci6 en calma y la nieblina tan espesa, fria y huni- eda como los dias antecedentes y dur6 todo el dia sin dejar ver el sol, salvo un poco que acldro al medio dia, en cuanto se conocia en donde estaba ; d este tiempo observ6 el sefior capitan el sol en 39 grados y 48 minutos de latitud, pero dijo que no era segura dicha observacion por razon de la poca claridad del sol y estar oscuros los orizontes. Por la tarde se aferraron las velas porque se hacian pedazos con los golpes que daban contra la jarcia d causa de la calma y valanceo. Todo este dia y noche cay6 mucho rocio y la nieblina fu6 en estremo espesa y fria lo cual tiene d todos en mucho desconsuelo por ver que la gente se va enfermando y que no se sabe de fijo en donde nos hallamos, por hacer ya tres dias que los senores pilotos no han podido observar con seguridad. Dios sea servido darnos lo que convenga. Dia 21 d la una de la madrugada comenz6 d ventolear lenta y variablemente del E., del E. S. E. y del S. E. : al amanecer era tanta la humedad de la nieblina que parecia aguacero. lyas vento- linas se calmaron luego y solo Servian para romper las velas. Este dia dije misa, y el padre Fray Juan no la dijo por hallarse algo indispuesto del estomago. A las 9 de la maiiana volvi6 otra vez d ventear del S. E. muy lento y se caminaba aunque poco al S. S. 0. ; d las once y media se vir6 de bordo y se puso la proa al E. N. E. ; al medio dia aclar6 un poco el sol y el seiior capitan observ6 aunque sin ccrteza 39 grados y 30 minutos de latitud ; por la tarde se espes6 mucho la nieblina y arrojaba mucho rocio frio como un hielo con ventolinas del S. E. ; d las 6 de esta tarde se levanto la nieblina y aclar6 algo el tiempo aunque el cielo qued6 nublado y prosiguio ventoleando algo mas fresco del S. E. y del S. S. E. variable: por la noche se aclar6 algo mas el cielo y se vi6 la luna : toda la noche hubo algunas ventolinas y se camino con la proa al E. N. E. y al E. i al N. E. Dia 22 amanecio nublado el cielo pero sin nieblina, ni rocio y algo despejados los orizontes ; como d las 5 se vio la costa d dis- tancia de 6 leguas ; d la parte del N. se miraba una punta de tierra tajada d la mar que demoraba al N. N. O. como d distancia de 9 leguas y la tierra que sigue desde dicha punta al S. E. es muy alta y m Historicai Society of Southern California. quebrada por mas de 5 leguas y la que se sigue al S. E. que es la que tenenios mas cerca al K- es tierra mediana poblada de arboleda i. lo menos en la curabre que se vi6 bien clara al salir el sol ; por el S. E. se mlraba mucho tramo de tierra mas baja como lomeria La dicha punta que nos deraoraba al N. N. O. hicimos juicio que serd el cabo Mendocino y siendo asf estard dicho cabo en 40 grados con diferencia de pocos minutos segun la observacion que aycr hizo el sefior capitan y el rumbo d que henios caminado ; d las cinco y media se vir6 para afuera con la proa al S. O. y al S. S. 0. con ventolinas variables del S. E. y S. S. E. : esta maiiana aclaro algunos el sol y d cada instante se cubria de nublados, pero estuvo mas templado el tiempo que los dias antecedentes ; al medio dia aclar6 muy bien el sol y los orizontes por todos vientos, observaron los sefiores pilotos muy d su satisfaccion y dijo el seiior r itan que nos hallabamos en 39 grados y 46 minutos de latitud : i 10 d las 3 de la tarde se cubrio otra vez el cielo de nubes ; d las cuatro se vir6 de bordo para tierra con la proa al E. N. E. manteniendose muy lento el S. E. , d las 5 se volvi6 d virar de bordo y luego se calm6 el poco viento que liabia : toda la noche se pas6 en calma con tal qual ventolinas del S. E. y el cielo qued6 nublado no muy oscuro y con nieblina por los orizontes, pero no cayo mucho rocio. Dia 23 al amanecer se divis6 la costa aunque retirada y confusa por la nieblina que en ella habia ; esta maiiana comenz6 d soplar muy lento del S. S. E. y navegamos al S. O. y luego se perdi6 de vista la costa porque se cerro de nieblina espesa por todas partes : desde las 9 aclar6 algunos ratos el sol pero duraban muy poco ; este dia no se sinti6 frio sino tiempo muy templado, a las die?, comenzo d refrescar algo el viento y el cielo se oscureci6 mucho de motlo que no pudieron observar el sol ; por la tarde afloj6 el viento y d las 6 se calm6 totalmente ; desde las 8 comenz6 d llovisnar y prosigui6 hasta las 1 2 d intervalos ; como d las diez de la noche comenz6 a ventear del E. muy lento y luego se llam6 al N. E. algo mas recio y se camino toda la noche al S. E. \ al E. Dia 24 antes de amanecer se llam6 el viento al N. medianamente fresco y sopl6 hasta las 8 de la manana que se quedo en calma cuasi del todo. Esta maiiana celebramos misa los dos padres. El cielo se mantuvo nublado de modo que solo d las 6 se vi6 un poco el sol ; como a las 10 volvi6 d ventear el N. bastante fresco pero d cada rato se escaseaba ; d las 1 1 se oscurecio mucho el cielo con amagos de agua, cayeron algunas gotas, aunque pocas, luego se cerr6 de nieblina humeda pero no muy espesa. No pudieron Doaiments from the Suiro Collection. W| (jue es la e arboleda 1 sol ; por lomeria. juicio que 40 grades que ayor do ; k la> al S. S. O. ana aclaro lero estuvo medio dia abservaroii or c itan 1 : t 10 d las cuatro teniendose y luegose en caltna do no muy lyo mucho y confusa 6 & soplar e perdi6 de as partes ; luy poco : a las die?. » mucho de 6 el viento lovisnar y ; la noche 6 al N. E. E. lianamente en calma •adres. El io un poco fresco pero cielo con J, luego se pudieron observar los set^ores pilotos por causa de estar tan nublado y oscuro el tiempo. A las 4 de la tarde mand6 el senor capitan governar al S. \K. porque aunque este dia no se vi6 la tierra se hizo juicio que no estariamos muy apartados de ella y que sin duda se hubiera visto d no eslar tan oscuro el dia; desde las 8 de la noche valance6 mucho el barco a causa de venir la marejada muy gruesa del N.: desde dicha hora sopl6 el N. O. lento y se puso la proa al S. E. i al E. , el cielo estuvo muy oscuro y cerrados de nieblina los orizontes. Dia 25 d las tres y media de la manana se (iued6 en calma el viento, pero siempre con grande marejada del N. que sin duda ha soplado muy fuerte mas arriba ; el cielo se mantuvo muy oscuro toda la manana con bastante nieblina por los orizontes y de cuando en cuando alguuas ventolinas del E. y del S. E. variables ; d las 1 1 coraenzo d soplar algo fresco el S. E. y se puso la proa al N. E. ; en dicha hora se acl; -6 algo el cielo y se vi6 el sol, pero por los orizontes se quedo o euro como antes; a las 12 ya se habia calmado otra vez el viento ; este dia observaron los senores pilotos y nos dijo elseiior ca/itan que « stabamos en 38 grados y 38 minutos de latitud ; por la tarde se cubrio el cielo de nubes y hubo algunas ventolinas ya del N. ya del S. ; como d las 6 de la tarde se fij6 el viento del N. N. O. lento y por la noche refresc6 algo mas. pero variable del N. O. y del O. N. O. ; desde las 6 hasta las 8 se govern6 al E. S. E. y lo demas de la noche al S. E. i al E. , la noche estuvo muy oscuro y con bastante nieblina humeda. Dia 26 amaneci6 con mucha nieblina y rocio, el viento escaso : luego que amanecio se puso la proa al E. S. E. ; no se pudo divisar la costa por la mucha nieblina y oscuridad del tiempo, pero viraos muchos pajaros de tierra grandes y chicos y varios patos que decian ser de agua dulce ; d las 8 ya el viento se qued6 en calma y la nieblina despedia tanto rocio que parecia Uuvia ; d las 9 volvi6 d ventolear del N. O. y luego refresc6 muy bien y se aclar6 algo el tiempo : d las 10 se divisaron al S. E. d distancia de legua y media los Farallones de San Francisco qiie estan al S. 0. de la punta de Reyes y p'lerto de San Francisco como d distan- cia de 5 leguas segun dijo el sefior capitan ; en cuanto se vieron dichos Farallones mando el sefior capitan poner la proa al S. O. para dejarlos d sotavento, por no saber si hay paso bueno entre ellos y la costa ; como el viento era fresco d las 1 1 ya estabamos sobre ellos y divisamos mas al S. E. otro monton de Farallones apartados de los primeros como dos leguas al S. E. Los primeros son siete picachos altos unos mayores ^ae otros con algunas piedras toda muy ito Historical Society of Southern California. anegadas cerca de ellos, j- ocupan entre todos corao el circuito de una legua : pasamos muy cerca de ellos. Los de la parte del S. E. parecen mayores ; no pude conocer con certidumbre cuantos son porque pasamos algo retirados de ellos, pero me parecio que eran seis picachos y uno de los del medio es mayor que los otros ; cuando estuvimos poco adelante de los primeros Farallones se puso la proa al S. \ al S. O. y a las 12 se puso al S. \ al S. E. : no se pudo divisar la costa ni observar por estar muy cargado de nieblina por todas partes. Toda la tarde sopl6 el viento dicho muy bonan- cible y e ivegamos al S. E. , al ponerse el sol aclar6 muy bien el cielo y los orizontes pfJi" el O. y N. , pero por el E. y S. quedaron oscuros, por lo cual no pudimos ver la tierra : por la noche refresco un poco el viento y se puso la proa al 3. E. \ al E. para recalar a la costa y reconocerla el dia siguiente en amaneciendo. Dia 27 amaneci6 el dia claro aunque algo nublado el cielo y oscuros los orizontes con nieblina ; luego que aclaro el dia se vio la costa por el E. d distaiicia de tres leguas y dijeron que era la punta de Ano Nuevo ; ':aminamos al S. E. hasta las 10 que se divis6 la punta de Pinos y luego se governo al E. S. E. hasta que se di6 fondo. A las 9 dc la maiiana se aclar6 muy bien el cielo y tuvimos buen sol ; al medio dia observaron los seiiores pilotos como 4 leguas al N. O. de la punta de Pinos y dijo el senor cap- itan que habia observado 36 grados y 35 minutos de latitud al N. Por la tarde prosiguio fresco el viento pero se fue liamando al O. y a las tres estatido sobre la dicha punta de Pinos se llamo al S. O. : a las 4 de la tarde poco menos se dio fondo en este puerto de San Carlos del Monterrey. Bendito sea Dios y alabado para siempre y su Santisima Madre Maria Senora Nuestra, Amen. Advierto que en todo este viaje no ha habido desgracia alguna en el barco : bendito sea Dios pues no ha faltado palo, ni mastelero, ni cabo de su jarcia, en medio de haber tenido vientos y mares fuertes ; pero es cosa notable en esta mar que en cuanto se apacigua el viento se baja y sosiega la mar, y piensc que por esta causa le llamarian los antiguos el mar pacifico. Tambien advierto que desde los 55 gra- dos de latitud, termino a que lIeo[amos hasta el puerto de Monter- rey no hemos podido saber si hay puertos, ensenadas u otros surf'deros, por causa de lo retirado que hemos bajado de la tierra y por la oscuridad de los tiempos que hemos Lenido los mas de los dias de toda la navegacion. :i° todo lo cual daran mejor razou los senores pilotos como inteligentes y practicos. Ultimamente advierto que este diario lo he escrito dia por dia en el viaje por habermelo encargado el Reverendo Padre Presidente circuito de te del S. E. uantos son 6 que eran ; los otros ; ines se puso . E. : no se de nieblina Quy bonan- nuy bieti el I. quedaron :he refresco a recalar a el cielo y dia se vio que era la lo que se . hasta que a el cielo y res pilotos senor cap- ;itud al N. ido al O. y 6 al S. 0.: !rto de San L siempre y Ivierto que el barco : ni cabo de srtes ; pero il viento se imarian los los 55 gra- de Monter- as u otros de la tierra mas de los • razou los por dia en Presidente Documents from the Sutro Collection. Ill para lo cual el senor capitan me ha hecho el favor de comunicarme los mas dias el punto de latitud que observaba, y para saber el nimbo k que se navegaba he tenido el cuidado de mirar a raenudo la haguja en la vitacora. Y para que conste ser verdad lo que en este diario tengo escrito lo firmo en esta mision de San Carlos de Moiite-Rey dia 28 de Agosto de 1774. Fray Tomas or la PeSa. (hay una rubrica) TRANSLATION. Diary of the voyage which, by order of Father Fray Junipero Serra, Preacher- Apostolic, President of these Missions of Monte- rey entrusted to the care of Our Holy College de Propaganda Fide of San Fernando of the City of Mexico, I make from this port of San Carlos de Monterey, situate on the coast of Northern Cali- fornia, in 36" 30' north latitude, in His Majesty's Ship called the 5aM//a^(7, otherwise the A'ir^^' I 6'a//««, commanded by Don Juan Perez, Alferez Graduado dc Fragata, Navigating Officer of the first class among those serving in the royal department of San Bias and Captain-Commanding of the expedition ' which, by order of the Most Excellent Lord Don Frey Antonio Maria Bucareli y Orsua, is to be made in that ship, for the purpose of examining the coast from said port of Monterey to 60° rorth latitude, begun on the 6th of June, 1774, on which day I embarked, in company with the Reverend Father Fray Juan Crespi, Preacher- Apostolic of said col- lege and Minister of the Mission of San Carlos de Monterey, com- monly called Carmelo. Jesus, Mary and Joseph: June, 1774. The Reverend Father President of the missions of Monterey, Fray Jun{pero Serra, Commissioner of the Holy OflSce and Preacher- Apostolic de Propaganda Fide of the College of San Fernando of the City of Mexico, having r-ssigned me as companion to the Rev- erend Father Fray Juan Crespi,' Preacher- Apostolic of said College, 1. Aljertz praduado de fragata was a rank in t:he Spanish navy ccrrespouding to that of 8ub-lieutenant in the army. 2. It will be noticed that, In the letter of PresMent Serra of which ;i fac-glmile Is here- with pHbllstied, the final letter of Father Crespi's name is apparently ao.cented. A careful inspeotion O! the President's manuBcript makes it evident that in many words where the latter "i" should not be accented h<: appears to have accented that letttjY. The Presideat'a lit Historical Society of Southern California. charged with the duty of making observations for the determina- tion of the latitude wherever a landing shall be made during the progress of the expedition : 6th June: About four in the afternoon we set forth from the Mis- sion of San Cdrlos de Monterey, about one league distant from the Presidio and Port of Monterey, which place we reached about five; and, having taken leave of the captains there, we came on board, the Father President accompanying us to the shore, where he gave us his last embrace and good-bye. At sunset we arrwed on board. After supping, the crew put on board ship four young bulls and some pigs which the Captain-Commanding of the Presidio present- ed to the cabin me.ss. This night we weighed anchor. On the morning of the 7th the ship was warped out from the an- choring ground and brought near to a shallow place where the sea- weed grows to the surface of the water, close to Point Pinos and about a musket-shot distant from said anchorage. This morning the wind was northwest. About nine the anchor which had served for warping the ship was weighed and the sails were loosed; and, the ceremony of hoisting the Spanish flag and firing a gun having been observed, we made two or three tacks seaward, but, the northwest wind increasing, about a half an hour after noon we went back to an anchorage a little farther out than where the ship had anchored when her cargo was discharged. All day the wind blew from th-- northwest rather fresh. During the night the boat- swain sickened. At dawn on the 8th the same wind was blowing, and held all day. At one in the afternoon we saw the packet San Antonio, otherwise Principe, in the offing, and about three o'clock she came to an anchor. On the 9th we remained at anchor, lacking a favorable wind. About nine o'clock Captain Don Esteban ^ and we two fathers made a visit to the fort, meeting there the Father President, Father Fray Francisco Palou and Father Fray Joseph de Mur- guia. We returned on board to dine, and the Father President slept on board the Principe in older to chant a mass, offered by the navigating officers, or< the day following. mHUUBCript shows that he wiu a tjulck, nervouB writer, who did uot waste time in writing out words or in placing accunts properly. Father de la Pefla does not accent Kim final let- ter of his companion's name. In the document which follows this, which is Father Crespi'« own diary, it will be noticed that he himself wrote his name without an accent. It must be admitted that these clergymen of the Roman Catholic church knew how to spell their own names and those of their companions, and, therefore, that Mr. H. H. Bancroft's writers »re in error when thev nlve the name with an accent on the final letter. 3. This was Kstehan (not Kstevan, as given by H. H. Bancroft's writers) Martlnei, Assistant navigating ofdccr of the expedition. determina- during the m the Mis- it from the about five; 2 on board, ;re he gave i on board. : bulls and lio present- om the an- ire the sea- Pinos and Homing the had served aosed; and, jun having :d, but, the ;r noon we re the ship ,y the wind t the boat- d held all n Ajitonio, c she came able wind. hvo fathers President, de Mur- President jred by the ime in writlnK Utile final let- 'ather Crenpi'* Dt. ItmuRibe pell their own croft'i wrltert erg) Martluei, Documents from the Sutro Collection. On the loth a solemn mass was chanted to Most Holy Mary for a good voyage, in the same place where the mass was first cele- brated in Monterey.* Fathers Fray Joseph de Murguia and Fray Francisco Dumez, Captains Don Fernando de Rivera, Don Pedro Pages and Don Joseph Cafiizares, together with all the people of the Presidio and the ships, were present. We all dined at the same place, by invitation of Captain Don Juan Perez. About three in the afternoon I received the confession of the boatswain, Manuel Lopez; soon afterward Father Fray Juan Crespi adminis- tered the rite of extreme unction, and he expired at about half past four. The corpse was sent to the church at the Presidio, that it might be given sepulture by the fathers ministers of the Mission of San Cdrlos. The I ith dawned calm. By means of a warp, and the ship being towed by the longboats of the two vessels, she was taken to the shallow at the point where the sea-weed grows to the surface. About noon we made sail, with the wind aom the north. The longboat of the Principe, which had remained behind to get up the anchor used in warping, could not overtake us. All the afternoon the vessel pitched heavily, for her head was to the sea. At night, the ship being some three leagues off Point Alio Nuevo, the wind died away. At day-break on the 12th it was calm. We two fathers cele- brated the mass. During the afternoon the wind was northwest, but light, and at sundown it died away. About nine o'clock at night the wind was east, but it shifted about and soon it was calm again. All night long there were light shifting winds, with a very dense and wet fog. The 13th dawned foggJ^ with light shifting winds. We two fathers celebrated the mass. Because of the heavy fog we could not see the coast this morning; nor could the navigating officers take an observation. All the afternoon, and the night following, there was a dense and very wet fog. At dawn on the 14th it was calm, with a thick fog. This morn- ing we saw Point Ano Nuevo about two leagues distant, and the current bore us so near to the coast that at nine it was only a quarter of a league away. At that hour .everal casts of the lead were made, with bottom at twenty-five, twenty-four and twenty-two fathoms. At half past twelve a light breeze sprang up from south- 4. Mr. H. H. Bftno.roft'g writer (Hitlory of the Facifle States, Xin.,22«) nayg that this mags was said "under the old oak, JiC." In this diary no mention Ib made of au oak, and Father Crcapl (8ee Document No. 19) lays that this masR was celebrated under an mmmada -a ahelter made of liougliEi. He adds that they all dined together, nenr the old ouk which Vizcaino taw. 114 Historical Society of Southern California. west, and by its aid we drew away from the land. During the night the breeze died away at intervals, and the ship kept tacking between the two points. At dawn on the i5tli we were west of Point Pinos, and we saw- clearly Point Cipreses, the bight of Carmelo and the Sierra of Santa IvUcfa. About eight o'clock it began to blow rather fresh from the northwest but before nine the wind died away. To-day there was not so much fog as on other days, but the sky was overcast, though clear at intervals. At nightfall we were about six leagues from shore, its bearings being taken by the navigating officers, Point Ano Nuevo bearing northeast, Point Pinos east, and the land to the southward of Santa Lucia southeast. On the morning of the i6th we saw the Sierra of Santa Lucia, about twelve leagues away. The day dawned cloudy, as yester- day was. At eight in the morning the north-northwest wind fresh- ened. There was an appearance of rain, and some drops fell; but it soon ceased to rain and there was less wind. During the after- noon the sky was clearer and the wind was dying away. The 17th dawned calm amd the sky was very cloudless and clear. About one in the afternoon a very light southwest breeze sprang up. To the northeastward we saw the Sierra of Santa Lucia, about sixteen leagues away. During the night the wind shifted to the northwest and the ship went about and stood to the west- southwest. At dawn of the i8th the same wind held; the fog was very thick and so damp it was like a shower. The Captain arose this morn- ing suffering from an indisposition of the stomach, having had no ease during the night; but at noon he felt better. At twelve the navigating officers took an observation and said that we were in 34° 57' north latitude. During the afternoon the wind freshened. At dawn on the 19th the same wind was blowing, but it was very strong and there was a heavy sea. It was impossible to celebrate mass, owing to the rocking of the ship. At eight o'clock the ship was under the foresail only, and so made three and four miles an hour. During the afternoon the wind was less strong and the main-tack was hauled aboard. On the 20th the wind had become lighter and, the topsails being set, the ship made five miles and a half an hour. All day the wind blew from the northwest. At dawn on the 21st the sky was very bright and clear. The wind shifted to the north and blew fresh all day. The course was During the cept tackiug and we saw erra of Santa esh from the ay there was as overcast, : six leagues :ing officers, ast, and the Santa Lucfa, ly, as yester- t wind fresh- tops fell; but ng the after- ess and clear, reeze sprang janta Lucia, wind shifted to the west- is very thick e this morti- iving had no it twelve the we were in id freshened, g, but it was npossible to eight o'clock ree and four less strong jpsails being A.11 day the clear. The i course was Documents from the Sutro Collection. Uf west by north, the ship going three miles an hour. To-day the navigating officers took an observation in 34* 08'. The 2 2d dawned with the sky overcast and at seven o'clock there came from the north a very wet fog, the wind dying away. At noon the navigating officers got an observation in 34*^ 07'. The wind was light and variable. On the morning of the 23d the wind shifted to the northeast, and presently to the northwest. The navigating officers took an observation in 33*^ 46'. All day the northwest wind blew and the ship sailed three miles an hour, the course being west-southwest. At dawn on the 24th the sky was cloudy, and the wind rather fresh from north-northeast. The course was north-northwest. We two fathers said mass, and all celebrated joyously the birthday of Captain Don Juan Perez. To-day the navigating officers took an observation in 33" 43'. During the afternoon the ship sailed three and a half miles an hour, the course being north- west a quarter west. On the 25th the sky was clear, and the ship sailed on the same course at the rate of four miles an hour with the wind as it was. To-day the navigating officers took an observation in 34* 26'. At nine o'clock at night the wind hauled to the eastward. At dawn on the 26th the same wind was blowing fresh. We two fathers said mass. The navigating officers observed the sun in latitude 35° 37'. At five in the afternoon the wind died away. At six o'clock on the morning of the 27th the wind began to come from the northwest, light and variable. To-day the naviga- ting officers took an observation in latitude 35* 59', and the weather was the same. On the 28th the same wind was blowing, and we made two miles an hour. To-day we were in 36^ 26' latitude, almost that of Monterey. The wind freshened during the afternoon and con- tinued to blow during the night. At dawn on the 29th the same wind was blowing. Both fathers said mass. At noon the navigating officers observed the sun in 37" 20'. During the afternoon the wind shifted to the eastward, and the ship sailed at the rate of four miles an hour. On the 30th the wind continued to blow from the east, although it was light, and at seven o'clock it shifted to the east-southeast, still being very light. The navigating officers took an observation in latitude 38° 35'. In the afternoon the wind was fresher. ; 1 i ii6 Historical Society of Southern California. 11 P, Ik m July, 1774. At dawn on the ist it was almost calm, and at ten o'clock the wind had ceased. The navigating officers took an obsen'atioii in 39° 45'- At half past twelve a very light wind set in from the south, and a dense fog arose. At five o'clock the wind died away. About three o'clock on the morning of the 2d there was a shower, with light variable winds from the southwest, which soon died away. The calm lasted all day, and the sun shone with great warmth. During the night there was a light wind irom the east- southeast. There was a thick fog at dawn on the 3d and the wind was fresh. We two fathers said mass. At eight o'clock the wind died away, and the fog became rain. At ten o'clock nie wind came fro-n the east again. The navigating officers took an observation in latitude 40^ 34'. About two the wind shifted to the southeast, and was quite fresh during the afternoon and the following night. At sunset this afternoon some birds were seen , it was said that they were sea-fowl, and that they were seen often although there were no land within a distance of many hundreds of leagues. At daylight on the 4th the sky was overcast and there was a heavy dew. The wind was fresh from the southeast and blew all day. As it was so cloudj' the navigating officers could not get an observation. About one o'clock in the afternoon it began to rain, and rain fell during almost all the afternoon. During the night the sky became clearer and there was a heavy dew. At dawn on the 5th the same wind was blowing, although it was not so strong, and the sky was clouded over. The navigating officers observ^ed the sun in latitude 43*'' 35', but said that this posi- tion was uncertain as the horizon was not clear. As the sun went down we saw a bird as large as a hawk ; it was said that it was a land-bird, though from the masthead land could not be seen. We concluded that towards the west, in which direction the bird was going, there must be an island. At night the sailors heard what they thought was the blowing of a whale, but Don Esteban, who was on duty, told me he thought it was made by a sea-wolf. At daybreak on the 6th there was a heavy dew and a very thick fog, the wind being rather more fresh than it was yesterday. At eight o'clock it began to die away. On account of the thick fog the navigating officers could not get an observation. About one o'clock the wind hauled to the southwest. At four o'clock we saw a duck sitting on the water, distant about sixty yards from LILY, 1774. o'clock the )sen'ation in in from the wind died as a shower, h soon died : with great om the east- e wind was le wind died wind came observation e southeast, )wing night, as said that hough there lagues. :here was a and blew all i not get an gan to rain, J the night although it ; navigating at this posi- le sun went lat it was a s seen. We le bird was heard what n Estebun, I .sea-wolf. , ver>' thick terday. At ; thick fog About one o'clock we yards from Documents from the Sutro Collection. f«f the vessel, and this was said to be a sign that laud was not very far away. About five o'clock the wind died away and presently the sky and horizon were clear. The look-out at the masthead said that he saw no laud anywhere. At sun-down I saw another duck. At dawn on the 7th it was calm and there was a dense fog, and dew so heavy that it was like a shower. This morning we saw several sea-wolves about the vessel. On account of the fog the navigating officers could not get an observation. About seven o'clock at night it began to blow from the north and all night the wind was variable. As on previous mornings, at dawn on the 8th there was a fog, and there were light and variable breezes from the north, which at intervals died away. At most the ship made a mile an hour. At nine o'clock there was a dead calm. The navigating officers could not get a sure observation because the sun was not very clearly visible and the horizon was obscured by the fog, which for five days has not been absent a single hour. During the afternoon there were light breezes from the southeast. This afternoon, also, we saw several birds. At dawn on the 9th there was so much fog and dew that it seemed as if it had rained all night long. The sails appeared as if they had been wetted, and the water from them had filled some buckets which the sailors had placed under them for the purpose of catching it. The calm lasted during the day, except that at times there were light breezes from the southeast. At noon the sky cleared a little, so that the navigating officers were able to take an observation. They said we v/ere in 45". Of this result all were glad, for the navigating officers had been uneasy. After the obser- vation had been obtained the fog became very thick again and the horizon was obscured- During the afternoon the force of the breezes was less and a great deal of rain fell.* On the roth the calm and fog continued. Both fathers celebrated mass. About ten o'clock it began to blow very gently from the Mr. H. H, Bancroft who alludex to the voyage of PereR History of the I'ncitlc ■'^tateK, XlU.,i-2i^) RtLVS that tht; ship was "driven baclc and forward The writer employod by ■y of the IMcitIc St iloiiR tne coast," until "the !)th July, when they were again able to make observatioua." Tills diary and that of Father Crespl show that on the 18th June, the day after that on which a final departure from the coast was made, the latitude wns determined by an obser- vation of the sun ; and thiit, from that date until the 9th July, observations were made on uo less than fourteen days. Captain I'erez knew ttiat he had plenty of sea-room and that the general trend of the coast u> the northward of Monterey, so far as it was then known, was to the northwestward. He stood out to sea, though he was driven farther south than was desirable, in order to got an otflng, and then sailed to the northwestward until the 14th July, when he put the ship's head to the northward— in order to make the land In about the latitude sought. It is very evident that Captain Pcre* was an officer who understood hU instructions, which were that he should go to 60° north latitude, and thence return south- ward, making an examination of the coast as he came. The Baucroftian writer aeenui t* intimate that Peres did not know what he was about. ■tiir 1: ■'J':l:' ii8 Historical Society of Southern California. south. At noon it cleared a little, and the navigating officers took an observation in 45*' 35'. During the afternoon a great deal of water fell from the fog and every little while the wind ceased to blow. To-day a sea-wolf was seen which swam around the vessel several times. At half past eight at night it began to blow rather fresh from the southeast and during the night the ship made two miles and a half an hour. The wind and dense fog were present, a.s previously, at dawn on the nth. About eight o'clock the wind shifted to the south and the ship made three miles an hour. This morning we saw two sea-gulls and several other birds. At noon the sun was seen more clearly and the navigating officers took an observation in 46" 32'. In the afternoon the wind hauled to the sonthwest, and a great deal of water came from the fog so that it seemed a storm of rain. This continued all day and the night following. The right was cold and it was said that the water which fell during the afternoon was frozen. The 1 2th dawned foggy and with dew, like the preceding days, but the cold was greater. The wind went to west-southwest about five in the morning, and the drizzling fog lasted until ten o'clock. At this hour the wind hauled to west and blew some- what stronger. This morning we saw some ducks. The naviga- ting officers could not get an observation because the sky was verj- much overcast and the horizon obscure. In the afternoon the wind hauled to west-northwest and was very strong ; there was a heavy sea and it was very cold. As this was a head wind, for since we began to sail northward, as we have done whenever the wind allowed, the course has been northwest by west, and as fogs were continual, the ship's head was put to the north, in order to make land at a point farther to the northward. About three in the afternoon the weather cleared a little, and the sky remained rather clear all night, though the horizon was very much obscured. At dawn on the 13th the wind continued at west-northwest, altho"-Ii 1l w.»c not so strong, and the sky was as clear as during the night, but at seven o'clock it was overcast again. At noon it cleared, and the navigating officers got an observation in 48" 55', and said that this was more satisfactory than preceding observa- tions because the horizon was more distinct. During the afternoon the sky became overcast again. About seven o'clock the wind hauled to the southwest, very fresh, and the course was changed to northwest. At that hour so thick a fog came on that barely the Documents from tfu Sutro Collection. 119 officers took :reat deal of d ceased to id the vessel fan to blow le ship made , at dawn on e south and ve saw two IS seen more 1 in 46" 32' and a great orra of rain, e night was he afternoon :eding days, st-southwest ed until ten i blew some- The naviga- iky was verj' fternoon the there was a id wind, for lenever the and as fogs in order to lUt three in y remained :h obscured. t-northwest, as during At noon it in 48" 55', ig observa- he afternoon k the wind ras changed ■t barely the length of the ship could be seen and it was so wet that it seemed to be raining. Thus it continued all night long. At dawn on the 14th the same fog and dew were present, and the wind blew fresh from the west. About nine in the morning the Captain ordered the ship's head to be put to the northward, in order to get in with the land and determine whether in nearing the coast the sky would become clearer. At noon the navigating ofi&cers got an observation in 50® 24', although not sure of it on account of a very cloudy sky. During the afternoon the wind v/as fresh and shifted about between west and south. To-day an in.>5pec- tion of the water-supply was made, and it was found that there was sufficient for two months and a half. At night the same shifting wind continued, and there was a good deal of fog and dew. The 15th dawned very cloudy : there was a heavy dew and the wind was very fresh from the south. At nine o'clock in the morning the Captain called a council of all the officers of the ship; and, having made known to them the condition of the water- supply, he asked their opinion as to whether it were better to go on to latitude sixty, as was exacted by His Excellency, or to make land for the purpose of endeavoring to renew the water-supply, afterwards going to 60*^. All were of opinion that it were better to make the land, for the purpose of getting a supply of water and at the same time to gain the knowledge of some place where a refuge might be had in case some accident should make it neces- sary to seek one. In conformity with this opinion of the officers, the Captain ordered the ship's head to be put northea.st. At that hour the wind hauled to southwest, and was very fresh. During the past two days the ship has sailed at the rate of four and a half miles an hour, with a heavy sea and great cold. At noon the navigating officers got an observation in si** 42'. During the lat- ter part of the day the wind held, though it was not so fresh, and the weather cleared a little. At day-light on the i6th the sky was overcast, but there was neither fog nor dew. The wind was still in the southwest. At nine o'clock the day was clear and the weather moderate. To-day a great wooden cross was made, with the intention of planting it in the earth in token of taking possession when the first landing shalrtake place. At noon the navigating officers got an obser- vation in 52® 41'. During the afternoon the force of the wind les- sened and it shifted about between south and southwest. This afternoon some whales were seen, and some sea-weed, called /vw lao Historical Society of Southern California. by the sailors, which abounds along the coast at and near Monterey. The 17th began with a cloudy sky, but there was neither fog nor dew; there was scarcely any wind, the ship not making a mile and a half an hour. We two fathers celebrated the mass. About seven o'clook the fog came on and there was a light shower ; it did not last long and the weather began to lighten. It was not •cold to-day. At noon the sky was clear and the sun made it quite warm. The navigating officers took an observation in 53*^ 13'. The same fair weather continued during the afternoon, with light winds from the southwest ; we saw some whales. The night was fine and clear and there was no dew. At five on the morning of the i8th there was a squall from the southeast accompanied by rain and followed by light winds and a very wet fog. This morning navigating ofiicer Don Est^ban was bled for the purpose of alleviating an inflammation in the face. About ten o'clock a little wind came from the northwest, but it was very light and variable. At eleven land was descried on the bow, in the northwest. Blessed be God and let him be praised by ^11 creatures. No observation was taken to-day as the sun did not shine out. At two o'clock it was noticed that the land seen in the northeast was snowy, not only on the summits of the sierra but on the slopes. Farther towards the north more land was seen but it was not snowy. When we made out the land, which might be a little more or less than twenty leagues distant, the Captain ordered the ship's head to be put to the north-northeast. The wind remained light and we made a mile and a half an hour. This afternoon Don Estdban was bled again. ^^X five o'clock the wind went around to west- northwest and we made two miles an hour, but this speed soon diminished. At sunset the bearings of the land were taken. The snowy range bore east- northeast ; the point of land was farther toward the north, and there seemed to be a cape in the north-northeast. During the night there were light winds from the west-northwest, but most of the time there was a calm. The sky was overcast, but no dew fell. The 1 9th dawned calm ; the sky was overcast but the horizon was clear. About seven o'clock in the morning the horizon was obscured by fog. As bleeding had brought no relief to Don Estdban, he had a tooth pulled. At eleven a very light breeze from the southeast sprang up, and the ship was headed north by east for the purpose of doubling the cape which bore northeast and determining the trend of the coast beyond it, for to the north I and near neither fog aking a mile lass. About t shower ; it It was not nade it quite in in 53» 13', 1, with light le night was all from the winds and a Est^ban was I in the face. I west, but it cried on the je praised by i sun did not and seen in >f the sierra .nd was seen vhich might the Captain :heast. The hour. This ck the wind les an hour, rings of the •rtheast; the leemed to be : were light there was a the horizon horizon was lief to Don ight breeze id north by re northeast the north- Documents from the Sutro Collection. tat ward of that cape no land was seen. At mid-day the Captain took an observation in 53^ 41'. The wind freshened considerably ; and, when we were three leagues from the point of land farthest to the northward, it was noted that beyond that point a low coast stretches to the north-northwest. About five in the nfternoon the course was altered to northeast, so that we might draw near to the land lying in that direction and see whether there were any place where the ship could anchor. About six, the wind being very fresh, it began to rain, on which account and because the weather was obscure by reason of the fog and night was coming on, the Captain determined to go a little farther off the land and lie to. This was done at seven o'clock ; and thus the night passed, the fog continuing with a good deal of water. After dawn, on the 20th, the wind came from east-southeast, and the ship's head was put on a north by east course, the fog continu- ing very dense and wet. About nine o'clock the course was altered to east-northeast, that we might examine the low land that showed at the end of the point. At ten o'clock it was noted from the masthead that it consisted of three small islands which were near to the main-land. These the Captain named the Islands of Santa Margarita, this being the day of that glorious lady. It was impossible to get an observation to-day on account of the heavy fog and drizzle. About three in the afternoon we were near the land which had appeared to consist of islands, although this could not be verified because the fog so limited the view when we were about three leagues away, and we went about and stood off shore with the intention of continuing tacking along the land, so that when the weather cleared we might find anchorage ground and take in a supply of water. At that hour we saw bonfires on the land, and presently there came to us a canoe witn nine men in it. This canoe drew near to the vessel, the pagans in it singing ; but they would not come near enough for us to communicate by means of signs. Having followed us for some time, they returned to the land. About five o'clock this canoe, and another in which there were six pagans, caught up with us, both drawing up to our stern. The Captain made them a present of some strings of beads and they gave us some dried fish. But they would not come on board the ship. These persons are well-made, white, with long hair; and they were clothed in skins, some of them embroidered. They had some iron implements in their canoes, but we were un- able to inquire where they obtained them, for presently they went back to land, inviting us thither, and offering to give us water on 10 !. i iiW: 132 Historical Society of Southern California. the following day. About six o'clock there arrived another canoe with seven pagans, who drew near, singing the same air the others had sung. These followed us for about an hour without being willing to come aboard the ship. When at length they went back to laTid we were about eight leagues from it, and there was a high sea on. These canoes resemble those used in Santa Barbara chan nel, but are of greater burthen. This afternoon the wind was in the southeast, and at ten o'clock it died away entirely. Shortly after midnight, it being the 21st, it came on to blow ven fresh from the southeast, and the ship stood off shore with her head to the southwest by south. At eight in the morning we went about toward the land on a course east by north. This morning there was a dense fog. The navigating officers could not take an observation, for the sky was overcast. About noon we made the point of land to the northward of Santa Margarita, a quarter of a leagfue away, and we coasted along it to the eastward for about half a league with intent to discover whether there were an anchor- age behind a point to the eastward where there seemed to be an in- dentation in the coast line. But we could not double this point, for the current carried us to the southward. For this reason we went about, and, after we had sailed about a league to the southwest- ward, the wind, which all the morning had blown with much force and had raised a heavy sea, died away. About half-past two canoes, some larger than others, all full of pagans, began to arrive. The larger canoes were twelve or thirteen yards in length, and appeared to be of a single piece, ^'xcepting that there was plank- ing along the sides and at the bow. In these canoes were some two hundred persons; in om Ih ire were counted twenty-one, in another nineteen, while in the others were five, seven, twelve and fifteen. One canoe contained twelve or thirteen women and no men. In others, also, there were women but the majority con- sisted of men. At the time the women's canoe arrived at the ship it happened that its prow struck that of another canoe whose occupants were men and broke it ; at this the men became verj- angary, and one of them, seizing the prow of the women's canoe, broke it to pieces in order to repay their carelessness. All the afternoon these canoes, twenty-one in all, were about the ship, their occupants trading with the ship's people, for which purpose they had brought a great quantity of mats, skins of various kinds of animals and fish, hats made of rushes and caps made of skins, bunches of feathers arranged in various shapes, and, above all, many coverlets, or pieces of woven woolen stuffs very elaborately einbroidcit of the fcata in distinct in return 1 what they larj;e piece the like — I were of trif signified tl: the ship, a board of it therefrom cance of tl: dress coasi; reaching to and coverii braids to th woman, bu which han^ or with the of the womi when occas taking leav their desire into the car and shouts should not bad and she say that all afternoon ai the land. About tw set in from lour league island whi< about eight yesterday b< island, bore course, for t eastward of 6. Of course nativec seen di The men were c< >ther canoe r the others hout being went back was a high rbara chan- iiul was in 3 blow ven re with her ng we went lis morning not take an ; made the uarter of a d for about an anchor- to be an in- is point, for on we went southwest- kvith much ilf-past two n to arrive, ength, and was plank- were some nty-one, in twelve and len and no jority con- at the ship noe whose icame very ;n's canoe, i. All the ; the ship, ;h purpose ious kinds e of skins, above all, elaborately Documents from the Sutro Collection. \2S embroidtifd and about a yard and a half squaie, with a fringe of the same \ool about the ed>;es and various figures embroidered in distinct colors. Our people bought several of all these articles, in return for clothing, knives and beads. It was apparent that what they liked most were thitigs made of iron ; but they wanted lartje pieces with a cutting edge, such as swords, wood-knives and the like — for, on being shown ribands they intimated that these were of trifling value, and, when offered rice from the barrel, they signified that this had no edge. Two of the pagans came aboard the ship, and were much pleased with the ves.sel and things on board of it. The women have the lower lip pierced, and pendent therefrom a flat round disk ; we v ere unable to learn the signifi- cance of this, nor of what material the disk was made. Their dress consists of a cape with a fringe about the edge and a cloth reaching to the feet, made of their woven woolen stuff, or of skins, and covering the whole body. Their hair is long and falls in braids to the shoulder. They are as fair and rosy as any Spanish woman, but are rendered ugly by the disk they have in the lip, which hangs to the chin. The men also are covered, with skins or with the woven cloths of wool, and many have capes like those of the women ; but they do not hesitate about remaining naked when occasion for selling their clothing offers. At six o'clock, taking leave of ur they made for the land, and they made evident their desire that we should go thither. Some sailors went down into the canoes and the pagans painted their faces, with delight and shouts of joy. These pagans gave us to understand that we should not pass on to the northward because the people there was bad and shot arrows and killed.' How common it is for pagans to say that all are bad except themselves ! The calm lasted all the afternoon and the current took us about two leagues farther from the land. About two o'clock on the morning of the 22d a very light wind set in from the southeast, and at five we were at a distance of about four leagues from the land, which bore east-southeast, and an island which yesterday bore northwest a quarter west, distant about eight or ten leagues, now bore north, and high land which yesterday bore north by west, and which we thought might be an island, bore north. We stood for the land on an east by north course, for the purpose of trying to double the point lying to the eastward of Santa Margarita, in order to discover whether there 6. Of course these Indians bad no woolen studs. It is not probable that any of the natives seen dnriug the voyage posBcssed any implements or weapons of iron or copper. The men were ce. Mainly not wbite ; nor the wonup as fair (Uid rosy as Spanlsb womea. 124 Historical Society of Soutlicrn Calijornia were anchorage ground in the indentation of the coast behind that point, but the current took us so far to leeward that we were unable to fetch the point ; so we stood off shore on a south-south- west course. At noon the Captain said that he had taken an obser- vation of the sun in 55'^. About one we went about and stood toward the land. At half-past three the wind hauled to east-south- east and we went seaward on a course due south, but presently the wind shifted back to the southeast and the course was altered to south-southwest. All this afternoon this wind blew fresh and there was p. hcuvy icr,, so thick that it seemed night and so wet that it was like a rain-storm, and there was a great deal of sea on. As there was a head whid, together with a dense and wet fog and a heavy sea, and as the current was carrying us to leeward upon the high land to the northward of Point Santa Margarita, all the afternoon and during the night we stood out to sea and lost sight of Point Santa Margarita. ^ note that all the land of Santa Margarita, as well as that to the eastward of it, is so thickly covered with forest that no part of it can be seen which is not clothed with a very thick growth of tall timber, the trees appearing to be cypresses. In the canoes of the pagans our people saw poles of pine, cypress, ash and beech, although I noticed only some of cypress and some of pine. The same wind held at daybreak on the 23d ; also yesterday's fog and the heavy sea. We continued to stand out to sea on the same course, making only a mile an hour, the wind being too fresh on account of the heavy head sea. Before noon the wind hauled to east-southeast and all day we stood due south, at the rate of two and a half or three miles an hour. No observation for latitude could be taken as the sun was not seen during the whole day. During the afternoon the drizzling rain continued to fall and it was quite cold. Seeing that the weather was so bad and the wind so contrary for running down the coast, we determired on a novena to San Juan Neporiuceno, to commence to-daj and another to Santa Clara, to commence on the 4th of August (God giving us life), in order to obtain from the Most Holy Majesty, through the intercession of these saints, that bettering of the weather which we need. I note that to-day the Captain told us the island which bore northwest by west on the twenty-first instant, lying off Point Santa Margarita, is called the Island of Santa Cristina,' and the other high land bearing north by west is 7. Mr. Bancroft's writer BayH, (//(Xory of the Pacific .'•'(ato, XXVII., 164), that Kathe Crcspi says Perez named this islnnfl Sunt.: t^aOxUna. A rjference to the diary of Fathe CrcBpi, which is Document No. 10, will sho'v that, amouK blB notes of the lew fresh and jht and so wet deal of sea on. nd wet fog and > leeward upon Margarita, all lUt to sea and all the land of it, is so thickly which is not trees appearing ;ople saw poles d only some of [so yesterday's to sea on the ind being too loon the wind ? south, at the observation for ring the whole ued to fall and bad and the etermired on a e to-da> and [ August (God rioly Majesty, ttering of the aptain told us ty-first instant, land of Santa Lh by west is ., 154), that Kathe he (ll&ry of Fathe of the -ilstJulv ti Documents from the Sutro Collection. 125 called Cape Santa Maria Magdalena. This cape is to the north- westward Oi Point Santa Margarita ; and, between it and said point, to the eastward is what appeared to be a large bight. The current drifting us away, as I have noted, we were unable to know whether this were gulf, strait, or bay into which some great river discharges, as the Captain fancies. Tliis Cape Santa Marff. Magdalena is distant ten leagues from Poinc Santa Margarita, and this also is the width of the mouth of, or entrance to, said bight or gulf. Cape Santa Maria Magdj-leni stretches out from east to west, and close to its western extremity is the Island of Santa Cristina, which seemed to us to be sniuil aiul to lie about two leagues from the mainland. To-night, at eleven o'clock, the wind began to blow from the southwest. The dawn of the 24th was rather clear and the wind was fresh from the southwest. From eleven o'clock last night until five this morning our course had lien to the southeast. At five it was altered to east-southeast, that we might draw in with the land. To-day I celebrated the mass ; Father Fray Juan did not assist because just before it began a squall came upon us, some drops of rain fell and the wind freshened. To-day the navigating officers obtained an observation in 53^ 48'. During the afternoon the wind died away; to a dead calm during the night. At sundown land was seen, and it seemed to us to be that we saw first as we approached the coast on the eighteenth instant. At eleven at night there was an appearance in the sky. in the north and the northeast, of some very brilliant northern lights. The 25th dawned calm, the sk\ oeing very clear and cloudless. At six o'clock a light breeze sprang up from the east. Both fathers celebrated mast., and I administered the mo.st holy sacra- ment to a sick sailor. As the wind blew off shore, the land being in sight to the eastward, about twelve leagues away, we could not sail toward it, and our course was south by east. At noon the navigating officers obtained an observation in 53° 21'. About one in the afternoon the wind shifted to northeast and was very light ; we sailed at the rate of a mile an hour on a couise southeast a quarter east. This afternoon the coast and the snowy range were very clearly visible. At the foot of this range appears a high land with a knife-like summit and stretching from east to west. At its western extremity there is an insulated round ro.;k with a flat top, re:;embling an oven, which seems to be an island, although we could not discover whether it 1. or not. Nor coti.'d we mal e out whether the high land referred to joins the slope of the snowy I^ Historical Society of Southern California. range or whether it is an island separated from it. To the north- westward of this high land and the insulated, oven-like rock there appears to be a bight. AL?«it seven o'clock this evening a ship's boy nam'^d Salvador Antonio, a native of Gaynamota and married there, died. About six o'clock the fog began to thicken and it began to drizzle. At nine the wind hauled to northeast a quarter east, and it began to rain very heavily, especially so until eleven, and all night it continued raining with the same wind. At dawn on the 26th it was drizzling, and there was a heavy fog. At four in the morning it began to blow from the south- southeast and the course was vvest-southwest until half past i'\: when we went about for the land with the ship's head due east, celebrated the mass and the funeral service over the ship's boy who died yesterday. Father Fray Juan did not celebrate the mass on account of the bad weather, for there were showers of rain accompanied by a high wind and a sea so heavy that we could not keep our feet. At ten we went about and stood off shore with the ship's head to west-southwest, the weather being too bad for us to draw near to the land, for the wind was very high, a heavy sea was running and the day very dark, as it rained heavily all the time. It was impossible to get an observation. During the after- noon the wind went on increasing and shifted about from southeast to south-southwest; and it rained continuously. During the night the wind hauled to the southwest, and the course was south-south- east. At dawn on the 27th the sky was overcast, it was raining as it had rained the day before and a high sea was running. The wind was from the southwest, but not so fresh. At eight in the morning it stopped raining, and after ten o'clock the weather began to clear and the wind to go down. At noon the navigating officers got an observation in 52** 59'. In the afternoon the sun shone clear, and the wind was light until night- fall, when it was calm. The 28th dawned calm, with fair weather. The land was plainly visible at a distance of about eight leagues ; 't is high land, with many hills all running downward towards the sea. About seven o'clock the wind began to blow from the south and the sky to become overcast ; but the wind soon died away and the sky cleared — so that at mid-day the navigating officers could get an observa- tion. According to what they said, we were in 52° 41'= They took the bearings of the land also. The more noi.'.priy p; rt bore north-northwest ; the more southerly, east-southeast. T'le c«. sky. During the afternoon it was almost calm, and by nij:li,»a'! ''.e wind died away entirely. The calm lasted all night. During '.'1 morning of the 30th there were light winds from the east-southeaf, .aid these took us farther away from the land, our course beinr, south. About eight o'clock the wind went to south- southeas*^ , it was light and variable and the ship's head was put to s*" 'atnwest a quarter south. Presently the wind hauled to the southward and was fresher. At noon we went about and stood east -southeast. At one, the wind having gone back to southca.^t, we wp^t about and stood out to sea on a southwest by south coMV'c, making three miles an hour. The navigating officers could .. .ft an observation as the sky was overcast. During; the afternoon the force of the wind increased and there was a very hig^' sea. Before night it was necessary to furl the fore-topsail, so tliat the topmast might not be carried away, or the foremast itself, by the heavy pitching of the ship. As the night came on it began to rain and it rained all night. At midnight the main-topsail was furled, for the wind increased in force, only the fore and main 128 Historical Society of Southern California. courses remaining set. The ship rolled so much that all passed a bad night. During the first quarter of the night the wind was east-southeast ; after midnight it went back to southeast and south-southeast. At dawn on the 31st it was raining and the weather was very thick, although the wind was not so strong. We could not cele- brate the mass because the weather was so bad, and there was a heavy sea . ising great pitching of the ship. About half past eight the tojj : re set. as the weather was better and the rain had ceased, 'i ; ind held all night and continued this morning, and the course was southwest a quarter west. About ten o'clock the wind freshened again and the weather became worse ; there was a threatening of rain, but none fell. At noon it cleared a little, so that the navigating officers could get an observation in 51° 5S'. During the afternoon the same wind blew very fresh, and the sky was very much overcast and dark. About seven some drops of rain fell ; they were heavy and cold but soon ceased. August, 1774. At one o'clock on the morning of the ist, the wind having gone to southwest, we went about and stood in for the land, on a south- southeast course, the ship going four miles an hour. About seven in the morning the wind, which was still very strong, hauled to south-southwest, and the course was altered to southeast. At eight the sky cleared and the sun was seen. About ten the wind went to west-southwest, but it was not so strong, nor was it so cold as it had been. At noon the navigating officers observed the sun in 51" 35'. During the afternoon the wind was in the same quar- ter and rather fresher, the ship being on the same course and going at the rate of three miles an hour. About seven o'clock the wind hauled to west and so remained all night, during which we stood south-southeast at the rate of three miles an hour. The night was very clear and the sky cloudless. About half past four on the morning of the 2d the wind went to west-northwest and the ship's head was put to the southeastward, in order to draw in to the land. This morning the wind was not very strong, but it was almost a stern wind, and the send of the sea was favorable, so we made three miles an hour. At noon the navigating officers took an observation and said that we were in 50" 20'. At that hour the Captain ordered the ship's head to be put east by south, so as to make a landfall without losing too much latitude. The same wind continued until six o'clock in the even- all passed a e wind was lutheast and ler was very lid not cele- there was a 3Ut half past and the rain his morning, t ten o'clock worse ; there it cleared a jservation in V very fresh, it seven some ceased. iusT, 1774. having gone [, on a south- About seven ig, hauled to itheast. At en the wind vas it so cold rved the sun e same quar course and even o'clock uring which hour. The and went to utheastward, 'ind was not send of the At noon the we were in ead to be put ig too much in the even Documents from the Sutro Collection. 129 ing, when it hauled to west. During the night the fog and dew were heavy. We sailed on the same course until midnight. On the 3d, until four o'clock in the morning, the course was southeast a quarter east, for we were afraid of the coast, as the fog was .so thick we could not see if it were near. At four o'clock we again stood ea.st by south. The wind blew fresh from the west until eight o'clock, when it hauled to tlie northwest. This was the long desired wind which we had not h .d for one single hour. The fog lasted all the morning, for which reason we could not make out the land. At noon the navigating officers took an observation of the sun in 49^ 24'. After mid-day, by order of the Captain, the course was east, so that we might draw in to land and examine the coast in case the fog should lift, for, according to his reckoning, we should be very near it. At three in the afternoon, seeing that the fog did not lighten and that the wind freshened, the Captain ordered the topsails to be reefed and the ship's head to be put southeast a quarter south, until such time as it may please God to give us the fair weather necessary for us to go to the coast. At five the fog began to lift ; and, it being clear and the coast not being visible, the reefs in the topsails were shaken out, all sail was set and the ship's head was put to the eastward, so as to see whether before the night fell we might make the land. The wind fresh- ened continually and we made five miles an hour ; the rest of the day we had made four and four and a half. But we could not see the coast, for which reason, at nine o'clock, sail was reduced to the foresail only, and thus we made two miles and a half an hour. At twelve the fog shut in again, very thick. It was now the 4th, and the ship was hove to under her main- sail. It was daybreak at four o'clock, and, the fog being very thick, the foresail and the topsails were set, and we went to the eastward. The wind hauled to the northward, very fresh, and soon there was a heavy sea on. At eight o'clock, as the fog did not lift, while both wind and sea were increasing, the topsails were furled again, and, under the foresail, the ship stood east- sGutheast, for we could not see the coast, which, according to the reckoning of the navigating officers, is thought to be very near. At eleven the weather began to clear a little, but no land was seen. At noon the sun was observed in 48''' 52'. At one o'clock, the weather being clear, the mainsail and the topsails were set, and we went towards the coast, our course being east-northeast, the ship making four miles an hour. This afternoon the wind went to north-norlheast and blew as strong as it had blown from the 11 I30 Historical Society of Southern California. north in the morning, To-day is the only one during tlie voyage on which we have seen the sun set clear. During the night thf wind held with the same strength ; and, as the sea was very high, there was much pitching and tossing and little rest. This after- noon we commenced the novena to Santa Clara, as we had prom ised, for the purpose of imploring divine aid through the interces sion of this glorious saint, to the end that the Lord may concede to us favorable winds and fair weather, so that we may sail alon;; the coast and comply with the charge and orders of the superior government, if it be acceptable to the service of God and the Kins; Our Lord. The 5tli dawned clear, the sky was cloudless and there was no fog. Yet we could not see the coast ; though, according to the reckoning, we should have made land two days ago. Undoubtedly the error consists in miscalculating the variation of the needle ; but, from observations of the north star we have made, the needk does not vary more than two points. This morning the wind went back to the northward, though now not .so strong ; and, at five o'clock, the course was made northeast a quarter east. Aboiu seven the reefs were shaken out of the topsails and all sail was made. The wind died away, little by little. At noon our lati- tude was 48". During the afternoon so light was the wind that we made but two miles an hour. The sun gave out a great deal of heat, and it was the pleasantcst day of the voyage as to warmth and clearness. To-day we saw much sea-weed of the kind called porras by the sailors, and this is a good sign that we are not far from land. The wind was light during the afternoon and night, and the weather was very fine. At midnight the wind was very light, from the northwest ; and the course was changed to northeast. At four o'clock on the morning of tlic uth, the day breaking very clear and no land being seen, the ship's head was put northeast a quarter north. From this time the wind began to freshen, and we made three miles an hour. At eleven o'clock land was seen, but very far away. It appeared to be high land, for over the bow we saw a snowy hill which seemed to be very lofty. At noon the navigating officers took an observation, and Don Juan said we were in 48''', the same as yesterday, but Don Esteban said that he obtained an observa- tion in 48° 52'. I do not know why the results of these obser- vations were not alike ; to-day, as on all other days, we were informed of the ship's position. During the afternoon the wind held from the same quarter, but it died away gradually until, at Documents from the Sutro Collection. 131 the voj-agt e night the s very hit;li, This aflLT- had prom- he interces- lay concc'iK' k" sail alon;; the superior nd the King liere was no rding to the Judoubtedh the needle ; !, the needle le wind went and, at five ;ast. About all sail was ion our lali- vind that we reat deal ol to warnitli kind called are not far and night, iwest ; and ock on the land being arth. From ee miles an away. It snowy hill ting officers 8"', the same an observa- these obser- rs, we were n the wind lly until, at eight o'clock at night, it was a dead calm, and the dew began to fall and a fog to arise, though this was not very thick. At eleven o'clock the fog was thicker. At dawn on the 7tli it was calm, and the fog was so thick we could not see the length of the ship ; there was a heavy dew. To- day both fathers celebrated the mass. The navigating ofTicers could not obtain an observation of the sun, for the fog lasted all day and we did not see the .sun. During the afternoon we saw some great fishes which seemed to be sharks, but it was said that they were not. These are the first fish we have seen during the voyage. The calm continued all day and during the following night. On the 8th, at four o'clock in the morning, :he wind came from the east, light and variable, and the course was north. The day dawned with the sky very much overcast, but there was no low- lying fog nor dew. At eight o'clock the wind hauled to the south- east, although it was light, and we stood in towards the land on a northeast course. Whether it was that the current had carried us away from it during the calm, or because of the foggy weather, we saw no land. At about elfeven o'clock we caught sight of land, but did not see the snowy hill, for the coast was covered with a fog. The land which we saw bore northeast, about six leagues away; it was rather high and covered with forest. In the southeast there was a point stretching out to the sea. All the morning the ship made three miles an hour. At mid-day the sun was a little clearer and the navigating officers took an observation. Don Ksteban told me that our position was 49" 05' ; the Captain did not .say what he made it. About two o'clock in the afternoon, when we were about three leagues from the land, the wind began to die away ; but, aided by puffs, we reached to within about two leagues of it. Here several casts of the le d were had, with bottom in twenty-two and twenty-four fathon.s. About four o'clock three canoes came out to us ; in one were four men, three in another and two in the third. They remained at some distance from the ship, crying out and making gestures that we should go away. After some time, we having made signs to them that they should draw near without fear, they did so, and we gave them to under- stand that we were in search of water ; but they could not have been satisfied with our signs, and went back to the land. In going back they met with two other canoes which were coming out to the ship ; but, after communication had between them, they turned back towards the laud. At six, having arrived within 132 Historical Society of Southern California. about a league of the land, and good holding-ground being found in twenty-five fathoms, the ship came to an anchor,'* so that on the following day we might go ashore and take possession of the laiui in the name of the King Our Lord. At the time of anchoring tlit wind had died away completely. About eight o'clock at niglit three canoes, with fifteen pagans in them, came to us ; but they remained at a distance from the ship, their occupants crying out in a mournful tone of voice. We called to them, and they drew near. Shortly afterward they went away again, bnt, until after eleven o'clock, they remained at a distance of about a musket-shot from the ship, talking among themselves and sometimes cryiiij^ out. The canoes of these pagans are not so large as those \vt saw at Point Santa Margarita in latitude 55", nor of the same shape. The largest are about eight yards in length, with a long prow, hollowed out, and their sterns are blunter. The paddles are very handsome and are painted and are shaped like a shovtl with a point about a quarter ot a yard long at the end. These canoes appear to be of a single piece ; though not all of them, for we saw some of pieces bound together. All are very well made. The 9th dawned calm and clear towards the northwest, but in other quarters there was fog. Having been aroused, the crew began to get the long-boat over the side, in order to go ashore. While this was doing there arrived fifteen canoes with about a hundred men and women. We gave them to understand that they might draw near without fear, and presently they came to us and began to trade with our people what they brought in their canoes, which consisted only of the skins of otters and other animals, hats of rushes, painted and with the crown pointed, and cloths woven of a kind of hemp, having fringes of the same, with which they clothe themselves, most of them wearing a cape of this material. Our people bought several of these articles, in exchange for old clothes, shells which they had brought from Monterey and some knivc- ; for these and the shells they manifesting greater liking. We did not see cloths woven of wool among them, as at Santa Mar- garita, nor a''e they so fully clothed as were those natives. The.se women do not have a metal disk pendent from the lip. In the possession of this people were seen some implements of iron and copper. About six o'clock in the morning, the long-boat being now in the water, the wind was set in from the west, and it was 8. Mr. Baiiproft's writer Kivos this dak^ as the "tli, and the date of cuttinR the cahjc as the »th. (Ilistor;/ of Ihr Facific, ■S< thet^e dates us they atu givuu by Father du la Fefia. being found ) that on tile; of the hiiui ichoring tlie :k at night s ; but they crying out id they drew ;, until after musket-shot imes crying IS those we of the same ivith a loiip rhe paddles ke a shovel nd. These of them, for well made, west, but ill :d, the crew go ashore, ith about a nd that they e to us and :heir canoes, nimals, hats ;loths woven which they lis material, nge for old ;y and some ;ater liking, t Santa Mar- ves. Those p. In the of iron and -boat being and it was ting the ciibje as coimr of Futlicr !la Pefia. Documents from the Sutro Collection. 133 noticed that it was forcing us towards the land, the anchor not holding. Immediately preparations for weighing anchor were made, so that sail might be made and peril avoided. But the high wind and the sea carried us steadily towards the shore, so that it was necessary to cut the cable and lose the anchor. The cable being cut, sail was made with the ship's head to the south- west a quarter south, and with great difTiculty we managed to weather a rocky point that stretched out about a league into the sea. The Captain named the anchorage the Roadstead of San Lorenzo, some hills which were to the northwestward of this road- stead he called Hills of Santa Clara, and the point to the south- eastward he named San K.steban. According to what the Captain told us, this roadstead is in latitude 49" 30'. Having weathered the point of rocks, and being about three leagues off the land, so great was the force of the wind and the sea that it was necessary to take in all sail except the fore-.stay.sail, so that the long-boat might be got on board. This was effected with great difTiculty, and the boat was well-nigh lost, together with some men who were in it. The long-boat being got on board, sail was made and the ship's head was put to the south-southwest. The wind kept freshening and the sea rising. At noon the navigating officers took an observation and, as the Captain told us, the posi- tion of the ship was 49^ 12'. During the afternoon the wind hauled to northwest ; the wind died away gradually ; at nightfall its force was very slight and during the night it was calm. At daybreak on the lotli the calm continued. The sky was overcast but the fog was not low, and the coast was made out confusedly, at a distance of fifteen leagues. To-day we two fathers celebrated the mass. At noon the sun did not shine, for which reason no observation was taken. All day the sky was overcast and the calm continued, although during the afternoon there were occasional breezes from the northwest, so light that one could scarcely note the movement of the ship. During the night the sky cleared a little and the calm continued. The nth dawned calm and the sky was cloudy — as it was yes- terday. The coast was seen very distinctly to the northeast and about ten leagues away ; to the eastward and northward it was farther off. The send of the sea was from the northwest ; there were light puffs of wind, and the ship was drifting to east-north- east, as had been the case since the wind had become less. To the eastvard we saw a very high hill covered with snow, which, at first sight, appeared to be a white cliff. The rest of the land is '34 Historical Society of Southern California. high also, and all is very broken, but without snow except on liit hill mentioned. About ten o'clock the sun shone out a little, and at noon the navigating officers took an observation in 48" 09', ac- cording to what the Captain told us. During the afternoon liglit bree/es still came from the northwest ; they were somewhat stronger than in the morning, but not so constant. At thrct o'clock the ship's head was put to the eastward, and, after four o'clock, the wind came stronger from the northwest. We made three miles an hour on the course mentioned. At five o'clock, being at a distance of some seven leagues from the snowy hill, which the Captain named the Hill of Santa Rosalia, it was apparent that it was not a white cliff, as it had been thought to be by some ; and, farther to the northward, other snowy peaks were seen. From a distance the snowy hill of vSanta Rosalia seemed to be close to the sea ; but, on drawing nearer to it, it appeared that it was inland, at some distance from the shore, like the snowy hill to the northward of the roadstead of San Lorenzo. At six o'clock everything was hidden by a fog so thick and wet that the bow oi the ship could not be seen from the stern ; but, in less than an hour it had disappeared, the weather being fair although the hori- zon was obscured. After seven o'clock the course was southeast, the intention being to remain near the coast, in order to find out whether on the day following an anchorage might not be found. The wind continued light from the northwest, and at ten o'clock at night the fog came on again. As the 1 2th began the wind went to south-southeast, and the ship's head was put to the eastward. So much moisture came from the fog that it seemed a shower. At four o'clock we went about and stood seaward on a west by south course, for the weather was so thick by reason of the fog that the land could not be seen, although so near. This morning there was a good deal of rain and some squalls. The wind was not very strong but, because of the dampness, it was cold. At nine o'clock the wind went to the southwest, and we tacked and stood for the land, on a southeast course. To-day no observation could be had on account of the fog, the sun not being seen at any time during the day. At four in the afternoon the wind went back to the southward, and the ship went about and stood off shore on a west by south course. During the night the fog became much denser and there was a drizzling rain until dawn. The wind remained vari- able, from south to southwest and was very light all night, which we passed in standing off and on. :xcept on tiie t a little, and I 48" 09'. ac- ;ernoon light 'e soniewliat t. At three id, after four :. We made five o'clock, snowy hill, salia, it was hought to be / peaks were la seemed to ppeared that le snowy hill It six o'clock at the bow of less than an -Tgh the hori- IS southeast, ;r to find out lot be found, : ten o'clock ;ast, and the )isture came ck we went rse, for the land could was a good Y strong but, k the wind land, on a on account ng the day. southward, by south denser and laiiied vari- ight, which it Doanunits from the Sutro Colhctiou. 135 At daybreak on the 13th the sky cleared and the sun shone out well for about two hours ; about seven o'clock the sky became overcast again. At dawn we were near the coast, about five leagues away, and a considerable stretch of land was discerned, not very high and covered with forest. There were .several breaks in the line, like bights ; but, as the wind was light and on the beam, we could not get near it. About nine o'clock the south- west wind freshened considerably and there was a heavy sea on. All the morning our course was southeast and south by east. No observation could be taken as the sky was overcast. Dur- ing the afternoon the sun shone out at intervals and the wind went to the westward; it was not very strong, but there was a very heavy sea. During the night the wind was shifting from we.st to northwest, and the .ship rolled a great deal. All the afternoon and night the course was south by east, and we made two miles and a half an hour. The sky remained overcast with very dense and black clouds from which some drops of rain fell. The 14th dawned with a cloudy sky, although it was not so overcast as it had been yesterday and during the night. The wind came from the north, very light, and, as the send of the sea was from the west, the ship rolled so that we could not keep our footing, for which reason it was not possible to celebrate the mass. Although the coast was very much obscured by the fog, about seven o'clock in the morning we saw land to the eastward, about eight leagues or more away. During the morning there were some squalls; also rain, though not much. At eight o'clock the wind went to the northeast, very light and shifting. The sky cleared several times, but every little while it was overcast again and squalls came up. At noon the navigating officers took an observation of the sun in 46*^ 08', as the Captain informed us, but they were not satisfied with this observation, for, while they were taking it, a squall came up and hid the sun. During the after- noon there were light winds from the northeast, and the sea was from the west, almost as heavy as in the morning. At nightfall the wind went back to the north and blew fresh ; all night long we made three miles and a half an hour on a south-southeast course. The sky was clear and cloudless. The 15th dawned very fair and the sky was clear; the wind fresh, as during the night. To-day, although there was a good deal of tossing about as the sea came from the west, with some difficulty I celebrated the mass. Father Fray Juan did not cele- brate as he feared the movement of the ship. At dawn we were 136 Historical Society of Southern California. i al)out four leagues off the coast and saw a considerable stretch oi land of medium altitude and covered with a growth of trees — as they told me, for I was unable to distinguish this. According lo what the Captain said, this stretch of land trends north- northwest and south-southeast. I'Vom three o'clock in the morning, wlieii land was seen, until eight, the course was south by ea.st ; ami, after eight, south .southeast. At tioon the navigating officers took an observation, and, as the Captain told us, we were in 44^ 35', All the morning we ran along the land, about three leagues from it ; during the afternoon our course was the same, and the coast was very clearly visible because the land was not .so obscured by vapor as it had been in the morning. This land is thickly covered with tindier, apparently pine, not only on the summit but aloiii; the flanks of the hills. Immediately on the coast we saw some level land where there was no timber but a heavy growth of grass and there were .several white cliffs close to the sea, and so ravines, or openings, running northeastwardly and northwt, . wardly. In all the land .seen to-day we could not discern any snow. More to the southward the land is low-lying. At six o'clock land .stretching out ahead of us and to the southward was seen, and from that time until eight o'clock the course was south- west ; at this hour the ship's head was put to the southward, and this course was held all night. All day the sun was out, but ♦li" wind was very cold and so strong that at nightfall the ship was going at the rate of five miles and a half an hour, under courses and reefed topsails. The 1 6th dawned fair and the sky was clear, as it was yesterday, but the horizon was very much obscured by a smoke-like fog The wind was fresh, although not so much so as during the night. The land could not be seen, on account of this smoky appearance, but it was thought that it could not be very far away because the sun was already high in the heavens when we saw it. At five o'clock in the morning the ship's head was put to south-south- east. At eight the wind began to die away and the fog to thicken so that we could hardly see the sun. At noon it was dead calm. The navigating officers took an observation, and the Captain said that our position was in 42" 38'. During the afternoon a very wet, cold fog arose, accompanied by shifting nuffs of wind from the southeast and east-northeast. At sunset tne sky was some- what clearer, but the horizon remained obscured, except in the west. About nine at night the horizon was clear in all quarters, but it soon became obscured again and a heavy dew fell. All day »lc stretch oi of trees — as /\ccording lo th northwest >niiiig, whtii y east ; atul, officers took .' in 44^ 35'. eagues from nd the coast obscured by ckly covered it but aloiis; e saw some wth of grass a, and so 1 northwc. t discern any ng. At six uthward was ;e was south- tthward, and out, but •Ii'' all the ship hour, under [is yesterday, ce-like fog ig the night, appearance, because the it. At five south-south- g to thicken dead calm. i^aptain said oon a very wind from was some- xept in the ill quarters, 11. All day Documents from the Sutro Collection. '37 long the coast was invisible, on account of the fog, and because, undoubtedly, we were so far away from it; as at nine we could not see it, although the moon was very bright, for the horizon was as I have said. I conjecture that in this latitude are situate the white cape of San Sebastian and that famous deep, navigable river called the River of Martin de Aguilar, which was discovered by the ship under his command during the voyage of General Sebastian Vizcaino ; for, although it is recorded in history, in accordance with an observation made by Antonio Flores, naviga- ting officer of said ship, that the cape and river are in 43**, the latitude should be taken to be less than this, because o' serva- tions with the modern octant have made the latitude less at other places where it had been determined by means of the instni lents of that time. At half past eleven at night a gentle breeze came ron? the northwest ; in a little while the wind went to the north 'd remained in that quarter during the night, constantly increas- ing in force. All night the course was south by west. Dawn on the 17th was quite foggy, and the wind so strong that it was necessary to reduce sail to the foresail only. After five o'clock, at which hour this was effected, the course was south. I do not know what the rate of sailing was for the log is no longer hove. At six o'clock the sky and the horizon began to clear partially. At mid-day the navigating officers got an observation in 41° 27', as the Captain told us. At one o'clock the wind had lessened a little and the mainsail and the fore-topsail were set. At that hour the ship's head was put south-southeast and this was the course during the afternoon. Although the weather was clear all day the land was not seen, the horizon beiug hazy. By night the wind had fallen still more, and our course was southeast and southeast by south. This was the coldest night of the whole voyage, but it was clear until nearly daybreak. About four o'clock in the morning, on the i8th, the fog was very dense and wet, the wind had a" most died away, and, the course being southeast, with the little wind that was stirring and the sea being from the northward, the rate of sailing was good. This morning the cold was felt much more. At ten o'clock the sun began to shine forth, though feebly. On account of thg fog no observation was taken to-day, but I think that we were in 40®, although there might be a difference of a few minutes. At one o'clock the sky was very clear, but the horizon was much obscured, except in the northwest. All the afternoon the sun shone and there were light puffs of wind from the north. At nightfall these 12 »58 Historical Society of Southern California. were stronger and the night was clear until half past eleven o'clock, when it was a dead calm and the sky was covered with a very thick fog, while there fell a dew so heavy that it seemed as if it had rained. On the 19th it was still calm, with the fog and the dew as dur- ing the night. This morning light winds came from the southeast and the course was southwest, but the movement of the ship was very little. By reason of the fog the sun was not seen during the morning, nor could an observation be taken at noon. In the after- noon it was still calm, and there were shifting, Mgfht winds from the north and northeast, the ship's head being kept southeast and south-sof theast. About seven it began to blow gently from the northwest, and the ship's head was put southeast a quarter east ; but before eight o'clock the wind died away, and all night long there was a calm. During the whole day the fog did not lift, nor could the sun be seen. It was quite cold and a heavy dew fell. I think that this dampness is the cause of the mal de Loanda, or scurvy ; for, although during the whole voyage there have been sotoe persons affected with this sickness, these cases have not been as aggravated as they are now, when there are more than twenty men unfit for duty, in addition to which many others, though able to go about, have sores in the mouth and on the legs ; and I believe that if God do not send better weather soon the greater part of the crew must perish with this disease, from the rate they are falling sick of it during these days of wet and cold fog. The dawn of the 20th was calm, and the fog was as dense, cold ajad wet as it had been during previous days. It lasted all day, without letting the sun be seen, except that it was clear for a short time at noon, sufficient for us to learn whereabouts we were. At this hour the Captain got an observation of the sun in 39° 48', but said that this observation was not reliable because of the little brilliancy of the sun and as the horizon was obscured. During the afternoon the sails were taken in because they were being threshed to pieces against the rigging owing to the calm and the rolling of the ship. All day long and during the night a great deal of moisture fell from the fog, which was extremely dense and cold. This makes all of us very disconsolate, for it is seen that the men continue sickening, and we do not know defi' nitely whete we are, there having passed three days without the navigating officers being able to observe the sun with accuracy. May it please God to give us that which may seem good to him. Atoi and by At daw The pt tear th^ did not At nine althoug south-S( head to and th( one, in thicker, there w^ the fog sky ren rather f] fall the were pu north. The : nor dew coast wa a point ( nine leaj eastward leagues. is nearc! clothed y seen wh< stretch o which n Cape Me few mini obtained five we the sout east and intervals milder tl around t tained a past eleven peered with a it seemed as dew as dur- the southeast ;he ship was a during the In the after- winds from >utheast and tly from the quarter east ; 1 night long not lift, nor ' dew fell. I ie Loanda, or re have been lave not been than twentv , though able legs ; and I the greater he rate they dfog. s dense, cold isted all day, ar for a short i^ were. At I 39° 48', but : of the little ed. During f were being le calm and the night a IS extremely late, for it is >t know defi* without the th accuracy. od to htm. Documents from the Sutro Collection, 139 Atone o'clock on the morning of the 21st it began to blow gently, and by fits and starts, from the east, east-Sotttheast and sontheast. At dawn such was the humidity of the fog that it seemed a shower. The puffs of wind soon died away, so that they barely served to tear the sails. To-day I celebrated the mass ; Father Fray Jfnan did not, because he was sick of an indisposition of the stomach. At nine in the morning it began to blow from the southeast again, although very gently, and the ship moved, though slowly, to the south -southwest. At half pa.st eleven we went about with her head to east-northeast. At mid-day the sun brightened a little and the Captain got an observation, though not a very reliable one, in 39° 30'. During the afternoon the fog became much thicker, and a great deal of water, as cold as ice, came from it, and there were light winds from the southeast. At six in the evening the fog lifted, and the weather was somewhat clearer, though the sky remained cloudy, and the wind, which was variable, blew rather fresher from the southeast and south-southeast. At night- fall the cky was clearer and the moon was seen. All night there were puffs of wind, and the course was east-northeast and east by north. The 22d dawned with a cloudy sky, but there was neither fog nor dew, while the horizon was fairly clear. At five o'clock the coast was made, about six leagues away. To the northward was a point of land close to the sea. It bore north-aorthwest, i:..!30Ut nine leagues distant, and the land beyond that point to the soath- eastward is very high and broken for a distance of more than five leagues. That adjoining this on the southeast is the land which is nearest to us to the eastward, and is of medium altitude and clothed with timber, at least on the summits, which were fUinly seen when the sun shone out. On the southeast there was a long stretch of lower land, like a range of hills. The point ref«.frcd to, which remained in sight on the north-northwest, we took to be Cape Mendocino ; if this be the case, this cape must be in 40*, a few minutes more or less, according to an observation the Captain obtained yesterday and the course we have held. At half past five we went about and stood off shore, to the southwest and the south-southwest, with variable light winds from the south- east and south-southeast. This morning the sun shone out a* intervals but was soon hidden by ciouds, and the weather was milder than it has been. At noon the sun shone out, and all around the horizon was very clear. The navigating officers ob- tained a very satisfactory observation, and the Captain said that 140 Historical Society 0/ Southern California. the ship was In latitude 39° 46'. About three in the afternoon the sky was overcast again. At four we tacked and stood for the land, the course being east-northeast and the wind very light from the southeast. At five we went abotit again, and the wind was a little less. All night long it was calm, except for an occasional puff of wind from the southeast ; the sky was overcast, though not very dark, and there was fog on the horizon, although no dew fell. At daybreak on the 23d we discovered the coast, although it was a long way off and rendered indistinct by the fog. This morning it began to blow very light from the south-southeast. Our course was southwest, and we soon lost sight of the land, for a thick fog shut down all around us. After nine o'clock the sun was seen at intervals, but these were very brief. To-day no cold was felt, the weather being very mild. At ten the wind began to freshen and the sky became so overcast that no observation of the sun could be obtained. During the afternoon the force of the wind decreased, and by six o'clock it had died away entirely. After eight o'clock there was a drizzling rain, which continued at intervals until twelve. At ten o'clock at night it began to blow very gently from the east, but soon the wind hauled to the northear*- and was rather stronger. All night the course was southeast by east. Before dawn on the 24th the wind went to the northward and blew rather strong until eight o'clock in the m.orning, when it was almost a dead calm. This morning we two Fathers celebrated the mass. The sky remained so clouded over that only at six o'clock was the sun visible for a short time. About ten it began to blow rather fresh from the north, but the wind died away gradually. At eleven the sky became very dark, and rain threatened ; some drops of water fell, though they were few, and presently the fog returned, wet but not very thick. The navigating officers were not able to get an observation because the day was so cloudy and dark. At four in the afternoon the Captain ordered the course to be made southeast, because, although during the day land was not seen, it was considered that we could not be very far away from it and that undoubtedly we should have seen it had not the day been so dark. After eight in the evening the vessel rolled a great deal, for there was a very heavy sea from the north. After that hour the wind was from the northwest, very light, and the ship's head was put to southeast a quarter east. The sky was much obscured and the hori.7-on concealed by fog. At half past three on the morning of the 25th there was a dead calm, but all the time there was a very heavy sea from the nortli ; the afternoon stood for the iry light from e wind was a in occasional t, though not h no dew fell, Lhough it was this morning Our course »r a thick fog 1 was seen at was felt, the 3 freshen and sun could be id decreased, sight o'clock itervals until ^ gently from id was rather jrthward and , when it was elebrated the it six o'clock egan to blow ly gradually, tened ; some ntly the fog :ers were not dy and dark, e to be made as not seen, from it and day been so 1 great deal, tx that hour ship's head tch obscured ; was a dead I the north; Documents from the Sutro Collection. 141 farther up the coast, undoubtedly, it has been blowing strong from that directioti. During the morning the sky remained very much ol.sci.iied, and there was a great deal of fog on the horizon, and, from time to time, light, variable winds from the east and south- east. At eleven o'clock it began to blow rather fresh from the southeast, and the course was made northeast. At that hour the sky cleared a little, and the sun was visible, although the horizon remained obscured as before. By twelve o'clock the wind had died away again. To-day the navigating officers obtained an obsei"vation, and the Captain told us we were in latitude 38° 38'. During ihe afternoon the sky was covered with clouds, and there were light puffs of wind, at times from the north and then from the south. About six o'clock in the evening the wind went to north-northwest and was steady but light. By nightfall it was stronger, but shifted about between northwest and west-northwest. From six o'clock to eight the course was east-southeast ; during the rest of the night it was southeast by east. The night was very dark, and there was a good deal of wet fog. At daybreak on the 26th there was a great deal of fog and dew, and a very light wind. Just after dawn the ship's head was put east-southeast. The coast could not be seen on ace mt of the heavy fog and the thickness of the weather, but we saw many land birds, great and small, and some ducks of a kind said to fre- quent fresh water. At eight o'clock the wind had died away entirely, and so much moisture came from the fog that it seemed to be raining. At nine light puffs of wind from the northwest began to blow again ; the wind soon freshened and the weather cleared a little. At ten o'clock, at the distance of a league and a half to the southeast, the Farallones of San Francisco were seen ; these lie southwest of Point Reyes and the Port of San Fran- cisco,^ about five leagues away the Captain said. As soon as these farallon£s were seen the Captain ordered the course to be 9. Mr. Ilancroft's writer, (//;•■■ -V o/ iht /"ac/jt; .?/!a«», XIU., 22S), gnyg "beyond a mere glimpse of McndocJuo aii(i the Fardliones." The "Kliinp8e"of the/ara/Hones seems to havo been a very decided Klimpxc. Tht writer adds : " It is to be noticed that in spealcinK of the Istter iilands as a liindroark for San Kranolsco tho diarists oli-arly locate that port under Point Keyes, and speak of tjio other bay discovered five years before as the granite eeUro, ■"' " "" In IP «tatement in the darument printed hereitiafter. Mr. Bancroft's writer, In a foot-note to not yet named. ttf Father Oresni says nothing about "the grande ktero Th thifi diary Falher de la I'ci^a s»ys nothinK about any "qrande eetero.' in ' will he learned from his own tlie pajfo last referred to, arouses Father Crespl of making "a lone and confusing argument" •bout whether or not fhene famllnnf.H were those seen bv the expedition of 1769, an expedi- tion of which Father Crespl was n member. As the writer makes Father Crcspl say that the farall'mri seen on this 2Wh August, 1774, were "80 leagues from Pt. Reyes," It Is not to be wondered at that, In that writer's opinion, the frinr's "argument" is rather "confusing." Inwritlngof theport of San Frnncisco both Fathers wrote of tho"puurtode San Francisco," nnw known as "Francis Drake's Bay," or "Drake's Bay " The farailones were called "FaralUmtn cU San FrancUco" long before the present Ban Francisco Bay was known or dreamed of. 142 Historical Society of Southern California. made southwest, so as to leave them to leeward, as it is not known whether the passage between them and the mainland is good oi not. As the wind was fresh, at eleven o'clock we were already up with them ; and we saw, farther to the southeast, another group of farallones, about two leagues to the southeastward of the first. The first group consists of seven high, sharp crags, some larger than others, and near them some rocks under water. They occupy, all together, an area of about a league in circumference. We passed very close to them. Those to the southeastward appear to be larger. I could not make out with certainty how many in num- ber they are, for we passed them at a distance ; but it seemed to me that there were six craggy peaks, one of those in the middle being greater than the others. When we had gone to a short dis' tance beyond the ^rsX farallones the head of the ship was put south by west, and, at twelve o'clock, south by east. We could not see the coast, nor get an observation, because, in all directions, the fog was very thick. All the afternoon the same very favorable wind held and our course was to the southeastward. At sunset the sky cleared, and the horizon to the northward and westw.ard; to the southward and eastward it remained obscured, for which reason we could not see the land. During the night the wind freshened a little, and the ship's head was put southeast a quarter east, in order that we might get in toward the land in order to make an examination of it at daybreak on the day following. The 27th dawned clear, although the sky was rather cloudy and the horizon obscured by fog. As the day broke land was made to the eastward, about three leagues away, and it was said to be Point Alio Nuevo, We held on to the southeastward until ten o'clock, when Point Pinos was seen, and then our course was east- southeast until we cast anchor. At nine in the morning the sky became very clear and the sun shone out well. At noon the navi- gating officers got an observation, and our position was found to be r.oout four leagues to the northwestward of Point Pinos. The Captain said that the latitude was 36" 35'. During the after- noon the wind remained fresh, but it was hauling to the westward; and, about three, when we were abreast of Point Pinos, it went to the southwest. It lacked a little of four o'clock in the afternoon when we came to an anchor in this port of Saii Cdrlos de Monterey. Blessed be God and forever praised, and his mpst holy mother, Our I^ady Mary I Amen. I note tune on I neither strong ocean it| jcidmed, it was n^ I n( tude ret able to 1^ anchorii tke coasl thick w( Of all tl in such Finall the voya dent ; at the favoi which w care to o purpose I tmth, I I 28th day niAR ^ Col del viajt la Nuev Juan Pe Maria E U). Fai tnehor an( 11. It t*paKe IM father de cuuld QOt Documents from the Sulro Collection. 143 is not known nd is good ot •re already up nother group i of the first. , some larger They occupy, ference. We 'ard appear to many in nutn- : it seemed to n the middle to a short dis- was put south could not see irections, the ery favorable 1. At sunset nd westward ; ed, for which ight the wind east a quartet id in order to llowing. ;r cloudy and was made to as said to be ard until ten irse was east- ing the sky non the navi- was found :*oint Pines, ing the after- he westward; 5S, it went to le afternoon le Monterey, mother, Our I note that, during che whole voyage, there has been no misfor- tune on board of the vessel — blessed be God ! There is lacking neither mast nor yard, nor a strand from the rigging — although strong winds and heavy seas have been met with.'" But in this ocean it is a circumstance to be noted that, as soon as the wind is cidmed, the sea falls and is at rest ; I think that for this reason it was named by those of old the pacific sea. I note, also, that, from fifty-five degrees of latitude, the alti- tude reached by us, to the port of Monterey, we have not been able to learn whether or not there are harbors, bights or other anchoring grounds, because of the distance we have kept from the coast during the homeward passage and on account of the thick weather we have had almost every day during the voyage. Of all this the navigating officers, who are intelligent and skilled in such matters, will give a better account. Finally: I note that 1 have written this diary day by day during the voyage, being charged to do so by the Reverend Father Presi- dent ; and, that I might accomplish this, the Captain has done me the lavor to communicate to me, almost every day, the latitude in which we were, while, in order to know the courses sailed, I took care to observe closely the needle in the binnacle. And, for th-e purpose of attestinjj that what I have written in this diary is the truth, I sign it at this Mission of San Cdrlos de Monterey, this 28th day of August, 1774." Fray Tom as d« i,a PbSa. (a rubrica. ) Document No. xg. - pvIARIO que yo Fray Juan Crespi Misionero del Apostolico *-^ Colegio de Propaganda fide de San Fernando de Megico formo del viaje de la fragata de su Magestad nombrada Santiago, alias la Nueva Galicia mandada por su capitan y alferez de fragata Don Juan Perez, que por ordeu del Exini Sw Baylio Frey D. Antonio Maria Bucareli y Ursua Virrey de la Nueva Kspafia va d hacer de 10. Father de la Pu&a appears to forgot tbe death of the shlp'i-boy aud the loM of the inelior and cable. 11. It should bo remcm bored that Mr. Baocroft'N writer aekBOWledgea (in a foot-note ttpage 160, Vol. XXVII., History of thr. nu'iflc Statei)\.\\f-t bis frai?ineut of tl Katber de la Pufla bi'KiDs wlUi Augual 'Jth .' Ho duua uoi explalu why cuuld Qot hvve beeu obtulnud eutlru— aa it is gtyeu here. this diary of the document 144 Historical Society of Southern California. las costas del Norte de Monte-Rey, que se halla en la altura de 36 grados y medio del Norte, hasta los 60 grades d lo menos. Hallandome ocupado de Ministro de esta Mision de San Carlos de Monte-Rey y habiendo llegado d ella en 11 de Mayo del corri- ente afio de vuelta de su viaje de nuestro colegio y ciudad de Megico el Padre Presidente de estas nuevas misiones Fray Junipero Serra, nos hizo saber que dicho Senor Exelentisimo de acuerdo con el Reverendo Padre Guardian de dicho nuestro colegio el Padre lycctor Fray Rafael Verger habia determinado que un religi- oso sacerdote de los nuestros fuese de capellan de la dicha expedi- cion de mar con el encargo de observar en las nuevas tierras que se pasasen las alturas del polo, de demarcar las costas, notar los genios de los gentiles que se descubriesen y demas circunstancias conducentes k un pleno conocimiento de aquellos ignorados paises y formar de todo un exacto diario. Tambien nos declar6 como el religioso que venia destinado al tal encargo quedaba enfermo en la mision y puerto de San Diego y que consiguientemente se le bacia preciso asignar otro y este fuf yo ; y no obstante de hallarme bien fatigado con tantos viajes por tierra, me sacrifiqu6 d ir d esta em- presa conformandome con la obediencia esperando en Dios toda felicidad en el viaje, llevando el consuelo, que obtuvo d fuerza de suplica para con su Exelencia el dicho Padre Presidente, de ir en mi compafiia el Padre Prior Fray Tomas de Pena y Saravia. Y aunque el encargo de mi Prelado es solo de observar saltando d tierra, las alturas, reconocer la tierra y formar una relacion de lo que en ella viese ; me he determinado d formar diario del viaje de mar, si me lo permite el tiempo y mareo, que me es indispensable en la navegacion, notando por dias lo que ocurriere. Dia lunes 6 de Junio de 1774, como d las 4 de la tarde salimos de la mision de San Carlos de Monte Rey acompanados del Rever- endo Padre Presidente y habiendo llegado al Real Presidio y despedidos de los sei^ores capitanes y de los Padrtjs Murguia y Paldu que alii se hallaban confesando la tripulacion para el viaje, pasamos d la playa en donde nos despedimos del Reverendo Padre Presidente y tomando su bendicJon nos ombarcamos d bordo de la dicha fragata en donde fuinioo recibidos con alegria de todos per- que esperaban de nosotros su espiritual consuelo. Esta noche estuvieron en la maniobra de levar las r.nclas. altura de 36 nos. e San Carlos lyo del corn- y ciudad de ^ray Junipero ) de acuerdo colegio el jue un religi- licha expedi- s tierras que tas, notar los ircunstancias orados paises :lar6 como el infermo en la te se le hacia allarme bien ir d esta em- en Dios toda ivo d fuerza 1 Presidente, 5 de Pefia y •var saltando elacion de lo del viaje de ndispensable irde salimos s del Rever- Presidio y Murguia y )ara el viaje, rendo Padre bordo de la e todos por- Esta noche Documents from the Sutro Collection. X45 Martes 7 prosigui6 la maniobra de levar las anclas y con una espia por delante se sac6 la fragata del fondeadero y la arrimaron al yervasal que estd cerca de la punta de Pinos de este puerto como an tiro de fusil del fondeadero. Entr6 el viento N. O. y d las 1 1 ya estavamos d la vela. Bendito sea Dios d quien pido nos de toda felicidad. Dieron dos 6 tres bordos y volvieron d fondear en el mismo puerto por haber refrescado mucho el Norueste; estando anclados como d las tres de la tarde. Esta noche cay6 gravemente enfermo el contramaestre con recia calentura. Miercoles 8 amaneci6 con el mismo viento que se mantuvo todo el dia por cuyo motivo no pudimos salir ; poco mas de la una de la tarde se divis6 vela y fu6 el Paquebot San Antonio, alias el Principe, y entr6 y di6 fondo en este Puerto como d las tres de la tarde, por cuyo motivo ya nos detuvimos d mas que el viento con- trario no nos daba lugar d salir. Jueves 9, viendo nosaliamos al viaje por las dichas causas desem- barcamos los dos Padres y fuimos al Real en donde hallamos al Reverendo Padre Presidente con los Padres Murguia y Palou y despues de haber estado un rato nos volvimos d comer d bordo : esta tarde pidi6 el Sefior capitan Don Juan Perez que el dia siguiente se cantase una misa -n tierra d nuestra senora para la felicidad del viaje. Viernes 10 formado el altar bajo de una enramada en el mismo sitio en donde se celebr6 dia 27 de Diciembre de 1602 cuando la espedicion del general Don Sebastian Vizcaino ; y el dia 3 de Junio de 1770 cuando se vino d poblar este puerto que cant6 la primera misa el dicho Reverendo Padre Presidente la cant6 tambien este dia, haciendo coro los Padres Fray Joseph Murguia y Fray Francisco Dumetz y nosotros dos que ibamos d este nuevo des- cdbrimiento. Comiu. os todos juntos cerca la antigua encina que vi6 Sebastian Vizcaino y despues de haber comido fuimos d bordo y hal'^ ^os que habia empeorado el contramaestre d quien confes6 mi compaiiero y yo le administr^ los santos oleos y como d las cinco poco antes muri6 ; cuyo cadaver embi6 el senor capitan al Real presidio para que se le diese sepultura eclesiastica. Sabado 1 1 amaneci6 en calma y d remolque con las dos lanchas de la fragata y el Principe nos arrimamos al yerbasal de la punta y como d las doce nos hicimos d la vela con viento O. N. no muy fuerte el que nos calm6 por la tarde y asi en calma pasamos toda la noche. Domingo doce amanecimos con calma y ambos Padres celebra- mos el santo sacrificio de la misa y empezamos una novena al 19 146 Historical Society of Southern California. Sefior San Antonio de Padua pidiendo su patrocinio para la felici- dad del viaje. A las nueve de la mafiana nos entr6 el O. el que dur6 hasta las doce que vari6 al Nornorueste y despues al Norueste bonancible que dur6 lo mas de la tarde aunque despues calm6. Al meterse el sol, el Sefior Capitan demarc6 la punta de Afio Nuevo que nos deraoraba al O. N. O. como unas cuatro 6 cinco leguas de donde estabaraos. A esta hora empezaron algunas ventolinas suaves y se levant6 neblina. lyUnes trece amaneci6 con mucha neblina; digimos ambos misa: calmaron los vientos y asi nos estuvimos este dia y su noche no muy retirados de tierra, aunque por la neblina no se divisaba muy clara. Martes catorce amaneci6 muy cerrado de neblina aunque en breve abri6 y nos hallamos d una vista de la Punta de Afio Nuevo, tuvimos algunas ventolinas suaves y calmosas y estuvieron bor- deando entre las dos puntas de Pinos y Afio Nuevo. Miercoles quince amanecio cerrado de neblina aunque abri6 antes de las siete y nos hallamos en frente de la punta de pinos, divisando la de cipreses, la sierra de Santa Lucia y la ensenadadel rio Carmelo. Como d las seis de la tarde nos hallamos como cinco 6 seis leguas apartados de la sierra de Santa Lucia y lo mismo de la punta de afio nuevo. Jueves diez y seis amaneci6 con bastante neblina aunque en breve abri6 y vimos la sierra de Santa Lucia ya . como diez 6 doce leguas apartados. Como d las diez nos entr6 el N. N. O. algo fresco, que llegamos d andar dos y media millas por hora, despues vari6 el N. O. y este continu6 todo el dia, y por la tarde apenas se divisaba la tierra. Viernes diez y siete amaneci6 muy claro y despejado y la mar en calma hasta la una de la tarde que se movi6 el S. O aunque muy suave: por la tarde divisaron la sierra de Santa Lucia que dijeron distariamos de ella como diez y seis leguas al N. E. : por la noche viraron de bordo con el Norueste. Sabado diez y ocho amaneci6 muy cerrado de neblina muy oscura y humeda que parecia estar lloviendo, soplando el N. 0. fresco, que andavamos como cuatro millas. Esta noche se vi6 el Sefior Capitan bien malo del estomago y pas6 mala noche sin poder sosegar, pero no fu6 cosa de cuidado, pues d las doce ya estaba bueno y pudo observar y dijo nos hallabamos en 34 grados y cin- cuenta y siete minutos : nl medio dia nos hallabamos como siete leguas de la costa de la sierra de Santa Lucia ; por la tarde refrcsc6 Documents from the Sutro Collection. 147 ra la felici- ;1 O. el que al Norueste calm6. Al Ano Nuevo :inco leguas s ventolinas ambos misa; iU noche no ivisaba muy aunque en Alio Nuevo, ii\ieron bor- inque abri6 ita de pines, ensenada del 5 como cinco lo mismo de aunque en diez 6 doce . N. O. algo ora, despues de apenas se ) y la mar en lunque muy I que dijeron por la noche aeblina muy do el N. 0. he se vi6 el :he sin poder e ya estaba rados y cin- 3 como siete ;arde refresc6 mucho el N. O. , embraveci6 mucho la mar que dur6 este dia y el siguiente. Domingo diez y nueve amanecimos con el mismo viento y muy embravecida la mar, de manera que no pudimos celebrar; apret6 tanto el viento que d las ocho quedamos con solo el trinquete, por la tarde afloj6 algo y mas d la entrada de la noche. Lunes veinte amanecimos con el mismo viento y aunque no tan fuerte, pero caminabamos cinco millas y media por bora. Martes veinte y uno amaneci6 este dia muy claro y despejado el cielo ; como a las seis de la mafiana vari6 el viento al N. N. E. suave y d las siete de la manana dijeron andavamos tres millas por hora. Al medio dia observ6 el senor capitan y nos dijo nos halla- vamos en la altura de 34 grados y 8 minutos : vari6 despues el viento al N. y fu6 refrescando por la tarde, y dijeron andamos cuatro millas y d veces mas, y este mismo viento continu6 la noche siguiente. Miercoles veinte y dos amaneci6 este dia con viento N. aunque muy suave y el dia claro ; como d las siete se levant6 una neblina muy humeda y calm6 algo el viento, aunque no fud tanto que no anduviesimos tres millas por hora. Este medio dia me dijo el sefior capitan habia observado la latitud del N. de 34 grados y 7 minutos. Jueves veinte y tres amaneci6 muy cerrado de neblina se mud6 el viento al N. E. aunque despues vari6 al N. suave y dijeron andavamos tres millas por hora, al medio dia observaron los sefiores, y me dijo el seiior capitan que nos hallavamos en 33 gra- dos y 46 minutos. Viernes veinte y cuatro, celebramos ambos misa y en la primera comulgaron el Seiior Capitan, el contra-maestre y otros dos Juanes de los marineros : amaneci6 el dia nublado, y con el viento N. N. E. fresco caminabamos tres millas con la proa al N. O. \ al N. Al medio dia observaron y dijo el sefior capitan que nos hallaba- mos en 33 grados y 46 minutos. Sabado veinte y cinco amaneci6 claro el dia y con el viento N. E. que tuvimos la noche pasada y continua bastante fresco, cami- nando con la proa al N. O. lo que en todo viaje no se habia logrado. Al medio dia me dijo el seiior capitan que segun la observacion que habia hecho nos hallabamos en 34 grados y 26 minutos ; gracias d Dios que ya vamos cobrando la altura perdida: por la tarde refresc6 mas el viento y andavamos como cinco millas. Domingo veinte y seis amaneci6 el dia claro con el viento E. fresco que nos habia entrado la noche pasada cuando sali6 la luna, 148 Historical Society of Southern California. con la proa al N. O. como ayer : pudimos ambos celebrar, y hacerles una platica el Padre compafiero en su misa. Al medio dia observaron los seiiores y me dijo el senor capitan nos hallava- mos en 34 grados y 37 minutos. Como d las cinco de la tarde empez6 d calmar el viento de modo que al anocliecer estavamos en calma y asi pasamos la noche. Lnnes veinte y siete amaneci6 el dia algo nublado y con la mi^ma calma de la noche antecedente : como d las seis entraron veatolifias aunque suaves que andavamos poco mas de milla. Al medio dia nos dijo el sefior capitan que habia observado 35 grados y 59 minutos ; sigui6 la calma hasta la noche que al salir la luna nos entr6 el N. E. Martes veinte y ocho amaneci6 el dia claro siguiendo el mismo viento N, E. que fu6 poco d poco refrescando y d las nueve de la manana andavamos como cuatro millas. Al medio dia observ6 el seiior capitan 36 grados y 26 minutos y asi nos hallamos enfrente de la sierra de Santa Lucia y muy al paralelo de Monte-Rey con la diferencia de cuatro minutos menos, aunque enmarados segun dicen los senores como doscientas leguas. Miercoles veinte y nueve amaneci6 el dia claro con el mismo viento fresco N. E. celebramos ambos Padres y en una de las misas comulg6 el cirujano celebrando el dia de su santo. Al medio dia observ6 el setior capitan y nos dijo nos hallavamos en 37 gradob y 20 minutos. Jueves treinta amaneci6 el dia claro aunque en breve se nublo con viento fresco E. S. que andavamos como tres millas. Al medio dia observ6 el setior capitan y nos dijo nos hallavamos en 38 grados y 35 minutos. Julio : Viernes primero de Julio amaneci6 el dia algo nublado y siguiendo el mismo viento que toda la noche E. S. y d ratos iba refrescando mas. Al medio dia nos dijo el seiior capitan que segun su observacion nos hallavamos en 39 grados y 43 minutos ; como i las cinco de la tarde calm6 el viento y dur6 la calma toda la noche. Sabado dos amanecio el dia cerrado y en calma que dur6 todo el dia. Al medio dia observaron los senores pilotos y nos dijeron no llegavamos d los 40 grados. Domingo tres de Julio amaneci6 el dia muy cerrado de neblina con el viento E. S. tan flojo que apenas se andaba. Digimos I mbos misa y en una comulgaron el 2*^ piloto D. Esteban Martinez y dos marineros : como d las diez refrescd algo el dicho viento y como d las QUce se andaban dos millas y media. Al medio dia I. •s celebrar, y I. Al medio nos hallava- de la tarde estavamos en ido y con la seis entraron de milla. Al ido 35 grades 1 salir la luna ido el mismo nueve de la lia observ6el imos enfrente onte-Rey con arados segun >n el mismo I una de las to. Al medio 3 eo 37 gradob I eve se nublo > millas. Al illavamos en algo nublado y & ratos iba an que segun utos ; como i Ima toda la dur6 todo el )S dijeron no 3 de neblina la. Digimos >an Martinez ho viento y J medio dia Documents from the Sutro Collection. 149 observ6 el setior capitan la altura del N. en 40 grados y 34 raiu- utos. Esta tarde vari6 el viento al S. E. bien y en popa. Lunes cuatro amaneci6 el dia muy cerrado con el mismo viento S. E. bastante fresco con el que andavaraos tres millas y algunas veces cuatro por bora ; se cerr6 bastante el dia y tuvinios alguuos chuvascos con algunas rociaditas de agua aunque cotitinuo el viento, y por estar el dia cerrado no se pudo observar. Martes cinco amaneci6 el dia muy c?aro y con el mismo viento de ayer que se ha conservado toda la noche. Al medio dia observo el senor capitan la altura del Norte segun nos dijo de 43 grados y 35 minutos. Al medio dia vari6 el viento al S. O. pero en breve volvi6 &. soplar al S. E. el que dur6 toda la tarde y noche. Miercoles seis amaneci6 con bastante neblina y con el mismo viento S. E. con el que andavamos tres millas. Al medio dia no pudieron observar por la mucha neblina que no dejo descubrirse el sol : como d la una de la tarde vari6 el viento al S. O. algo fresco que andavamos tres millas, pero calm6 como d las cinco de la tarde y quedamos casi en calma y de la misma manera pasamos la noche. Jueves siete amanecimos en calma con el viento O. S. O. y con bastante neblina que tuvo tapadoslos orizontes, hasta pasado medio dia, por cuyo motivo no se pudo hoy observar : por la tarde nos entr6 veutolina calmosa, tambien del N. que nos duro la restante del dia y noche. Viernes ocho amaneci6 con la misma ventoHna calmosa del Norfe y neblina que dur6 todo el dia y noche siguiente. Al medio dia aL>ri6 lo suficiente para observar y nos dijo el seiior capitan que nos hsllabamos en 44 grados y 5 minutos. Sabado nueve nos hallamos con igual neblina y calma, con ven- tolina Uovisnosa del S. E. : antes de medio dia se descubri6 el sol y orizontes y logr6 el seiior capitan una observacion d su satisfac- cion, lo que no en los cinco dias antecedentes no habia podido, y aos dijo nos hallavamos en 45 grados cabales. Domingo diez amanecio con mucha neblina con ventoliua calm- osa del S. E. celebramos los dos Padres el santo sacrificio de la raisa, como tambien les pudo hacer una platica el Padre compan- ero en su misa : como d las nueve abri6 el tiempo y se descubrio el sol y empez6 d refrescar el viento S. E. que era en popa, d las once andavamos como dos millas. Al medio dia observo el seiior capitan y nos dijo nos hallavamos en 45 grados y 35 minutos; dur6 el S. E. todo el dia y por la noche vario al Sur tambien fresco. Se administr6 esta noche los santos sacramentos de la peniteucia iSO Historical Society oj Southern California. y extremauncion i un marinero que se halla muy malo de calen tura maligna. lyunes once amaneci6 con el mismo viento sur y cerrado de espesa neblina ; abrl6 algo antes de medio dia y pudo el senor capitan observar y nos dijo nos hallavamos en la altura de 46 gra dos y 23 minutos, refresc6 mas el viento y & las tres de la tarde andavamos tres millas y d otras lioras mas ; esta tarde se ha sen tido bien el frio y por la noclie apur6 mas por la Uovisna que despedia la neblina que parecia nieve. Martes doce amanecimos con la misma neblina y mucho frio, cerca de las cinco de la manana se mud6 el viento al O. S. 0. fresco, que andavamos tres millas y d las diez se mud6 al O. bas- tante fuerte y frio ; todo el dia estuvo muy cerrado por lo que no se pudo observar ; como & las tres de la tarde aclar6 algo y por la noche no estuvo el tiempo tan cerrado. Miercoles trece amanecimos con el dia bien claro y con el viento N. O. i al O. bastante fuerte con el que andavamos tres millas. A las siete de la maiiana se cerr6 de mucho nublado y d las diez volvi6 abrir y se despejaron los orizontes y pudo el seiior capitan observar d toda su satisfaccion y nos dijo que nos hallavamos en la altura de 48 grades y 55 minutos : por la tarde aflcj6 algo el viento aunque andavamos dos millas y media. Jueves catorce amaneci6 con mucha neblina y llovisnando que de la misma manera se habia pasado la noche ; d las cinco soplaba bien {fuerte el O. que andavamos cuatro millas y media. A las siete y media de la manana vimos el arco iris al O. y nos entr6 un chubasco bastante fuerte que caus6 mucha marejada y oblig6 d tomar rizos del belacho de gabia y pasado el chubasco se deshizo el arco iris y continu6 el mismo viento fresco: poco antes de las doce se despej6 el cielo y quedaron claros los orizontes con que se pudo observar y nos dijo el senor capitan nos hallavamos en la altura de 50 grados y 24 minutos: d las nueve de la manana mando el seiior capitan poner la proa al N. y nos dijo que habia virado para ir d caer d la costa y nos dijo el senor capitan que lo hizo porque habiendo registrado la aguada reconocid no habia mas agua que para dos meses y medio lo mas, y que por lo que podia suceder queria hacer la diligencia de registrar la costa y ver si podria hacer aguada por no saber cuanto podria tarda para la buelta d Monte- Rey : d las tres de la tavde se alargo mas el viento hasta el S. E. bien fresco que andavamos cuatro millas y media con la proa al Norte. Documenti from the Sutro Colifction. m \o de calen- • cerrado de ido el senor ra de 46 gra de la tarde i se ha sen- llovisna que niucho frio, al O. S. 0. 6 al O. bas- \r lo que no ilgo y por la con el viento tres millas. f d las diez eiior capitan llavamos en flcj6 algo el isnando que inco soplaba ;dia. A las y nos entr6 a y oblig6 d » se deshizo intes de las con que se amos en la lana mando abia virado ue lo hizo habia mas que podia ta y ver si da para la s el viento is y media Viernes quince amaneci6 con la misnia neblina espesa y humeda, con una llovisna fria como los dias antecedente; , con viento sur bien fresco y con niucha tnarejada que nos balanceaba bastante : toda esta mafiana andavamos cuatro millas y d veces mas por hora con la proa al N. ; se esplica denmsiadamente el frio : d las ocho cambi6 el viento al S. O. bastante fresco, y con ^'1 viraron poniendo la proa al N. para ir d caer d la costa. Fu6 aclarando el dia y despeiandose los orizontes con que se logr6 la observacion y nos dijo el seiior capitan que nos hallavamos en la altura de 51 grados y 42 minutos. Este dia el sefior capitan junt6 los oficiales de la fragata y les propuso el estado de la aguada y el peligro d que se esponian de pasar mas arriba sin liacer aguada, que si les parecia arrimarse d la costa vara registrar fondeadero y hacer aguada, 6 si les parecia que siguiesen hasta la altura de los 60 grados como encargaba su excelencia y que en dicha altura se haria la diligencia de agua. Oid'^ la propuesta del seiior capitan fueron todos de parecer que conven; i recalar d tierra para prevenirse de agua y reconocer fon- deadero 6 parage para arribar en caso necesario. Visto el parecer de los oficiales sigui6 en busca de la costa. Sabado diez y seis de Julio amaneci6 el dia nublado aunque sin neblina y con el viento en popa S. O. que hemos tenido toda la noche pasada y ^ * vI."«e dejaba ver algo abri6 el r el sol para > el viento al poco despues , al principle lente. con los oriz- nte de siete d a que hemos nos pareci6 al S. S. E. y I cabo y desde :^. E. Antes se veia la )i6 el viento imos k andar lafiana i. fin lacia el N.; d las do" e, ijo el s?f)'^r por la tarda ya como tres ae habiamos viraron de aa al N. y d do toda esta visna. Miercoles veinte de Julio amaneci6 el dia muy cerrado de neblina que & muj' corta distancia uada se veia y llovisnando con viento E. bastante fuerte y con mucha marejada con un continuo balance : soltaron las velas y la proa al N. ^ al N. E. : antes de las nueve abrio algo el dia y se vi6 bien la tierra, viraron de bordo y se puso la proa al N. E. para hacer la diligencia de arrimarnos d una punta de tierra : d las diez estavamos como cuatro leguas de dicha punta que d todos nos parecieron tres islas : al medio dia no se pudo observar por estar nublado y tapado el sol : como d las tres de la tarde estavamos como dos leguas de tierra y la que antes nos habia parecido ser tres islas ya parecia una y no muy apartada de la costa : vimos muchas humaredas de los habitantes en ella y que era tierra muy poblada de arboleda que parecian pinos y que con la dicha punta formaba la tierra una buena ensenada 6 baia. Y reparamos que de una bocana que formaba la tierra salia una canoa que d fuerza de remo venia para la fragata ; de bien aparta- dos del barco los oiamos cantar y en el tono conocimos ser gentiles, pues es el mismo que usan en sus mitoles los gentiles desde San Diego d Monte-Rey : llegaron ya cerca de la fragata y vimos eran ocho hombres y un muchacho los siete remando, el otto que venia algo envijado parado y con ademanes de bailar, y tirando d la mar varias plumas dieron una vuelta d la fragata : desde el balcon de la camara los liamamos que se arrimasen y aunque al principio no se atrevian por algun recelo que tendrian enseiiandoles panuelos, avalorios y galleta se arrimaron d la popa y recibieron todo lo que se les tir6 ; les hecharon un mecate para que subiesen y aunque se agarraron de ^1 no se atrevieron d subir pero asidos de ^1 nos sigui- eron bastante trecho. Cuando dicba canoa lleg6 al barco ya eran como las cuatro de la tarde y se habia cerrado de espesa neblina y viento contrario, por estos motivos habia mandado el sefior capitan virar de bordo reservando el arrimarnos mas d la tierra y desembarcar para el dia siguiente, y viendo los gentiles que nos apartavamos de su tierra nos convidaban con ella y conocimos 6 entendimos por sefias que nos decian que alii tenian que comer y mucha agua y lugar para estar el barco, y respondiendoles por seiias que el dia siguiente iriamos se fueron. Estos gentiles son corpulentos y gordos de buen semblante y de color bianco y vermejo, con pelo largo y cubiertos con cueros de nutria y de lobos marinos segun nos parecia y todos 6 lo mas con sus sombreros de junco bien tejido, con la copa punteaguda : no 14 t34 Historical Society of Southern California, son nada boruquientos y d todos nos parecieron ser mansos y de buena indole. Corao d la media hora de haberse apartado de nosotros diclia canoa, oimos otra vez cantar y viraos venir otra canoa mas chica y juntandose con la primera se arrimaron las dos d la fragata : en esta segunda venian seis gentiles, arrimandose ambas d la popa ic les regalaron varias cositas y diciendoles que el dia siguiente iriamos d su tierra se fueron todos contentos despues de habernos seguido bastante trecho. Nos par':^ieron dichas canoas todas de una pieza salvo la borda de arriba, bien labradas con sus quillas fornnadas casi de la misma manera que las que usan en la canal de Santa Barbara, salvo que estas tienen su popa y la proa no la tienen abierta como las de la canal y usan sus reraos bien labrados : vimos en estas canoas dos fisgas bien largas para pescar y dos achas ; la una de ellos por lo reluciente de la punta nos pareci6 seria de fierro aunque no me pude cerciorar de ello. La punta de una de las fisgas, si vimos era de fierro, y nos parecia como un chuso. Despues de idas dichas dos canoas siendo ya entrada la noche, estando todos resando la corona d nuestra senora la purisima con- cepcion oimos otta vez cantar y fu^ otra canoa que se arrini6 con las mismas ceremonias que las antecedentes, y reparando ellos que no se les hacia caso, d causa de estar en el rezo, empezaron d gritar y continuaron voceando hasta tanto que se concluy6 el rezo cuoti- ano de corona y rezos particulares d algunos santos, y cantado el alabado que les caus6 bastante adrairacion concluido el rezo por estar ya oscuro mando el setior capitan sacar luces d la borda de la fragata y vimos arrimada otra canoa con siete gentiles, se les con- vid6 d que subiesen d bordo pero ellos 6 no lo quisieron 6 no enten- dieron las senas con que se les hablaba se les regalo algunas cositas y ellos correspondieron con algo de pescado seco que parecia bacalao aunque mas bianco. Uu marinero consigui6 por un beldoque que los di6, un sombrero de junco bien tejido y de varios colores, la hechura de la copa piramidat de como una torcia de alto y las alas del sombrero no pasaban de sesma de ancho : otro marinero por otro belduque les compr6 un pedaoito de como una vara en madro bien vistoso tejido de palma fina, al pare- cer, de colores bianco y negro, que tejido en cuadritos hace muy bu- ena y vistosa labor. Esta canoa estuvo arrimada como una hora, y diciendoles por senas que se iuesen por ser ya muy noche, y que el dia siguiente iriamos d su tierra se fueron contentos y tenian que desandar como seis leguas pues tanto distariamos ya de la tierra. i«. Doaimcnts from the Sutro Collection. 155 insos y de iotros diclia mas chica y fragata : en \. la popa le a siguiente le habernos vo la borda ie la misma I, salvo que 10 las de la canoas dos pIIos por lo que no me si vimos era a la noche, urisima con- arrim6 con ido ellos que iron k gritar 1 rezo cuoti- y cantado el el rezo por I borda de la , se les con- 1 6 no enten- al6 algunas io seco que onsigui6 por tejido y de como una e sesma de 1 pedaoito de fina, al pare- lace muy bu- ) una hora, y oche, y que OS y tenian )S ya de la Jueves veinte y uuo de Julio amaneci6 no tan cerrado de neblina como los antecedentes aunque llovisnando y soplando el sueste fuerte con una buena marejada : d las ocho de la manana viraron de bordo poniendo la proa para la punta que ayer vimos y que se nombr6 por el seilor capitan la punta de Santa Margarita por haberse divisado ayer dia de la gloriosa santa : caniinamos a la bolina con la proa al E. \ al N. E. Como d las doce (que no se pudo observar por estar el sol tapado con nublados) estavamos como un cuarto de legua cerca la punta de Santa Margarita la que fuimos cOvSteando hacia el E. S. E. en donde nos parecia hacer recodo, con el fin de registrar y sondear para dar fondo y saltar d tierra y plantar en ella el estandarte de la santa cruz ; pero no fud posible montar dicha punta ni cerciorarnos si era isla 6 punta de la tierra firme por la fuerza de las corricutes que nos recliazaban al S. por cuyo motivo mando el seiior capitan virar de bordo, y hallandonos ya apartados de la tierra como una legua hacia el S. 0. se calm6 el viento que toda la manana se habia mantenido y habia causado grande marejada, asi nos mantuvimos en calma sin poder dar fondo porque no lo habia por lo apartado que nos halla- vamos. La punta dicha Santa Margarita es una loma medianamente alta y tajada d la mar muy poblada de arboleda hasta pegada d la mar de arboles que nos parecieron d todos cipreses de todos tania- iios. Tiene dicha loma como una legua de largo liaciendo dos puntas la una al .S. O. \ al S. en donde intentamos fondear y no se encontr6 fondo, como media legua poco mas 6 menos apartada de ella, y al E. S. E. de dicha loma d donde ibamos costeando por hacer en esta punta un recodo con playage al parecer, y no pudimos acabar de montar por habernos rechasado las corrientes como ya dije arriba : desde esta dicha punta del E. S. E. sigue tierra baja como seis leguas 6 mas que corre hasta el E. y ai vimos rematar la costa que es lo que pudimos divisar y vimos estaba tan poblada como la punta de la misma arboleda de ciprezes. Al N. de la punta del S. O. de Santa Margarita como diez y seis leguas distante de ella divisamos un cabo muy alto de la misma manera poblado de arboleda, que llam6 el seiior capitan el cabo de Santa Maria Magdalena. Desde el dicho cabo sigue la costa de tierra muy alta y tambien poblaua de arboleda que corre del E. al O. todo lo que pudimos alcanzar con la vista y al N. O. \ al O. de dicha costa divisamos un islote que se llam6 de Santa Cristina, su curso de N. O., S. E. d distancia de unas diez y seis IS* Historical Society of Southern California. leguas de la dicha punta de Santa Margarita del S. O. aunque no pudimos certificarnos si era isla porque puede tener tierra baja con que comunique con tierra firme que como la vimos de lejos no pudimos salir de la duda : mas desde el dicho cabo de Santa Maria Magdalena corre costa mas mediana hasta el N. E. y por el E. N. E. ya no se veia correr tierra hasta el E. en donde remata la tierra baja que llevo espresada arriba y erapieza desde la punta de Santa Margarita del E. S. E. y reraatan sus diez leguas de larger al dicho E. El cabo de Santa Maria Magdalena que estd N. S. con la punta de Santa Margarita del S. O. entre el dicho cabo y el E. hace una abra de como diez leguas en donde hace conio una ensenada muy grande 6 bolson que la violencia de las corrientes (que de ella venian nos rechazavan al S.) no nos dijeron registrar ni entrar en ella y asf no pudimos saber de cierto si es ensenada, bolson 6 estrecho que si no es estrecho sino ensenada puede ser que en ella puede ser que desemboque aigun caudaloso rio que causase aquella fuerza de corrientes que no permitio entrasemos d registrar. El cabo de Santa Maria Magdalena dista como diez leguas hasta la punta de tierra baja que se empieza i formar 6 d correr desde la segunda punta del E. S. E. de Santa Margarita y remate en el mismo E. y esto es lo que tiene de ancho la boca 6 entrada de dicha ensenada, estrecho, 6 golfo, 6 bolson. El cabo de Santa Maria Magdalena sale mar d iuera del E. al O. y cerca la punta que hace al O. es la dicha isla de Santa Cristina que no estd muy apartada de la punta y puede ser que no sea isla sino punta de la tierra firme como ya dije. A las doce horas de estar en calma y apartados de la tierra como una legua enfrente de la punta 6 loma de Santa Margarita del S. O. empezaron d salir canoas asi de la primera punta del S. O. como de la segunda punta que mira al E. S. E. y en breve tiempo se arrimaron veinte y una canoas algunas bien grandes otras medianas y otras chicas ; entre ellas habia dos que cada una de ellas no bajaria de doce varas de quilla, en la una venian veinte hombres y en la otra diez y nueve ; en las medianas venian diez 6 doce personas, y en las mas chicas no bajaban de seis d siete : en breve nos vimos cercados de las veinte y una canoas y de mas de doscientas almas entre hombres, mugeres, ninos y nifias, pues en las mas habia algunas mugeres ; entre las dichas canoas vino una solo de mugeres que serian unas doce, ellas solas remando y governando la canoa como los mas diestros marineros. Venian las canoas hacia bordo sin el menor recelo, cantando y tocando unos instrumentos de palo como atambor 6 Documents from the Sutro Collection. 157 . aunque no !rra baja con de lejos no Santa Maria por el E. N. s remata la la punta de las de largor :on la punta E. hace una senada muy que de ella ni entrar en la, bolsoti 6 que en ella isase aquella :gistrar. El las hasta la rer desde la emate en el entrada de o de Santa ca la punta no estd muy punta de la en calma y unta 6 loma IS asi de la e mira al E. loas algunas IS habia dos a, en la una as medianas bajaban de ;inte y una IS, mugeres, s ; entre las Unas doce, nas diestros enor recelo, o atambor 6 pandero y algunos con ademanes de bailar, arrimaronse d la fragata cercandola por todos lados y luego se abri6 entre el os y los nues- tros una feria que luego couocimos venian a tra^.ar y feriar sus trastes con otros de los nuestros ; estos les dieroi; algunos belde- ques, trapos y avalorios y ellos correspondieron danilo cueros de nutria y de otros animales no conocidos, bien curtidos y agamuza- dos, colchas de nutria, tambien cocidas unas con otras que ni el mejor sastre la haria mejor ; otras colchas 6 fresadas de lana fina 6 de pelo de animales que parece lana fina tejida y laboreada de hilo del mism? pelo de varios colores principalrnente bianco, negro y amarillo, un tejido tan tupido que parece ser becho en telares. Y todas las colchas tienen alrededor sus flecos del mismo hilo tor- cJdo, de mo;io que para una sobre mesa 6 carpeta es al proposito, y como si para dicho fin estuviesen hechas. Dieron tambien algunos petatillos al parecer de palma fina con labores de varios colores ; algunos sombreros de junco, algunos ordinarios otros mas finos y los mas de ellos pintados, la figura de ellos couio ya dije de copa piramidal y de alas angostas, con su hilo para asegurarlo en la barba que no lo lleve el viento. Tambien se consigui6 de ellos algunas bateas de madera chicas, bien labradas y laboreadas, como de escultura 6 talla en la misma madera, de figuras de hombres animales y pajaros, y algunas cucharas tambien de madera con labores por la parte de afuera y lizas por adentro y una de ellas bastante grande toda de cuerno que no pudimos saver de que animal seria. Se consiguieron dos cajas de pino de como una vara en cuadro bien labradas de tablas y en lugar de clavason cocido con hilo en las cuatro esquinas ; no tienen goznes ni chapas, sino que las tapas son como las de las petacas con el ajuste segun y como las cajas de polvos por dentro algo toscas pero por afuera muy bien labradas y lisas y en la delantera con labores d modo de talla con varias figuras y ramos y embutidas conchas y caracolitos de la mar con tan buen encaje que no pudimos conocer como estan embuti- das, y algunas de ellas estan pintadas de varios colores, principal- raente de Colorado y amarillo : en todas las canoas vimos de estas cajas y algunas habia de cerca de vara y media de largo, con su anchor correspondiente, se sirven de ellas para guardar sus traste- citos como tambien para sentarse en ellas para remar : dieron tam- bien algunos seiiidores de hilo de lana, 6 pelo tejidos y bien tupidos y algun pescado seco del mismo que dije ayer. Se les conoci6 grande aficion d las cosas de hierro y de corte, pero que no !!f i M 158 Historical Society of Southern California. scan piezas chicas : £ los avalorios no se les conoci6 particular aficion recibieron alguna galleta y sin el reparo comieron de ella. Yo dije que son indios bien formados y de buenas caras algo blancos y vermejos con pelo largo y algunos de ellos barbados todos vinieron vestidos en todo el cuerpo ; unos de pieles de nutria y otros animales, y otros de msmtas tejidas de lana 6 de pelo que parecia fina lana y una pieza d inodo de esclavina con que se tapan hasta la cintura y lo demas del cuerpo se tapan con pieles agamu- zadas y con dichos tejidos de lana de varies colores que hace hermosas labores, unos con mangas y otros sin ellas : trahian los mas sus sombreros de junco como llevo expresado. I,as mugeres andan de la misma manera vestidas, estas traen en el labio de abajo que tienen agujereado colgada una rodeta pintada de colores que parecia de tabla delgada curba, que les afea mucho pues de algo apartadas parecen que traen sacada y colgada la leng'ua ; con facilidad y con solo el movimiento del labio se levanta dicha tablita y les tapa la boca y parte de la nariz, dijeron de los nues- tros, los que las vieron mas de cerca que tienen taladrado el kbio de abajo y de ^1 cuelgan dicha rodeta, no sabemos que fin tendran en esto si serA para afearse como algunos asi lo entienden, 6 para engalanarse, y d esto me inclina pues en la gentilidad descubierta desde San Diego d Monte Rey, hemos observado que cuando van de visita d otra rancheria se embijan de varios colores que se ponen feisimos ; de los hombres vimos algunos embijados de almagr i con un color bien fino. Aunque combidamos d dichos indios subiesen d bordo no se atrevieron, solo dos se arrimaron y se les enjetio todo y quedaron a Jmirados de cuanto veian en la f ragata : los entraron en la camara y nosotros le enssnamos la imagen de nues- tra sefiora y despues de haberla mirado con admiracion la tocaron con la mano y entendimos provaban si era verdadera y vivfi ; se les regal6 y se les dijo por seiias que iriamos d su tierra d hacer agua. Mientras estos estaban en la fragata dos de nuest'.os mar- ineros saltaron d las canoas de que se alegraron mucho loi indios h hicieron grande fiesta, los embijaron y bailaron con ell as con tales espresiones de contento que no harian.si hubiese sido gente cono- cida, dando d entender con la sena de poner la mano en el pecho que los querian mucho. De que inferimos todos ser esta gente de paz y muy docil ; los de las canoas convidaron d los dos marineros que si querian los Uevarian en las canoas d su tierra ; pero no quisieron sino que les dijeron que irian con el barco y con la demas gente ; pero no fud dable por la calma el arrimarnos porque prosigui6 toda la tarde y 6 particular ron de ella. .s caras algo OS barbados les de nutria de pelo que que se tapan eles agarau- !S que hace trahian los ,as mugeres el labio de la de colores :ho pues de len^ua ; con vanta dicha ie los nues- ado el kbio fin tendran iden, 6 f-ara descubierta cuando van lue se f onen almagr ; con ios subiesen les eni'eno ragata : los en de nues- la tocaron y vivfi ; se ra d hacer lestvos mar- loi indios e as con tales ;ente cono- n el pecho docil ; los juerian los iino que les )ero no fu^ la tarde y Documents from the Sutro Collection. ^59 las corrientes nos apartaron de la tierra y las canoas se despidieron convidandonos con su tierra, y entendimos por seiias que nos decian no fueramos mas arriba porque la que habia era belicosa y matadora, ordinario encargo de casi todos los gentiles para dar d eiitender que ellos son buenos y los demas malos. Nos llev6 la atencion, asi su aspecto de bien carados hombres y mugeres con su pelo largo bien peinado y hecha trenza, particularmente las niuger. es Uevaban la cabeza muy compuesta y como el usar vestido casi talar, los tejidos tan buenos y tan bien fabricados y demas obritas de manos que de ellos consiguieron los nuestros asi de madera, de palma, junco y tambien de marfil. El ver que las mugeres usan de anillos en los dedos y de braza- letes de hierro y cobre, estos yo los vi en diferentes mugeres y nuestros marineros que las vieron de cerca aseguraron que habia muger que llevaba cinco 6 seis anillos de hierro y cobre en los dedos de las manos ; y de estos metales algo se vi6 aunque poco y conocimos el aprecio que de ellos hacen, principalmente de piezas grandes y de corte. El seiior capitan que ha estado bastante tiempo en china y Philipinas dice que mucho se asemejan fi los sangleyes de Philipinas ; lo cierto es que el tejido de los petatillos finos se asemeja d los que vienen de china. Aunque la noche es bien corta pues nos sale el sol antes de las cuatro se nos hizo larga por los deseos que teniamos de saltar d tierra. Algunos de los marineros de los que compraron mantas la pasaron mala, porque habiendose arropado con ellas tuvieron qne rascar por los piquetes que les dieron los animalitos que tambien crian estos gentiles en sus ropas. Viernes veinte y dos de Julio, como d las doce de la manana se levant6 el viento S. O. aunque muy lento, y como d las cinco distavamos como cuatro leguas de la tierra. Caminavamos cerca della con la proa al E. \ al N. E. con el fin de montar la segunda punta del E. S. de Santa Margarita y registrar si ay fondeaderos en el recodo que hace tras de dicha punta, pero las corrientes que mucho nos sotaventavan no nos dieron lugar d llegar d dicha punta, antes se vieron precisados d virar de bordo con la proa al S. S. E. Al medio dia que nos hallavamos en el paralelo de la punta de Santa Margarita del S. O. en donde aviamos querido fondear el dia veinte y uno y no hallaron fondo : pudieron los sefiores obser- var y nos dijo el sefior capitan que nos hallavamos en la altura de cincuenta y cinco grades cavales, y asi en esta altura se halla la punta de Santa Margarita. Cerca de la una de la tarde viraron poniendo la proa acia tierra, pero d las dos horas poco mas se i6o Historical Society of Southern California. Ifflii' ''3 , llam6 el viento al O. S. O. y viraron poniendo la proa al S. y poco despues cambi6 al S. O. y se puso la proa al S. S. E: esta tarde ha estado el viento muy fresco con grande neblina muy espesa que nada se veia y tan huraeda que parece estar lloviendo, por este motivo y ser el viento contrario y grande la marejada con la fuerza de las corrientes que nos echavan sobre la tierra, se camin6 para fuera y se perdi6 de vista la tierra. Savado veinte y tres de Julio amanecimos con una gran mare- jada por la proa que Uevamos toda la noche para fuera apartando- nos de la tierra ; sigue el misrao viento neblina y agua que la noche antecedente, de modo que en todo el dia no se ha dejado ver el sol. Antes de medio dia se mud6 el viento al O. S. O. y cami- namos al S. k ties millas y d dos y media por hora : viendo los tiempos tan contrarios para conseguir el deseado fin de saltar en tierra y registrar la tierra deterrainamos hacer una novena d San Juan Nepomuceno para que nos alcance del sefior con su soberano patrocinio los tiempos favorables, la que se empez6 esta tarde luego de concluido el cuotidiano rezo de la corona d Maria Santi- sima nuestra setiora. Domingo veinte y cuatro de Julio dia de San Francisco Solano Apostol del Peril y patron de estos mares del sur ; nos amaneci6 el dia claro y con viento fresco O. S. O. ; el padre compafiero dijo misa y en ella hizo su platica como en todos los domingos, pero antes de acabar la misa refresco demasiadamente y amenazando chubascos y algo llovi6 por cuyo motivo no pudo haver segunda misa aunque yo ya havia logrado asistir d la del padre Fray Tomas. Poco despues de las ocho de la maiiana volvi6 d abrir y sigui6 el dia muy claro y hermoso sol, qual no hemos logrado desde que subimos de 40 grados por arriba. A las doce observa- ron los seiiores d toda satisfacion y nos dijo el seiior capitan nos hallavamos en la altura de cincuenta y tres grados y cuarenta y ocho minutos ; el viento se iva manteniendo fresco y bueno del 0. S. O. hasta el O. y andavamos bien, poco despues de medio dia se puso la proa al K. aunque desde las seis de la mafiana hasla esta tarde se ha andado d quatro millas no podemos divisar tierra ; siendo asi que logramos los orizontes muy claros. Antes de meterse el sol se calm6 el viento y se divis6 la tierra y segun dicen es la misma que divisamos el dia diez y ocho. Cuya costa desde la punta de Santa Margarita corre tierra baja Norte Sur como siete leguas y desde dicha tierra baja que estd en cincuenta y cuatro grados y cuarenta y cuatro minutos, comienzan unas sierras muy altas y gruesas con diferentes picachos muy elevados y nevados I. proa al S. y S. S. E: esta neblina muy far Uoviendo, raarejada con I la tierra, se gran mare- ra apartando- agua que la ha dejado ver 3. O. y cami- : viendo los de saltar en oven a A San I su soberano 6 esta tarde Maria Santi- Cisco Solano los amaneci6 npafiero dijo mingos, pero amenazando ver segunda padre Fray i6 d abrir y smos logrado oce observa- capitan nos cuarenta y }ueno del 0. e medio dia liiana hasla visar tierra ; Antes de seg^n dicen costa desde r como siete ta y cuatro sierras muy y nevados Doaiments from the Sutro Collection. i6t que nos parecieron estar muy poblados de arboledas que aunque no podiamos distinguir que arboles serian hicimos juicio que serian cipreses, pinos, fresnos y ayas ; pues de todas estas maderas y aun ramas se vieron en las canoas que se nos arrimaron enfrente de la punta de Santa Margarita. Dichas sierras altas que llam6 el seiior capitan las sierras de San Cristoval, corren desde la altura de cincuenta y cuatro grades y cuarenta y cuatro niinutos hasta cincuenta y tres grados y ocho minutos de N. O. ; S. E. para el S. miradas de la mar, y desde tierra parece que tienen su curso N. N. O.; S. S. E. ' Lunes veinte y cinco de Julio dia de nuestro patron Santiago el mayor, amaneci6 el dia bien claro y con buen sol : digimos ambos misa y en la mia comulgaron el cirujano y dos niarineros, y en la misa del padre compaiiero, se adniinistr6 el viatico al marinero enfermo, que quince dias antes haviamos oleado por el peligro que entonces vi6. Aunque amanecimos con la misma calma que hemos tenido la noche pasada ; pero d las seis de la maiiana nos entr6 el viento E. de la costa contrario para podernos arrimar d la tierra que tenemos d la vista y solo distante como ocho leguas que es la sierra de San Cristoval que ya dije ayer, y segun la observc- cion que oy ha hecho el senor capitan se halla en la altura de cincuenta y tres grados y veinte y un minutos. Tiene de largo dicha sierra alta como treinta y seis leguas al parecer desde dos picachos el uno que estd al S. y el otro al N. Despues de medio dia se volvi6 d cerrar de espesa neblina y como d las 'seis de la tarde empez6 d Hover y arreci6 mas d entrada de noche ; todo el dia se mantuvo el viento E. contrario para arrimarnos d la tierra y por la noche se fu6 alargando hasta el S. S. E. y S. Poco antes de las siete muri6 el marinero que haviamos sacramentado llamado Salvador Antonio natural del pueblo de Guainamota. Anima ejus requiescat in pace Amen. Martes veinte y seis de Julio, dia de la seiiora Santa Ana, ama- neci6 llovisnando y el dia cerrado de espesa neblina, por cuyo motive solo se pudo decir una misa que la celebr6 el padre com- paiiero, la que dijo de cuerpo presente para el difunto, el qual se hech6 d la agua con las ceremonias eclesiasticas luego de concluida la misa. ?u6 poco d poco reciando el viento S. , de modo que d las diez del dia era tan fuerte que nos iba d hechar sobre la costa, la que no nos dejava ver la espesa neblina y receloso el senor capi- tan no diesimos d penas en una costa no conocida mand6 virar de bordo poniendo la proa al O. y nos quedamos d la bolina forzada con solo el velacho del palo mayor, porque el viento por instantes 16 ■i 1 6a Historical Society of Southern California. se ponia mas fuerte, y por no perder altura, y no apartarnos mucho de la costa ; apretd mas el viento y movi6 grande marejada de tal manera que ya no podiamos aguantar los balances : asi pasanios todo el dia con dicho viento y lluvia hasta las once de la noche que se cambi6 al S. O. y luego viraron de bordo poniendo la proa & la costa haciendo todas las diligencias posibles para conseguir el saltar d tierra. Miercoles veinte y siete de Julio amaneci6 muy cerrado el dia de espesa neblina y lloviendo, soplando el S. O. que nos entr6 d las once de la noche antecedente, con que caminamos para la costa con la proa al S. S. B. con bastante marejada que nos dej6 el viento S. de ayer. Antes de las diez abri6 el dia y se descubri6 bien el sol que di6 lugar i, la observacion, y nos dijo el sefior capitan que nos hallavamos en cincuenta y dos grados y cincuenta y nueve minutos. El viento despues de medio dia abri6 una quarta mas y se puso la proa al S. E. i al S. , y como d las tres fu6 afloj'*.ndo de modo que al entrar la noche nos quedamos en calma : aunque por la tarde tuvimos buen sol y el dia claro no divisamos la costa * al meterse el sol estavan los orizontes cerrados no s4 si por esto 6 por estar muy apartados no divisamos la costa. Jueves veinte y ocho de Julio amanecimos con la misma calma que nos entr6 anoche, pero con el dia muy claro y divisamos la tierra como seis 6 siete leguas distante, y se mira una cordillera de sierra muy alta y gruesa. Demarc6 el setior capitan los dos estre- mos della que se veian bien claro uno al N. y otro al S. : el del N. le demarc6 al N. N. O. y el del S. al E. , y la distancia de estremo d estremo de como i8 leguas, y segun la dicha demarca- cion corre esta costa de N. O. S. E. , aunque puede haber alguna variacion, por estar apartados de la costa quando se demarc6 : vimos bien claros los picachos nevados que descubrimos el dia i8 de este mes, y ya los miramos bien apartados de nosotros acia el N. ; esta costa dedonde la miramos parece estar acantilada d la mar aunque puede tener playa baja que la distancia no nos deje ver, no tuvimos mas que unas ventolinas calmosas que no nos dieron lugar d arrimarnos. Al medio dia observaron y nos dijo el sefior capitan que nos hallavamos en la altura de cincuenta y dos grados y cincuenta y un minutos. Demarc6 de nuevo la tierra y sierra alta de San Cristoval ; y lo que se veia de ellas mas al N. le demoraron al N. N. O. d distancia de como i8 leguas y el otro estremo mas al S. le demor6 al E- S. E. , siguieron toda la tarde y noche ventolinas calmosas. i Documents front the Sutro Collection. 163 arnos mucho ■ejada de tal asi pasamos le la noche endo la proa conseguir el rrado el dia nos entr6 d para la costa nos dej6 el je descubri6 dijo el senor y cincuenta a abri6 una i las tres uedamos en ia claro no tes cerrados 9S la costa. isma calma livisamos la ordillera de >s dos estre- 1 S.: el del istancia de la demarca- iber alguna le demarc6 : •s el dia 18 ros acia el tilada d la no nos deje ue no nos nos dijo el enta y dos la tierra y las al N. le 5 y el otro a la tarde y Viernes viente y ni eve de Julio, amaneci6 el dia muy nublado aunque sin neblina y asi miramos bien la costa que dista de noso- tros de siete &. ocho leguas, dejando ya atras la sierra de San Cris- toval (jue segun el parecer del sefior capitan tienen las dichas como cincuenta y cinco leguas de largo empezando desde la punta de Santa Margarita. Esta otra costa que oy tenemos d la vista es tambien sierra medianament^ alta con algunos inogotes, aunque no tanto como la dicha de San Cristoval y aunque la niiraiuos algo apartados della nos ha parecido que es acantilada d la mar y que tiene algunas quebradas, aunque si se logra el veria mas de cerca y registrarla se podra saber lo cierto de ello, como tambien si con- tiene puertos, ensenadas, bahias, radas que por lo que hasta oy hemos visto no podemos dar mas razon que la dicha y que tiene su curso de N. N. O. S. E. , y que segun la demarcacion que se ha hecho nos demora al E. N. E. ; para notar en la altura que se halla falt6 el sol para la observacion, pues en todo el dia no le he- mos visto d causa del mucho nublado : como d las diez poco * ris de la mafiana se cambi6 el viento al S. S. E. y luego pusieron la proa al S. O. aunque en breve afloj6 y poco d poco nos quedamos en calma que continu6 toda la noche. Sabado treinta de Julio aunque amaneci6 el dia bien nublado, estava claro y sin neblina ; amanecimos bastante apartados de la costa que apenas se veia porquc d la madrugada refresc6 algo el viento S. E. i al S. , d las once y media se llam6 algo el viento al S. y viraron para la costa con el fin de registrar dos abras que ayer se divisaron en la costa, pero no fu^ dable el conseguir dicho registro porque d las doce y media volvi6 d llamarse el viento al S. E. y viraron otra vez poniendo la proa al S. O. : fu6 por instantes refrescando dicho viento y causando bastante marejada que entrava por la proa cabeceando mucho la fragata y dando continuos balan- ces que no podiamos estar en pi^ : as( dur6 toda la noche que l\x€ bien pesada asf por lo dicho como por lo que llovi6, y se pas6 pas- ando el temporal con solo el trinquete y la mayor. Domingo treinta y uno de Julio, amaneci6 el dia muy cerrado y Uoviendo, aunque el viento algo havia aflojado. No ha sido posi- ble decir misa este dia asi por la agua como por los grandes balan- ces y marejada: continua el viento S. S. E., aunque no tan fuerte como por la noche, llevamos la proa al S. O. y ya sin ver tierra : abri6 algo el sol y di6 lugar d poder observar y segun nos dijo el senor capitan nos hallamos en la altura de cincuenta y un grades y cincuenta y ocho minutos ; por la tarde y parte de la noche con- 164 Historical Society of Southern California. iSS tinu6 el mismo vieiito y marejada. Esta tarde concluimos la novena d San Juan Nepomuceno para la felicidad del viage. Agosto : Lunes primero de Agosto amaneci6 el dia muy nubla- do con viento S. O. que nos entr6 d la una de la noche y desde dicha hora Uevamos la proa al S. S. E. d fin de arrimarnos otra vez d la costa ; d las ocho abrio bien el sol, con que pudieron observar y nos dijo el seiior capitan que nos hallamos en la altura de cincuenta y un grados y treinta y cinco minutos : despues de las doce calmo algo el viento variando desde el S. al S. O. : d las seis de la tarde se fue alargando el viento hasta el O. y dur6 asi toda la noche y nos dej6 la marejada que nos niolest6 estos dias. Martes dos de Agosto amaneci6 nublado pero en breve desterro el sol las nubes y se descubri6 : el viento O. nos dur6 hasta las quatro de la manana que se alarg6 mas canviandose al O. N. O. del quarto quadrante, viento d Dios gracias favorable para arri- marnos d la costa, para cuyo fin pusieron en dicha hora la proa al S. E. y para ella se camina. Al medio dia se observ6 y nos dijo el senor capitan nos hallamos en cincuenta grados y veinte minutos : acavado de observar viendo lo que hemos bajado mand6 el seiior capitan poner la proa al E. i al S. E. y va manteniendose el mismo viento fresco y ha seguido toda la tarde y noche siguiente. Como d las seis de la tarde se cerr6 de una espesa neblina. Miercoles tres de Agosto amaneci6 con el mismo viento O. N. O. y con la misma neblina que nos entr6 ayer tarde y tan espesa que nada se puede ver aun de popa d proa : roco ai.tp de las nueve nos entr6 el viento N. O. muy deseado pot ser el mas favor- able para poder costear y registrar la costa ; con el se va con la proa al E. i al S. E. , por instantes ha ido ref rescando de modo que d las once y doce del dia se andavan cinco raillas. Se a man- tenido la espesa neblina y solo al medio dia abri6 algo por la parte del S. con que se pudo observar y nos dijo el seiior capitan nos hallamos en la altura de cuarenta y nueve grados y veinte y cua- tro minutos. Oy reparo el sefior capitan que la aguja varia como dos quartas, at( ndiendo d esto y d lo muy cerrado que estan los orizontes con la dicha neblina y que la costa no puede estar muy apartada, receloso de no dar d ella impensadamente, mand6 poco antes de las tres aferrar dos andanas de rizos y poner la proa al S. E. i al S. A las cinco de la tarde aclar6 bien el dia, de modo que sali6 el sol y se abrieron los orizontes, y por ninguna parte se vi6 tierra que imaginavamos ya cerca, y por esto mand6 luego el seiior capitan poner la proa al E. , y por instantes iba refrescando mas el N. O. demanera que con solo el trinquete y vela de gabia con solo mucho m diez de 1; Jueves levant6 elacho con una mar se fu modo qu esto por donos en la proa el sol qi nos halla minutos lacho de lo abiert ilgo el poner la \ saba la co Drando, y nisma ma ino rezo c larticulari ;;iara pon el seiior ( :osta. Viernes abiertos iiguiendo levamos nodo que arde sola lien clarc Sabado on la p leblina y lueno cor )areci6 t lallamos los y 52 1 |ue ayer ncluimos la viage. muy nubla- :he y desde marnos otra ue pudieron ;n la altura despues de S. O. : d las . y dur6 asi istos dias. ive desterro S hasta las il O. N. O. para arri- la proa al ^ nos dijo el e minutos : id6 el senor liendose el e siguiente. na. ento O. N. tan espesa uue ; de las mas favor- e va con la ) de mode Se a man- »or la parte apitan nos ite y cua- 'aria como : estan los estar muy and6 poco )roa al S. de modo parte se luego el ;frescando de gabia Documents from the Sulro Collection. 165 con solo un rizo andavamos quatro millas y por la noche refresc6 mucho mas de manera que oblig6 d ponernos d la capa; y d las die/, de la noche volvi6 a cerrarse de espesa neblina. Jueves cuatro de Agosto, cerca de las quatro de la nianana se levant6 un N. muy fresco, de modo que con solo el trinquete y velacho de gabia con solo un rizo andavamos como cinco millas y con una neblina tan espesa que no veiamos de popa d proa: el mar se fu6 alborotando y el N. por instantes apretando ma.4 de modo que d las ocho ya no podia la fragata aguantar y visto esto por el seiior capitan mand6 aferrar todas las velas quedan- donos en palo seco con solo el velacho del trinquete y se puso proa al S. E. : como a las once fu6 aclarando el dia y salio el sol que desterr6 la neblina y hubo lugar para observar y nos hallamos en cuarenta y ocho grados y cincuenta y dos minutos : hasta despues de conocer andavamos con solo el ve- acho de trinquete y andavamos tres millas por hora : habien- 10 abierto los orizontes y no descubriendose la costa y aflojado ilgo el viento mand6 el senor capitan soltar todas las velas y poner la proa al E. N. E. para probar si por alguna parte se divi- iaba la costa ; sigui6 el mismo viento aunque mas tarde fud min- srando, y con 61 en todas las horas andavamos quatro millas y de la nisma manera se pas6 la noche. Esta tarde despues del cuotidi- ino rezo de la corona d nuestra seiiora y devociones de algunos larticulares santos dimos principio d una novena d la Seiiora Santa blara poniendo por intercesora d esta gloriosa santa para alcanzar iel seiior el tiempo favorable y dias claros para poder registrar la losta. Viernes cinco de Agosto amaneci6 el dia muy claro y sin neblina ' abiertos los orizontes y por ninguna parte se diviso tierra pro- iguiendo el mismo viento de ayer norte aunque no tan fresco y levamos la proa al N. E. , afloj6 antes de las doce algo el N. de nodo que ya no andavamos mas que dos millas y media y por la arde solas dos. Oy observaron d toda satisfaccion por estar el dia lien claro y nos hallamos en 48 grados cabales. Sabado seis de Agosto amanecimos con el viento N. O. fresco on la proa al N. E. i al N., con el dia muy claro sin nubes ni leblina y con buen sol cual ningun dia lo hemos logrado tan lueno como d las once se divis6 tierra aunque d lo lejos y nos iareci6 tierra muy alta y nevada : d las doce observaron y nos lallamos segun nos dijo el segundo piloto D n Estevan en 48 gra- os y 52 minutos, y el sefior capitan dijo que en la misma altura ue ayer de 48 grados cabales : por la tarde se cerr6 de espesa 1 66 Historical Society of Southern California. neblina por la costa de inodo que apenas se divisaba la costa al pouerse cl sol, y fud calmando el viento de tal tnanera que al anochecer estavamos en calma que dur6 toda la noche. Domingo siete de Agosto amanecimos con la misma calma que hubo de noche y cerrado de una espesa neblina que nada sc vela ni aun de po])a d proa ; digimos ambos misa y en la del padre com- • paiicro (en que huvo su platica de dotrina) coniulg6 el contrama- estre. Kn todo el dia y noche dur6 la calma y la neblina que no (lej6 oy observar ; esta tarde se vieron algunos peces grandes que parecian taurones, pero dijeron que no lo eran y son los primeros peces que en la navegacion hemos visto. lyUties ocho de Ago?to, araaneci6 el dia nublado con ademanes de querer Hover; como d las quatro de la manana empe7.6 d soplar cl E. y salimos de la calma y empezamos d andar con la proa a! N. y N. N. E. , antes de las ocho se cambi6 ei viento al S. E. del segundo cuadrante y se puso la proa al N. E. \ al N. para arrimarnos d la costa, aunque el dia ha estado algo cerrado no dejaron de obser- var aunque con trabajo y nos dijo el segundo piloto D. Estevan que nos hallamos en la altura de 49 grados y 5 minutos : antes de coiner divisaraos la tierra y pareci6 ser tierra baja la que no estaba muy retirada pero por el mucho nublado no se podia divisar bien : como d las quatro de la tarde estavamos de ella como quatro leguas y aunque el viento era lento poco d poco nos pudimos arrimar y estando como dos leguas, y aqui sondearon varias veces y se en- contr6 fondo en 24 y en 22 brazas : como d las quatro vinieron de tierra tres canoas chicas, en la una venian quatro ombres en la otra tres y en otra dos, y antes de Uegar d nosotros empezaron d gritar con ademanes y senas que nos fuesemos ; los nuestros Ic . hicieron senas que se arrimasen sin miedo y les dieron d entender que buscabamos agua, pero alios 6 no entendieron 6 no hicieron caso y se fueron para tierra y con el poco viento que soplava nos ivamos arrimando y d las seis de la tarde estando como una legua de tierra sondearon de nuevo y se hallo buen fondo en 25 brazas y se dej6 caer una ancla con que se di6 fondo en dicha hora y sc par6 del todo el viento y nos quedamos en calma reservando para cl dia slguiente el saltar en tierra y plantar en ella el estandarte de la santa cruz y tomar posesion de dicha tierra en nombre de nuestro catolico monarca que Dios guarde. Divisamos bien la tierra que es una rada que se nombr6 por ell seiior capitan la rada de San Lorenzo que tiene figura de una C,l '°" ^ ^^^^ tierra baja muy pc>blada de arboleda que no pudimos distinguir '''o se red que arboleda seria. Este surgidero estd muy poco resguardado de los vient( de San E punta em la misma es tierra Clara a c para &u d Como i Lorenzo, leda que otra sierr pareci6 q y todos Ic Estand vinieron < estuvieroi lloros, los setias si t( para tiern las cinco muchas s( arrimar y do entre s Estas cs de Santa varas, ni y son mas tue los de colores y ) de una qu mnque ta Martes 1 aoche, el i bs cerrad i hechar 1 ] estando ireve rat< tomo cien lio d ente: unos sot Documtttts from the Sutro Collection. 167 los vientos, hace dos puntas la una al S. £. que se llani6 la punta de San Estevan k contemplacion del segundo piloto y desde esta punta empieza la tierra baja muy poblada de arboleda, y corre de la niisma manera de quatio 6 cinco leguas hasta el N. O. que ya es tierra alta en donde tiene la otra punta que se llam6 de Santa Clara a cuya santa estaraos haciendo su novena ,oara prevenir nos para su dia. < Como fiuna legua de la tierra muy b a de dicha rada de San Lorenzo, vimos una sierra muy alta igualmente poblada de arbo- leda que la tierra baja y tras de dicha sierra divisamos acia el N. otra sierra mas alta con diferentes picachos cubiertos de nieve ; me pareci6 que esta rada ay solo resguardo ; desde el N. O. al S. K. y todos los demas vientos estdn abiertos. Estando dando fondo en esta rada como d las ocho de la noclie, vinieron otras tres canoas mas grandes con quince hombres y se estuvieron apartados de la fragata dandonos gritos d modo de lloros, los Uamamos y se acercaron algo y les preguntamos por senas si tenian agua, no lo entendieron 6 no atendieron y se fueron para tierra, pero encontrando en el camino con otras dos volvieron las cinco y se arrimaron como d tiro de fusil del barco y por muchas seiias y gritos que les dieron de abordo no se quisieron arrimar y se estuvieron hasta cerca de las once de la noche hablan- do entre sf , y de tanto en tanto davan sus gritos. Estas canoas no son tan gr^mdes como las que vimos en la punta de Santa Margarita, pues la mayor de estas no pasaria de ocho raras, ni son de la )"!isma figura pues tienen la proa larga en canal y son mas chatas de la popa : los remos de estas son mas curiosos que los de aquellos pues estdn bien labrados y pintados de varios colores y formau una paleta que en ella remata una punta de cerca de una quarta de largo ; las mas de estas canoas son de una pieza lunque tambien vimos algunas de piezas bien cocidas. Martes nueve de Agosto amaneci6 el dia en calma como toda la aoche, el dia algo claro por el N. O. aunque por los demas rum- t)os cerrado de espesa neblina. En quanto amaneci6 se di6 mano ervando para ^hechar la lancha al agua d fin de ir d tierra y clavar la santa cruz, el estandartc f estando en esta maniobra vimos salir de tierra 15 canoas, y en n nombre de ""^^'^ ^^^^ estuvieron cerca nosotros y vimos venian en ellas tomo cien hombres y algunas raugeres aunque no muchas. Se les ombr6 por el ''*^ ^ entender se arrimasen sin raiedo, y se acercaron y comenza- a de una C,ff°" ^ coraerciar con nosotros quanto traian en sus canoas que todo la costa al nera que al a calma que lada se veia el padre corn- el contrama- blingi que no grandes que los primeros jn ademanes pez6 d soplar n la proa a! 3 al S. E. del ira arrimarnos iron de obser I. Estevan que itos : antes de que no estaba divisar bien ; iquatro leguas OS arrimar 3 veces y se en vinieron de ombres en la empezaron i nuestros k )n d entender no hicieron soplava nos mo una legua n 25 brazas y cha hora y se OS distingui :seuardadode ^^^^os sombreros de junco pintados como los dc la punta de Santa illo se reducia d pieles de nutria y de otros animales no conocidos, P h\\,''\ J iM Historical Society of Southern California. Margarita solo que en estos vinios que la copa piramidal retsata con una bola d niodo de perilla y algunos tegidos de un hilo muv seinejante al cafianio con sus flecos del mismo hilo. Los uueslros les coni[)rar()n alguiias pieles y algunos de dichos tegidos y sombre ros A trueijue de ropas de belduques y de conchas de lapa que liavian los marineros recogido en las playas de Monte-Rey y dd Carnielo y conocimos en estos indios grande aficion d dichas con- chas y i\ los helduques. No se viercm en estos indios tegidos df lana 6 pelo como en Santa Margarita ; se les vieron algunos ptda- /OS de fierro y de cobre y algunos pedazos de cuchillo. Observamos que estos indios son tan hien formados como los de Santa Margarita pero no tan hien taj^ados 6 vestidos como aquellos: se cubren estos con dichas pieles de nutria y otros aniniales y de dichos tegidos de hilo y trahen su esclavina que es de hilo de cor- te/a de arbol ; usan su pelo largo. Las niugeres que vinios no traen en el labio la rodeta que las de Santa Margarita per lo que no son tan mal parecidas como aquellas. Como d las seis de la manana estando ya la lancha d la agua y pronta para ir d tierra se levant6 el viento O. y se repar6 que nos hechava d tierra arrastrando la ancla ; luego mand6 el senor capi- tan levar la dicha ancla para ponernos d la vela e ir bordeaiuln mientras iva la lancha a tierra y volvia, pero ei muclio viento y niarejada por instantes nos hechava sobre la tierra : y visto y el evidente peligro en que estavamos de perdernos, tom6 d buen par- tido el seiior capitan perder la ancla y calabrote y asi mand6 cortar este y luego se liizo a la vela poniendo la proa al S. O. i S. y coii mucho trabajo pudimos montar una punta de piedra que sale una legua d la mar ; rebasada la punta y apartados ya de la tierra como tres leguas fue tanto el viento y niarejada que fu6 preciso aferrar todas la,4 velas y quedarnos con sola la trinquetilla para p-^'l^r subir d bordo la lancha y estando en esta faena vino un golpe de mar que di6 d la lancha, que de milagro no la perdimos y con ella algunos marineros qxie estaban en ella. En quanto estuvo la lancha arriba alargaron las velas y se puso la proa al S. S. O. . por instantes soplava mas fuerte el viento y era mayor la niarejada, Al medio dia pudieron observar y nos dijo el senor capitan que nos hallamos eu 49 grados y 12 ininutos: por la tarde fu6afiojando el viento de modo que por la noche ya calmo. Miercoles diez de Agosto amanecimos con la misma calma que tuvimos todfi la noche con el dia toldado aunque sin la acostuni- brada neblina, con que pudimos divisar la costa aunque muy apar- tada cerca de quince leguas. Pudimos ambos celebrar el santo Donimrnlsjrom the Sutro Collection. 1 60 lidal reouta in hilo muv ,os y sombre- ie la pa que te-Rey y del dichas con ■5 tegidos (If Igunos peila- como los de nio aquellos; i males y de hilo de cor- le vinios no I por lo que d la agua y jar6 que 110s ;1 senor capi- r border. ndn 10 vieiito y y visto y el k buen par- nand6 cortar '. i S. y con [ue sale una 1 tierra como eciso aferrar para p^''pr iin golpe (le iS y con ella .0 estuvo la 3. S. O., por a marejada. capital! que fu6 afiojando I calma que la ucostuni te muy apar rar el santo sacrificio de la misa a! glorioso San Lorenzo ; todo el dia se inan- tuvp nublado, sin dejarse ver el sol, por lo (|ue no se pudo observar y sigui6 la cahna todo el dia y noclie. Jueves once de Agosto anianecio con la misnia calnia y el dia tanibien nublado ; conio d las nueve de la nianana al)ri6 el dia y sali6 el sol y divisanios por e! H. un cerro muy alto distanle de donde estavamos como 18 legnas y nos parecia tenia nianchones colorados rjue parecen barrancas y dijeron algunos si seria nieve 6 algun cerro pegado d la playa nieganos de arena : d diclia hora nos entr6 algo de viento N. O. ; d las doce observaron y nos dijo el seiior capitan que nos hallamos en 4H grados y 9 minutos : por la tarde refresc6 algo el viento y en todas las horas andamos tres niillas y con esto noi vamos otra vez arrimando d la costa y vemos ''laramente que dicho cerro alto estd todo nevado y por los lados fl'j il al N. E. y S. E. tierra mas adentro que dicho cerro se ven tambien buenos nianchones de tierra nevada ; por ser serro tan elevado y tan sefialado por la figura que hace de mar adentro no quiso el senor capit?.n se quedase sin nombre y asi le llam6 el serro alto nevado de Santa rosalia : como el viento era N. O. tan favor- able todo el dia vamos con la proa al E. con los deseos de ver si podemos estar manana cerca la tierra para saltar y fijar en ella la Santa Cruz ; prosigui6 dicho viento hayta la media noche que se cambi6 al S. S. E. Viernes doce de Agosto, amaneci6 e^te dia lloviendo y tan cer- rado de espesa neblina que d quatro pasos no nos veiamos unos d otros : despues de media noche nos entr6 el S. S. E. bien fueite y con marejada del S. O. corriendo con la proa al E. para el serro alto nevado de Santa Rosalia ; en quanto amaneci6 ya estabamos muy cerca pero por la neblina y agua nada se veia. Receloso el senor capitan de no dar impensadament^- d tierra mando virar de bordo y poner la proa al S. O. para apartarnos del peligro hasta tanto que abriese algo el tiempo : aunque ambos estavamos con vivos deseos de celebrar oy mJsa y todos de oirla por ser el dia de la gloriosa Santa Clara d quien conclulmos este dia su novenario, pero no fu6 dable ni siquiera decir una por la agui viento y mare- jada fuerte y estraordinarios balances por lo que nos conformamos con la voluntad de Dios ofreciendoles nuestros buenos deseos. A las once del dia cambi6 el viento al O. S. O. y volvieron d birar poniendo la proa hacia la costa, continuando el dia cerrado sin dejarse ver el sol en todo ^*1 y gastaron la tarde y noche en dar bordos para no apartarnos mucho de la cobta. i I7Q Historical Society of Southern California. Sabado trece de Agosto amanecio el dia bien nublado auntjue siti la neblina baja nus hallamos d la vista de la costa coino tres 6 quatro Icguas de la tierra que algo se dejava ver antique no del todo pf)rque d tierra adentro estaba muy nublada. La costa que estavaraos mirando es tierra baja y alguna de ella medianamente alta muy poblada de arboleda desde el serro nevado de Santa Rosalia que ya queda atras hacia el N.: por toda la tarde estanios divisando varias y grandes liumaderas en que conocimos estar publada la costa : amauecinios con el viento O. que nos entr6 ano<'he llevando la proa al S. E. \ al S. aunque despues se paso al S. E. para ir costeando d ver si se puede divisar alguna ense- nada para fondear pero el viento fue poco d poco aflojando : conio d las diez se mud6 el viento al S. O. y cmpe/.o areciar siendo con- trario para costear y por estar sobre la co.sta y poder evitar el peli- gro se puso la proa al S. y S. S. O. : no di6 lugar lo muy nublado del dia d observar, poco despues de las doce ya no veiamos la tierra por lo mucho que nos hemos apartado. Esta madrugada que se descubri6 bien el N. , demarco el senor capitan bien la tierra y me dice que segun su observacion viene d correr la costa desde el scrro nevado de Santa Rosalia hasta San Bias ochocientas leguas rumbo del N. O. i al N. y S. E. \ al S. Domingo catorce de Agosto amaneci6 el dia muy nublado de grandes nubes y de tatilo en tanto entravan sus chuvascos con sus aguaceritos, la marejada que nos venia del O. causaba bastanles balances y tales que no podianios tenernos en pi6 por cuyo motive no fue dable decir niisa : como d las siete de la mafiana abrieroii algo las nubes y pudinios ver algo de la costa que estariamos della como siete 6 oclio leguas. A las ocho se llam6 el viento al N. O. muy lento y variable : poco antes de las doce sali6 el sol y pudi- eron observar aunqne no d todo satisfaccion porque estando en ello vino un chuvasco y se tap6 el sol, pero por lo poco que lodivisaron nos dijo el sefior capitan que nos hallamos en 46 grades y 8 minu- tes : aunque por la tarde se aclaro algo el dia ya no pudimos divi- sar la costa : al anochecer se llam6 el viento al N. y andavamos tres niillas y media por hora llevando la proa al S. S. O. Lunes quince de Agosto, amaneci6 el dia bien claro saliendo el sol con el misnio viento N. fresco con bastante marejada del O. que causaba bastantes balances de modo que juzgamos quedarnos sin misa ; se anim6 mi Padre companero y la dijo y la oimos los demas ; en ella coniulgaron el senor capitan el cirujano y tres marineros. Al salir el sol se divi36 bien clara la costa de la que distavamos quatro 6 cinco leguas de la que divisaraos bastante Documents from the Sutro Collection. 171 ido aun(]ue coino tres 6 jue no del I costa que dianamente lo de Santa rde estanios :iinos estar nos entr6 tes se paso iguna ense- mdo : conio siendo con- 'itar el peli- uy nublado veiamos la madrugada an bien la er la costa ochocientas lublado de cos con sus bastantes uyo motive ^a abrieron iamos della :o al N. O. sol y pudi- indo en ello lodivisaron s y 8 minu- iimos divi- andavamos D. saliendo el ada del O. i quedarnos a oimos los ano y tres a de la que )s bastaule tranio que demarc6 el senor capitan y le demoro el curso de ella al N. N. O. al S. S. E. ; es tierra baja y en partes levanla algo toda poblada de aiboleda que nos parecian pinos pero no se diviso nieve : desde las tres de la niannna que se divis6 la tierra hasta las ocho se llevo la proa al S. j al S. O. y d las ocho se governo al S. S. O. A las doce observaron los sefiores y nos dijo el senor capitan que nos hallamos en 44 grade .i y 35 ir.inutos. Toda la manana hemos estado costeando conio tres legnas dis- tante de la costa y por la tarde liicimos lo misnio, viendo con mas claridad la costa porque no estuvo tan ahumada quanto mas baja- vamos al S. era la tierra mas baja en la playa vimos algunas mesas sin arboleda pero con mucho sacate al parecer ; vimos varias barrancas blancas tajadas d la mar y algunas cafiadas 6 abras que corren N. O. , S. O. : como d las seis se repararon que la tierra salia por la proa al S. y luego mandu el senor capitan poner la proa al S. S. O., hasta las ocho que ya se governo al S. y se llev6 este rumbo toda la iioche con viento tan fresco que al anoche- cer caminavamos cinco y media millas por hora. Martes diez y seis de Agosto atnaneciu el dia bien claro pero los orizontes totalmente cerrados de espesa neblina, y asi no se diviso tierra en todo el dia, aora sea por lo dicho que se mantuvieron cerrados los orizontes, aora sea porque estemos apartados della. Amanecinios con el mismo viento N. fresco, aunque en cuanlo subi6 el sol calm6 algo ; por la maiianita se puso la proa al S. S. E. que habianios llevado toda la noche al S. : como d las nueve estavamos quasi en calnia y asi estuvimos (juasi todo el dia con tal qual ventolina, en dicha hora se levant6 la espesa neblina que por la manana estava por los orizontes y nos serro de tal manera que d pocos pasos nada veiamos. A las doce se dej6 ver el sol entre la neblina lo muy preciso para la observacion que segun nos dijo el senor capitan le salio la latitud del N. de 42 grados y 38 minutos: y atendiendo d esta observacion y lo que se refiere en el viaje del general Don Sebastian Vizcaino, conjeturamos que por aqui viene a estar el cabo bianco de San Sebastian y aquel famoso rio que descubri6 Martin de Aguilar, porque aunque este lo ponen aquellos antiguos diarios en la altura de 43 grados pero como se ha obser- vado que en los mismos parajes donde entonces observaron se ha hallado menor iatitud, por los nuevos y mas arreglados instrumen- tos, se debe creer que el cabo bianco y dicho rio han de estar en menor altura que la que senalaban los antiguos, y asi puede ser estemos al paralelo de dicho cabo aunque las neblinas no dan lugar k divisar U tierra- Poco antes de media noche nos entr6 N. i! 1 il« m 172 Historical Society of Southern Calijornia. bien recio que nos dur6 toda la noche y con L\ sc puso la proa al S. \ al S. O. y fu6 apretando de tal manera (jue solo se pudo man- teller la fraf,>,ita coti solo el triuquete y se andava bastante. Miercoles diez y siete de Agosto amanecio el dia imiy cerrado dc neblina como los antecedeutes y con el N. bien fuerte con la proa al S. : as{ como empcz6 A levantar el sol fu6 abriendo la neblina y se dej6 ver cste mayor luminar ; siguio la neblina en los orizontes hasta cerca medio dia que se aclararon, pero no vimos tierra en todo el dia y asi sin duda estaremos muy apartados della. Al medio dia se hizo la observacion y segun nos dijo el senor capitan nos hallamos en la latitud de 41 grados y 27 minutos : hasta esta hora siendo asi que andamos con solo el velacho de trinquete cnni- inamos mas de quatro millas por hora. Despues de las docc mand6 el sefior capitan poner la proa al S. S. E. para la costa : el viento N. se mantuvo (aunque no con tanta fuerza como por la mafiana) esta tarde, la noche en que Uevamos la proa para la costa. Jueves diez y ocho de Agosto amanecimos con el dia bien cerrado de neblina que ^ pocos pasos no nos veiamos unos d otros: bastante trabajo para una navegacion en costa no conocida, que si hubiere ysla 6 bajos, !io quedara quien diera razon de nosotros : esta madrugada calm6 algo el vi«nto N. y asi se mantuvo todo el dia aunque no dejamos de andar algo con la proa al S. E. : se man- tuvo el dia cerrado de neblina por lo que no se pudo okservar ni divisar la tierra. Viernes diez y nueve de Agosto amancci6 con la misma neblina de los dias antecedeutes y con tal rocio que parecia haber Uovido y con la calma de toda la noche y asi se ha mantenido todo el dia con tal qual ventolina y con la obscuridad que por la manana sin dejar.se ver el sol en todo el dia. Savado veinte de Agosto amaneci6 con la misma neblina y rocio, con la calma y se mantuvo asi todo el dia con tal qual ventolina aunque estuvo todo el dia cerrado de neblina, poco antes de las doce entre la misma nel)lina se dejo ver el sol y aunque con trabajo observ6 el sefior capitan y nos dijo noc hallavamos en la altura de 39 grados y 48 minutos. D(imingo veinte y uno de Agosto amaneci6 el dia con la misma neblina que los antecedeutes con buenos rocios que parecen agua- ceros y con demasiado frio de lo que ha resultado de las mojadas antecedeutes y frios que la mayor parte de la tripulacion se halla imposibilitada por el accidente del escorbuto de que se hallan qua.si todos picados y algunos bien agravados : yo tambien me he la proa al pudo man- ite. ' cerrado dc :on la i)n)a a neblina y )S orizonlfs tierra eii i delta. Al Fior capital! hasta esta iquete cani- e las docc la costa : d inio por la roa para la el dia bien tios d otros: :ida, que si e nosotros : uvo todo el E. : se niaii- Dbservar iii tna neblina er llovido y todo el dia nianana sin !ina y rocio, 1 ventolina ites de las con trabajo la altura do 1 la misma ecen agua- is mojadas •n se halla se hallan )ien me he Documents from the Sutro Collection. '73 sentido malo de la boca que no he podido oy celebrar pcro mi Padre conipaficro dijo misa 6 hizo su platica : hasta las once del dia estuviinos en calnia y dicha hora nos ontr') un poco de viento S. E. auiKiue suave y contrario no obstante p .sieron la proa al Iv. N. E. para la costa. A las doce se descubrio algo el sol y pudi- eron aunque con trabajo observar y segun nos dijo el senor capitan nos hallamos en la latitud del N. de 39 grados y 30 niiiiutos ; el dicho viento i\x& tan lento que por la tarde ya estavanios en cahna y la misma tuvimos toda la noche. Lunes veinte y dos de Agosto amaneci6 con la misma calma de anoche, el dia algo nublado pero sin la neblina ordinaria : al salir el sol vimos la costa que estavanios de ella como seis 6 side leguas y divisamos la cumbre de la costa entre la neblina hacia el N. como diez leguas de distancia se divisaba un cabo alto y del cabo para arriba no veiamos tierra por lo que hicimos juicio que tuerce alii la costa para otro rumbo. Este cabo segun el sentir del senor capitan es el cabo Mendozino el qual demarc6 al N. N. O. ciirro grados para el N. Desde dicho cabo rumbo al S. como dier leguas es toda tierra alta con diferentes abras que nos parecian ser canadas, toda la tierra muy poblada de arboleda que nos parecian pinos. Despues de dicha tierra alta hacia el S. divisamos como cinco leguas de costa no tan alta y la demas que se sigue ya pare- cia tierra mas baja y toda poblada de arboleda : poco despues de estar mirando dicha costa se levant6 la espesa neblina que la cubrio y ya no la pudimos ver mas. Antes de las siete de la manana empez6 d soplar el S. E. y se vieron precisados d poner la proa al S. S. O. desviandonos otra vez de la costa, porque dicho viento no daba lugar d otra cosa : d las nueve abri6 algo el dia y d las doce pudieron observar y segun nos dijo el senor capitan nos hallamos en la altura de 39 grados y 46 minutos. Y asi hemos de subir desde ayer 16 minutos y esto ha sido por- (jue ayer tarde y por la noche llevamos la proa al E. N. E. y con las ventolinas aunque suaves algunas leguas andariamos y asi viene d resultar esta mayor altura. Despues de la observacion dc este dia nos dijo el senor capitan que segun sus cuentas y compute que hacia el cabo Mendocino que dejamos arriba estd en la latitud de 40 grados con la diferencia de pocos minutos : las ventolinas de por la manana ban continuado todo el dia con la misma lentitud hasta ponerse el sol que nos quedamos en calma y lo misnio por la noche. Martes veinte y tres de Agosto amaneci6 el dia tapado con la neblina no obstante dijeron algunos que d lo lejos entre la neblina ;f ■' ■ ?! I '■ n 4^ P m JJistorical Socuty of Southern California. q'te por aquel lado no estava tan cerrado divtsavan la tierra. Dcspucs (If las seis volviA k levantarse la ventolina del S. S. K. y sc liuho (Ic poner la proa al S. O. ; fud poco d poco refrescando y se llain6 al S. E. ^ al S. ; poco se ha dejado ver el sol y al medio (lia estuvo mas tapado que no se pudo obscrvar : la ventolina ceso al poncrse el sol y nos quedamos en calma. Viendo que estas calmiis van coiitiiiuando y que el tienipo nos es t&n contrario y que los enfermos van empeorando y aumentandose el numero de cllos se determino liacer una novena d nuestra SeHora de Talpa implor- ando su i)atrocinio, dcspnes de concluida su sacratisima corona dimos principio d ella. Kn breve esperimentanios su scberano patrociiiio, pucs poco d poco despues de las ocho empe7.6 d soplar el Iv. autKiue suave y duro hasta despues de media noche que se cainl)i6 al N. (). bien fresco que dur6 hasta las tres de la madru- gnda (pie se llamo al N. bastante fresco y se llev6 toda la nocbe la proa al S. K. \ al K. con la que anduvimos bien gracias d Dios y a la Virgen Santisima d quicn se le ofreci6 cantar una misa, el dia de su natividad si nos deja llegar con bien. Miercoles veinte y cuatro de Agosto amaneci6 con el mismo viento N. y el dia algo claro qite por la mananita se dej6 ver el sol. Pudiinos ambos celebrar el santo sacrificio de la misa y es- tando en la segunda misa se empez6 d nublar amenazando Hover, como en efecto d lo lejos se veia estar lloviendo, aunque no lleg6 i nosotros la agua, con el nublado calm6 algo el viento y nos entr6 una gran niarejada que nos balance6 bien. Al medio dia no se pudo observar por lo muy nublado que no se dejo ver el sol, siguio la tarde y noche la calma y marejada. Jueves veinte y cinco de Agosto amaneci6 con la misma calma y marejada y continuos balances que hemos tenido toda la noche y cerrado el dia con espesa neblina : d las once de la matiana nos entr6 la ventolina calmosa del E. S. E. 6 S. F,., y por ello pusi- eron la proa al N. E. para no apartarnos mucho de la costa que no sabemos que tan lejos la tenemos. Al medio dia se descubri6 algo el sol y aunque con trabajo observ6 el seiior capitan y nos dijo nos hallamos en la altura de 38 grados y 32 minutes. La ventolina del E. S. E. nos dur6, y nos tuvo en calma hasta las siete de la noche que nos entr6 N. N. O. fresco, con el que empezamos i andar y antes de las nueve ya se cambi6 al N. O. que dur6 hasta por la matiana y asi con este viento en popa se anduvo bien con la proa al S. E. i al E. d fin de arrimarnos d la cnsta. Viernes veinte y seis de Agosto amaueci6 muy nublado y cerrado de espesa neblina que d un tiro de fusil nada se veia. Como d las Documents from the Sutro Collection. m in la tierra. ;1 S. S. E. y jfrescando y 1 y al medio ntolina ceso o que estas itrario y que lero de ellos alpa iinplor- sima corona su scberano 6/6 d soplar loclie que sc e la madru- i. la nocbe la ias & Dios y misa, el dia n el misino dej6 ver el . misa y es- ando Hover, le no lleg6 k y nos entr6 ) dia no se ;1 sol, siguio ^ma calma y la noche y manana nos or ello pusi- costa que no scubri6 algo nos dijo nos I ventolina siete de la ipezamos i dur6 hasta bien con la lo y cerrado Como 4 las caatro de la mailana se cambi6 el viento que tuvimos anoche al O. N. O. y s« puso la proa al K. S. £. : esta manana vinios nuichus pajaros chicos y graudes y patos y uuichas ballenas no iiuiy apar- tadas de la fragata, senales todas de no estar muy apartados de la costa y segun la observacion de ayer y lo mucho que esta noche betnos andado hacemos juicio que no estamos niuy lejos del puertu de San Francisco : \yox la mananita nos calni6 el O. N. O. y coiuu i las nueve nos entr6 el N. O. bien fresco ; como d las die/, dijeron se divisava la tierra por la proa no muy lejos, la que pude divisar con algun trabajo por causa de la espesa neblina, y el senor capi- tan dijo que eran los Farallones de San Francisco, los prinieros bajando de N. S.: y dice ay dos ringleras de ellos como ciuco leguas apartados de la costa 6 tierra firme, tendidas las dos ringle- ras de N. O. S. B. , como d legua y media d dos de distaucia la una ringlera de la otra. La primera ringlera que vimos bien clara y pasamos como una legua de ellos que son los que estan hacia el N. , son siete farallon- citos no muy grandes ni iguales ; el de en medio es mas elevadu que los demas, pero todos entre si estdn scgregados ; de estos parece que no hacen mencion las historias ui el viaje del general Don Sebastian Vizcaino. Para desviarnos destos pusieron la proa al S. i al S. K. : al medio dia los dejamos ya por la popa que si se hubiera descubierto el sol, era buena ocasion de notar de fijo su tatitud. A la misma hora del medio dia empezamos d divisar los segundos, son tambien siete bien altos, que al parecer estan conti- guos y visto de lejos parecen una isla con siete picachos, unos mas altos que otros y cojen el tramo de como una legua 6 de circumfer- encia. De estos parece que habla el Almirante Cabrera Bueno, que de ellos dice : son buena senal para conocer el puerto de San Francisco, pues estos siete segun me dice el senor capitan Don Juan Perez estan tendidos enfrente la punta de Reyes y al N. de ella, en la encenada que dicha punta empieza d formar, estd el dicho puerto. Los farallones que en la espedicion de tierra en la que yo iba el ano pasado de 1769, y los divisamos el dia 31 de Octubre, como digo en mi diario son distintos de todos estos que ahora he visto, pues estos no era dable el verlos del paraje de donde lo divis6 la espedicion de tierra que fu6 la playa de la encenada del otro lado quasi opuesto d dicha punta de Reyes ; pues desde dicha playa los demarcamos y nos demoraban los farallones que nosotros entonces vimos al O. i S. O. y la punta de Reyes nos demoraba al O. ^ al N. O. , que van d decir dos quartas ; y estos que ahora hemos M m \ I <7^ Historical Society of Southern California. visto, corren 6 estan tendtdos de N. O. , S. E. mas: en la espedi cion de tierra quando demarcamos los farallones estavanios dentro de la cncenada 6 bolson, solo distantes de la bocana de los dos gratides esteros como tres legtias y teniamos d la vista los siete farallones que distaban de nosotros como legua y media y la putita de Reyes distava por el ayre como diez y ocho leguns, y distando estas dos Cordilleras de farallones segun el sentir del sefior capitan Don Juan Ptrez como cinco leguas de la costa y punta de reyos se sigue que la espedicion de tierra quando descubri6 en la gratult encenada los siete farallones de que hablan los diarios habian de estar distantes de estos que hoy hemos visto veinte y tres leguas y de consiguiente no pueden ser los mismos, sino otros distintos y que entonces no pudieron ser vistos estos de la espedicion de tierra. Noto esto para evitar toda equivocacion. Sabado veinte y siete de Agosto amanecimos con el mismo viento favorable N. O. bien fresco que logramos toda la noche pasada : como d las seis de la mafiana estavamos enfrente de la punta de ano nuevo y luego empezamos d entrar d la encenada de Monte- Rey en cuyo puerto dimos fondo como d las quatro de la tarde, aunque no desembarcamos hasta el dia siguiente despues de haber dicho arabos misa : gracias d Dios y d su purisima madre que nos ha dejado llegar con toda felicidad d este puerto aunque con la pena de no haberse logrado el principal fin de llegar hasta los sesenta grados de altura y de saltar d tierra y plantar en ella el estandarte P de la santa cruz : quiera su divina Magestad que este viaje sirva d lo menos para mover el corazon de nuestro Catolico Monarca y el cristiano celo del Excelentisimo Senor Virrey, para que con la mayor luz que ahora se tendrd de estas costas y de la buena gente de que estan pobladas, envien de nuevo otra espedicion y evange- licos operarios para plantar en ella nuestra santa l€ y convertir aquella gentilidad al gremio de la santa yglesia; asi se lo pido d Dios d quien sea toda honra y gloria. Amen. Este diario segun va espresado forme yo el sobre dicho Fray Juan Crespi de dia d dia en el discurso de la navegacion, escrivien- dolo en un libro segun ofrecian los eventos ocurentes, pero como d veces el mal recado de escribir, d veces los balances del barco, y otras el mareo ocasionaban alguna diformidad en la letra y en el estilo, despues de llegado d esta mision lo he sacado en limpio, procurando abreviar de palabras donde buenamente se podia, pero sin variar, ni alterar d la sustancia de 61 cosa alguna : y asi lo certifico y para que conste lo firm6 en esta mision de San Carlos de Monte- Rey al Carmelo en 5 Octubre de 1774. Fray Juah Crespi. Documentifrom the Sutro CoUtction. '77 I la espedi- nios dentro de los (los :a los siete J y la puiita y distando jfior capitan de rcyes se J la grandt J habian de res leguas y distintos y on de tierra. lismoviento he pasada : la punta de » Monte-Rey irde, auiique haber dicho ! que nos ha con la pena los sesenta 1 estandarte viaje sirva i onarca y el que con la juena geiite a y evange- y convertir ie lo pido d dicho Fray n, escrivien- pero como d del barco, y etra y en el en limpio, podia, pero la : y asi lo San Carlos Fray Juan TRANSLATION. Diary which I, Fray Juan Crespi, Missionary of the Apostolic College de Propaganda Fide of vSan I'Vrnando dc Mexico, keej) of the voyage of Mis Majesty's Ship called the Satili\n;o, otherwise the Niu'va (ialicia, cotninatided by Captain and Alpnz de Fragata Don Juan Perez, which, by order of the Most Ivxcelleiit I,ord, Haylio Frey' Don Antoni«) Maria Hucareli y llrsna. Viceroy of New Spain, is about to be made to the coast to the northward of Monterey, which is in latitude 36" 30' north, at least as high as 60^. Whilst I was employed in the discharge of my duties as Minis- ter of this Mission of San CArlos de Monterey, the Father Presi- dent of these New Missions, Fray Junfpero Serra, having returned on the nth of May of the present year from his journey to our col- lege and the City of Mexico, informed us that the said Most Kxcel- lent lyord, in accord with the Reverend Father Guardian of our said College, Father Lector Fray Rafael Verger, had determined that a religious, a priest of our number, should go as chaplain of the said expedition, charged with the duty of taking observations for determining latitude and of making the demarcation of the coast •ii the new countries which should be visited, and of taking note of the character of such pagans as might be met with and of other matters leading to a full knowledge of those unknown lands, of all keeping an exact diary. He said to us, also, that, as the religious who was on his way for the purpose of filling this position had remained at the Mission and Port of San Diego, being sick,' it had become necessary to appoint some one in his stead and that I was the man. Notwithstanding my great fatigue after so many expe- ditions by land, I sacrificed self in order to take part in this enter- prise, in conformity with my vow of obedience, trusting in God for all hapiness during the voyage and bearing with me the conso- lation that, by dint of entreaty, the said Father President obtained from His Excellency the favor that Father Prior Fray Tomas de la Pena y Saravia should go with me as a companion. And, although I be charged by my prelate with taking observa- tions for determining the latitude, making a survey of the land 1. /Yev h'io'iI'I not be oonfouudett with Fray. The brother of one of the nillUary orders wns Frey : a frliir wim h\a\i. 2. The rcllKioug appoiuteil to this Ghaplainoy, and brought from the FranrUran colleg* at Mexico for the purpoHe, was Fray Pablo Mii|{ArteKui. 17 IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) V \° w- m. i-?. i/s fA 1.0 I.I ''" IIIIIM IIIIM e I IM mil 2.2 16 2.0 1.8 1.25 1.4 1.6 ^ 6" — ► 'I m Va ^ /J ^% ? ^W '^M ^. %v 'yy/^^ Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 (716) 872-4503 w- i-P. :/j i# 3 ,1 178 Historical Society of Southern California. and noting what I may see only at those times when we are on shore, yet I have dttp/mined to keep a diary of the sea-voyage, if time and sea-sickness, to which I am subject whenever I go to sea, permit me, noting daily what may occur. Monday, 6th June, 1774. About four o'clock in the afternoon we set forth from the Mission of San Cdrlos de Monterey, being accompanied by the Reverend Father President. We arrived at the royal Presidio ; and, after taking leave of the captains there and Fathers Murguia and Palou who were there receiving the con- fessions of the crew which was to make the voyage, we went to the beach; and, after taking leave of the Reverend Father Presi- dent and receiving his blessing, we went on board the ship, where we were welcomed with joy by all, for to us they looked for spiri- tual consolation. This night the ship's people were engaged in preparations for weighing anchor. On Tuesday, the 7th, the same work was going on, and by means of a warp the ship was taken from the anchorage and brought near to a place where the weed grows to the surface of the sea, close to Point Pinos and about a musket-shot from the anchoring ground. The wind came from the northwest and by eleven o'clock we were under sail. Blessed be God, whom I beseech to give us all happiness. After two or three tacks we came back to port, for the northwest wind had freshened greatly, and anchored at about three o'clock in the afternoon. To-night the boatswain became seriously ill of a high fever. Wednesday, the 8th, daw^ned with the wind in the same quarter; it held all day, so that we could not sail. Shortly after one o'clock in the afternoon a sail was seen, which proved to be the packet- boat San Antonio, otherwise the Principe. She came in and anchored about three o'clock. On account of her arrival, and as the head- wind did not allow us to sail, we remained in port. Thursday, the 9th: Seeing that, owing to the reasons mentioned, we could not sail, we two fathers went ashore and to the fort, where we found the Reverend Father President and Fathers Murguia and Palou. After having been with them a while we came back to the ship for dinner. This afternoon Don Juan Perez requested that on the next day a mass should be sung on shore to Our Lady, for the happiness of the voj'age. Friday, the loth : The altar was raised under a shelter of boughs on the same site where the mass was celebrated on the 27th of December, 1602, during the expedition of General Don Sebastian Vizcaino, and on the 3d of June, 1770, when a settlement was we are on .-voyage, if I go to sea, afternoon erey, being arrived at tains there ig the con- ire went to ither Presi- ihip, where d for spiri- engaged in d by means ■ought near ea, close to ng ground, ck we were give us all ;o port, for id at about lin became ine quarter; one o'clock the packet- le in and val, and as port, mentioned, fort, where 'urguia and ne back to requested Our Lady, shelter of on the 27th n Sebastian ement was Documents from the Sutro Collection. 179 made at this port and the first mass was sung by the Reverend Father President, who sang the mass to-day also, Fathers Fray Jose Murguia and F. .y Francisco Dumetz and we two who were going on this new expedition being choristers. We all dined to- gether near the old oak which Sebastian Vizcaino saw. After dinner we went on board the ship, and found that the boatswain's condition was worse. He confessed to my companion and I administered the holy oil to him. Shortly before five o'clock he died, and the Captain sent the corpse to the royal Presidio that it might be given ecclesiastical burial. Saturday, the nth, dawned calm, and, in tow of the two lanchas of the ship and the Pri7icipc, we were taken out to the weed-patch near the point. About twelve o'clock we made sail with the wind to the westward of north, though not very strong. It died away during the afternoon, and so in a calm we passed the night. Sunday, the 12th, dawned calm, and both fathers celebiated the holy sacrifice of the mass, and we began a novena to San Antonio de Padua, asking his patronage for the happiness of the voyage. At nine in the morning the wind sprang up from the west and blew thence till twelve, when it went to the north-northwest, and afterwards the northwest. This was favorable and lasted almost all the afternoon, though at length it died away. At sunset the Captain took the bearings of Point Aiio Nuevo; it bore west-north- west, some four or five leagues from where we were. At this hour the wind began to blow gently in puffs and a fog arose. Monday, the 13th, dawned very foggy. We both said mass. The wind died away, and thus we were all day and night not very far from land, although it could not be seen very clearly on account of the fog. Tuesday, the 14th, dawned with a very thick fog, although it soon lifted and we caught sight of Point Aiio Nuevo. We caught some light puffs of wind and kept tacking between Points Pinos and Alio Nuevo. Wednesday, the 15th, dawned with a very thick fog which lifted before seven o'clock, when we found that we were off Point Pinos, with Point Cipreses, the Sierra of Santa Lucfa and the bight into which the river Carmelo empties in sight. About six o'clock in the evening we were five or six leagues away from the Sierra of Santa Lucia and the same distance from Point Aiio Nuevo. Thursday, the i6th, dawned with much fog, although it lifted soon and we saw the Sierra of Santa Lucia, now some ten or twelve leagues distant. About ten o'clock the wind came from S-l'^i II k I 'i ^ 1 80 Historical Society of Southern California. the north-northwest rather fresh, so that we made two miles and a half an hour. Afterwards the wind went to northwest and blew thence all day. By evening we could barely make out the land. Friday, the 17th, dawned very clear and bright. The sea was calm until one in the afternoon, when the wind came from the southwest, though very light. In the afternoon we saw the Sierra of Santa Lucia, said to be some sixteen leagues distant to the northeastward. During the night we tacked, the wind going to the northwest. Saturday, the i8th, dawned with a thick fog, so dark and wet that it seemed to be raining. The wind was blowing fresh from the northwest, so that we made some four miles an hour. During the night the Captain was very sick at the stomach and passed a bad night, being unable to get any ease from pain. But it was not a serious matter, for at twelve o'clock he was well and able to take an observation ; he told us that we were in 34" 57', At noon we were about seven leagues off the coast of the Sierra of Santa Lucia. In the afternoon the northwest wind increased a great deal in force ; the sea became very rough and so continued, this day and the next. Sunday, the 19th, dawned with the same wind and the sea very rough — so that we could not celebrate the mass. The wind fresh- ened so that at eight o'clock we were under the foresail only; dur- ing the afternoon its strength decreased and, after night came on, it decreased more. At dawn on Monday, the 20th, the same wind continued to blow, although not so strong ; we made five miles and a half an hour. Tuesday, the 21st, dawned with a very bright and clear sky. About six in the morning the wind hauled to the north-northeast ; it was light, and at seven o'clock it was said that we were making three miles an hour. At noon the Captain took an observation and said we were in 34" 08'. Later the wind went to the north and freshened during the afternoon ; it was said we made four miles an hour, at times more. This wind held during the night. "Wednesday, the 2 2d, began with the wind to the north, though light, and the day was clear. About seven a very damp fog arose, and the wind fell, although not enough to prevent our making three miles an hour. At noon the Captain told me that he had taken an observation for latitude, which was 34° 07'. Thurs( northeast they said men took 46'. On Fr mass the John, coi fresh fror the ship' I vation wi On Sat east wine on a nort been able servaiion God ; W€ the wind On Sui from the night ; tl both able preached tion, and o'clock i: fall there On M( calm th£ wind spr mid-day 59'. Th began to Tuesd tinned t( we were tain tool Santa I differenc some tw 3. This named Job m ) miles and thwest and ake out the lie sea was 2 from the / the Sierra :ant to the i going to k and wet fresh from r. During id passed a Sut it was and able to '. At noon a of Santa 1 great deal ;d, this day le sea very vind fresh- only; dur- t came on, ntinued to a half an clear sky. northeast ; re making )bservation the north made four he night, th, though ' fog arose, ur making at he had Documents from the Sutro Collection. lat Thursday, the 23d, dawned very foggy. The wind shifted to northeast, but afterwards went to the north ; it was gentle, and they said we made three miles an hour. At mid-day the gentle- men took an observation and the Captain told me we were in 33° 46'. On Friday, the 24th, we both celebrated the mass. At the first mass the Captain, the boatswain and two of the sailors, also named John, communed.' The day dawned cloudy, and with the wind fresh from the north-northeast we made three miles an hour with the ship's head to northwest by north. At mid-day an obser- vation was taken and the Captain said our latitude was 33° 46'. On Saturday, the 25th, the day dawned clear ; with the north- east wind we had during the night, which continued fresh, we sailed on a northwest course — what so far during the voyage we had not been able to do. The Captain told me that, according to the ob- servation he made at mid-day, we were in 34** 26'. Thanks be to God ; we are now regaining lost latitude ! During the afternoon the wind freshened and we made about five miles an hour. On Sunday, the 26th, the day dawned clear, with the wind fresh from the east, whence it began to blow when the moon rose last night ; the course was northwest, as it was yesterday. We were both able to celebrate the mass ; at this mass my father companion preached a sermon. At mid-day the gentlemen took an observa- tion, and the Captain told me we were in 34** 37'. About five o'clock in the afternoon the wind began to die away, and at night- fall there was a dead calm. Thus we passed the night. On Monday, the 27th, the day dawned rather cloudy, with the calm that had lasted all night. About six o'clock gentle puffs of wind sprang up and we made a little more than a mile an hour. At mid-day the Captain told us he had obtained an observation in 35" 59'. The calm lasted until night ; when the moon rose the wind began to blow from the northeast. Tuesday, the 28th, dawned clear. The northeast wind con- tinued to blow, and freshened little by little, so that at nine o'clock we were making about four miles an hour. At mid-day the Cap- tain took an observation in 36** 26' — so that we are off the Sierra of Santa I,ucia and very nearly in the latitude of Monterey, the difference being four minutes less ; but, as the officers say, we are some two hundred leagues off the coast. 3. This waB the day of St. John Baptlet, and the birthday— gatnt'e day— of these persons named John. f !i i-ft \r i yi i. rv a I 182 Hisiorical Society of Southern California. On Wednesday, the 29th, the day dawned clear, and with the same fresh wind from the northeast. Both fathers cv'lebrated the mass ; in one of the masses the surgeon communed, celebrating the day of his saint/ At mid-day the Captain took an observa- tion and told us that we were in 37"^ 20'. On Thursday, the voth, the day dawned clear, although it was soon cloudy. The wi.'id was fresh from the southeast, so that we made about three miley an hour. At mid-day the Captain took an observation and said that we were in sS'* 35'. Jui piece of work. This canoe remained along- side about an hour, when, on our telling them by signs tha' tliey should go away, for it was very late, and that on the following day we would go to their land, they went away contentedly. They had to go six leagues, for we were already at that distance from land. The dawn of Thursday, the 21st, was not so foggy as that of the preceding days, although there was a drizzling rain and it blew strong from the southeast, with a heavy sea running. At eight o'clock we went about with the ship's head toward the point we saw yesterday, which the Captain named Point Santa Margarita, because it was seen yesterday which was the day of that glorious saint. The ship was close-hauled, with her head to east by north. About twelve — when no observation could be taken because the sun was obscured by clouds — we were about a quarter of a league from Point Santa Margarita, along which we ran to the east-south- east, towards where there appeared to be an elbow in the land, intending to examine the same and to sound for the purpose of finding an anchorage, so that we might land in order to plant there the standard r>i the holy cross. But it was not possible to make that point, nor to make sure whether it were an island or a point of the main land, for the force of the current threw us to the southward, on which account the Captain orr'.ered the ship to be put about. When we were about a league away from the land toward the southwest the wind which had held all tho "lorning, and which had caused a very high sea, died away entirely. So we remained becalmed, and were unable to anchor because, as we were so far from the land, there was no anchorage ground. Point Santa Margarita is a hill of medium height close to the sea-side and is very thickly covered with a growth of trees to the water's edge, seemingly cypresses of all sizes. This hill is about a league long and has two points, one tu the southwest a quarter i •: f 11 ■ I v.. t' 'M I I I 190 Historical Society of Southern California. south, where we sounded and found no bottom at a distance of about a half a league from the land, and the other to the east south- eastward of the hill, and thither we were going along the coast because at this point there was an elbow in the land and appar- ently a beach. But as I have said, we could not reach this place for the current carried us away from it. Beyond this east-southeast point of the hill the land is low and trends to the eastward for six leagues, or more, where it ended so far as we could see. We saw that this land was covered with cypresses as the point was. North of the point which is southwest from Point Santa Marga- rita, and about sixteen li^agues from it, we saw a very high cape, also covered with trees. This the Captain named Santa Mari'a Magdalena. Beyond this cape the coast consists of very high land covered with timber and trending east and west as far as we could distinguish it. On this coast, and bearing northwest a quarter west, we made out an island which was named Santa Cristina. It lies northwest and southeast, and is about sixteen leagues south- west of Point Santa Margarita. But we were uncertain whether it was an island, or not, because there may be some low land con- necting it with the main. As it was so far off we could not resolve this doubtful point. But from Cape Santa Maria Magdalena the land, of medium height, trends northeast. In the east-northeast no land was in sight; nor was any seen between that point and the east, where the low land which I have mentioned as beginning at the east-southeast point of Santa Margarita and running ten leagues to the eastward ends. Cape Santa Marfa Magdalena lies north and south with the southwest point of Santa Margarita. Between this cape and the land to the eastward ot it there is an opening about ten leagues in width, where there is a great bight, or gulf, whence can.e the said current which carried us to the southward. Because of the strength of this current we could not examine nor enter it; there- fore we do not know whether it be bight, gulf or strait. If it be not a strait and is a bigh' , it may be that some great river empties into it, and that this is the cause of the strong current which prevented our entrance and examination. Cape Santa Marfa Magdalena is distant about ten leagues from the point of the low land which begins at the second or east-southeast point oi Santa Margarita and ends at the place mentioned lying to the eastward. This intermediate distance is the width of the mouth or the entrance to this bight, strait 01 gulf. Cape Santa Marfa Magdalena vuns from east to west into the sea. At its western m' Documevts from the Sutro Collection. 191 distance of east soutli- g the coast md appar- this place t-southeast rard for six . We saw i/'as. iita Marga- high cape, inta Maria ' high land ,s we could : a quarter ristina. It ues south- whether it land con- not resolve [dalena the t-northeast int and the ginning at lining ten with the cape and en leagues catwe the .use of the ' it; there- ait. If it jreat river g current ipe Santa oint of the point oi ing to the :he mouth nta Maria ts western extremity lies the island of Santa Cristina. It is not very far away from the end of the cape ; it may be, as I have said, that it is not an island but a point of the main land. After the calm had lasted twelve hours and the ship was about a league from land, off the southwest point of the hill of Santa Margarita, canoes began to put out, both from this southwest point and that running to the east-southeast; and, in a short time, twenty-one canoes had come near to us. Some were very large; others of medium size; others small. Among them were two, neither of which would measure less than twelve varus along the keel; in one of these were twenty men and in the other nineteen. In the canoes of medium size there were ten or twelve persons, and in the smallest not less than six or seven. In a short time we saw ourselves surrounded by these twenty-one canoes, which contained more than two hundred persons, between men, women, boys and girls — for in the greater number of the canoes there were some women. Among the canoes was one containing only women, some twelve in number, and they alone paddled and managed the canoe as well as the most expert sailors could. The canoes came along-side without their occupants manifest- ing the least distrust, they singing and playing instruments of wood fashioned like drums or timbrels, and some making move- ments like dancing. They drew close to the ship, surrounding her on all sides, and presently there began between them and our people a traffic, and we soon knew that they had come for the purpose of bartering their effects for ours. The sailors gave them ribbons, old clothing and beads, and they in return gave skins of the otter and other animals unknown, very well tanned and dressed ; coverlets of otter skins sewn together so well that the best tailor could not sew them better ; other coverlets, or blankets, of fine wool, or the ha'r of animals that seemed like wool, finely woven and ornamented with the same hair of various colors, prin- cipally white, black and yellow, the weaving being so close that it appeared as though done in a loom. All these coverlets have around the edge a fringe of some thread twisted, so that they are very fit for table-cloths, or covers, as if they had been made for that purpose. They gave us, also, some little mats, seemingly made of fine palm leaves, wrought in different colors ; some hats made of reeds, some coarse and others of better quality, most of them painted, their shape being, as I have said, conical with a narrow brim, and having a string which passing under the chin keeps the hat from being carried away by the wind. There were i'N 192 Historical Society of Southern California. : obtained from them, also, some small wooden platters, well made and ornamented, the figures of men, animals and birds being exe- cuted, in relief or by incising, in the wood ; also some wooden spoons, carved on the outside and smooth within the bowl, and one rather large spoon made of a horn, though we could not tell from what animal it came. There were obtained from them two boxes made of pine, each about a vara square, of boards well wrought and instead of being fastened together by nails, they were sewed with thread at all the corners. They have neither hinges nor locks, but the cover comes down over the inner box like that of a hamper with a fastening like that of a powder-chest; and they are rather roughly fashioned within, but outside are well made and smooth, the front being carved with various figures and branches, and inlaid with marine shells in a manner so admirable that we could not discover how the adjustment was made. Some of these figures are painted in various colors, chiefly red and yellow. In all the canoes we saw these boxes and some of them were nearly a yard and a half long and of a proportionate width. They use them for guarding their lit- tle possessions and as seats when paddling. They gave us, also, some girdles very closely woven of threads of wool or hair, and some dried fish of the kind I mentioned yesterday. It is apparent that they have a great liking for articles made of iron and of cop- per, if they be not small. For the beads they did not show a g"eat liking. They accepted biscuit and ate it without the least exami- nation of it. As I have said, these Indians are well made ; their faces are good and rather fair and rosy ; their hair is long, and some of them were bearded. All appeared with the body completely cov- ered, some with skins of otter and other animals, others with cloaks woven of wool, or hair which looked like fine wool, and a garment like a cape and covering them to the waist, the rest of the person being clothed in dressed skins or the woven woolen cloths of different colors in handsome patterns. Some of these garments have sleeves ; others have not. Most of them wore hats of reeds, such as I liave described. The women are clothed in the same manner. They wear pendent from the lower lip, which is pierced, a disk painted in colors, which appeared to be of wood, slight and curved, which makes them seem very ugly, and, at a little distance they appear as if the tongue was hanging out of the mouth. Easily, and with only a movement of the lip, they raise it so that it covers the mouth and part of the nose. Those of our Documents from the Sutra Collection. 193 3, well made s being exe- some wooden lie bowl, and mid not tell )f pine, each ead of being d at all the cover comes a fastening ily fashioned front being with marine iscover how ; painted in loes we saw [ a half long ling their lit- ave us, also, or hair, and t is apparent I and of cop- show a g-eat least exami- ir faces are and some of ipletely cov- others with wool, and a , the rest of oven woolen me of these ;m wore hats lothed in the ip, which is be of wood, ly, and, at a ig out of the ), they raise Those of oui people who saw them from a short distance said that a hole was pierced in the lower lip and the disk hung therefrom. We do not know the object of this; whether it be done to make themselves ugly, as some think, or for the purpose of ornament. I incline to the latter opinion ; for, among the heathen found from San Diego to Monterey, we have noted that, when they go to visit a neigh- boring village, they paint themselves in such a manner as to make themselves most ugly. We saw that some of the men were paint- ed with red ochre of a fine tint. Although we invited these In- dians to come aboard the ship they did not venture to do so, except two of them, who were shown everything and who were astonished at all they saw in the vessel. They entered the cabin and we showed them the image of Our I^ady. After looking at it with astonishment, they touched it with the hand and we understood that they were examining it in order to learn whether it were alive. We made presents to them, and told them by signs that we were going to their land in order to obtain water. While these two were on board the ship two of our sailors went down into the canoes, whereat the Indians rejoiced greatly, and made a great to-do. They painted them and danced with them with such expressions of content that they could not have done more had they been well known to them, giving it to be understood by the sig^ of placing the hand on the breast that they loved them dearly. From this we all inferred that this is a peaceable and very docile people. Those in the canoes invited the two sailors to their land, telling them that, if they wished, they would take them thither in their canoes ; but they did not wish to go, telling them that they would go in the vessel with the rest of the people. But this was not possible, on account of the fog which lasted all the afternoon and the currents which bore us away from the land. So the canoes went away, the Indians inviting us to visit their country, and we understood them to say by signs that we should not go farther up the coast because the people there were warlike and slayers of men, this being the customary warning of almost all pagans, in order to make it understood that they are good men and the rest Lad. Our attention was drawn to the pleasant faces of both men and women and their long hair well combed and braided, the women particularly keeping the head in good condition, to their using clothing almost like woven stuffs, the fabric being as good and as well made, and to the manufactured articles of wood, palm, reeds and ivor. "hich our people got from them. 19 M m Historical Society of Southern California. M It astonished us, also, to find that the women wore rings on their fingers and bracelets, of iron and of copper. These things I saw on several women, and the sailore v;ho saw them nearer assured me that there was a woman who had five or six rings of iron and of copper on the fingers of her hands. We saw these metals, though not to any great amount, in their possession, and we noted their appreciation of these metals, especially for large articles and those meant for cutting which are made of them. The Captain, who spent a great deal of time in China and the Philippines, tells me that they greatly resemble the Sangleyes of the Philippines. It is certain that in the weaving the fine little mats resemble those that come from China. Although the night is very short, for the sun rises before four o'clock, yet this night was long for us, on account of the desire we had to go ashore. Some of the sailors who bought cloaks passed a bad night, for, having put them on, t'ley found themselves obliged to take to scratching, on account of the bites they sufff:red from the little animals these pagans breed in their clothing. Friday, the 22d. About two o'clock in the morning the wind came from the southwest, although light, and at five we were some four leagues from land. We drew near to it, with the ship's head east by north, with the intention of doubling the second point, that to the east-southeast of Santa Margarita, in order to examine the elbow behind it for anchorage ground ; but the cur- rent set us to leeward so fast that we could not make the point and found ourselves obliged to go about to the south-southeastward. At mid-day we were off the southwest point of Santa Margarita, where we had wished to anchor on the twenty-first but found no bottom. An observation was obtained and the Captain said that we were in latitude 55°. So this is the latitude of Point Santa Margarita. It was nearly one in the afternoon when we tacked toward the land : but, in about two hours, the wind went to west- southwest, and we tacked to the southward. Shortly afterward the wind went to southwest and our course was made south-south- east. This afternoon the wind has been very fresh, and a good deal of very thick fog, as wet as though it were raining, prevented our seeing anything. For this reason, and because the wind was unfavorable and a high sea running, while the current was forcing us landward, we stood out to sea and the land was lost to our sight. On Saturday, the 23d, at dawn, there was a high head sea run- ning, as had been the case all night, which forced us from the land; Documents from the Sutro Collection. 195 re nngs on lese things I hem nearer six rings of e saw these isession, and ly for large ide of them, lina and the Jangleyes of e fine little h the night t this night go ashore, i night, for, I to take to m the little ig the wind ive we were th the ship's the second in order to )ut the cur- ie point and itheastward. I Margarita, lit found no in said that Point Santa 1 we tacked 2nt to west- y afterward 5outh-south- and a good ?, prevented >e wind was was forcing lost to our ;ad sea run- am the land; the same wind, fog and rain continued, so that, all day long, the sun was invisible. Before mid-day the wind hauled to west-south- west, and we went to the southward, at the rate of two and a half or three miles an hour. As the weather was so unfavorable for our design of going ashore in order to make an examination of the land, we determined on a novena to San Juan Nepomuceno, to the end that, through the merit of his sovereign patronage, he might obtain for us favorable weather from the Lord ; it was begun this evening, on the conclusion of the daily recital of the chaplet of Our I^ady, Most Holy Mary. Sunday, the 24th, day of San Francisco Solano, Apostle of Peru and patron of the South Sea, dawned fair with a brisk wind from the west-southwest. My father companion said mass and preached, as is his wont on all Sundays ; but, before the mass came to an end, the wind strengthened too much, with squalls threatening and some rain falling, for a second mass, though I managed to assist at that celebrated by Father Fray Tomas. Shortly after eight o'clock in the morning the weather cleared again and the day was fine v'ith bright sunshine, which we have not had since coming to the orthward of forty degrees of latitude. At twelve o'clock a perf tly satisfactory observation was obtained, and the Captain told as that we were in 53" 48'. The wind continued to blow fresh and favorable from west-southwest to west and our progress was good. Soon after noon the ship's head was put to the east- ward. Although since six in the morning until after noon we had made four miles an hour, we could not make out the land, and this although the horizon was very clear. Before sunset the wind died away f»nd we saw land, said to be the same seen on the eight- eenth iusiaut. This coast, from Point Santa Margarita, is low lying and trends from north to south for about seven leagues ; and, after this low land ends, in 54° 44', very high and broad mountain ranges begin, with detached peaks which are very lofty and snowy. These mountains are thickly clothed with timber ; and, although we could not determine the kinds of trees of "hich these forests con- sist, we took them to be cypresses, pines, beeches and ashes, for, in the canoes which came out to us off Point Santa Margarita, we saw wood of all these kinds, and even branches of these trees. These ranges of lofty mountains, which the Captain named the Sierra of San Crist6bal, run from latitude 54° 44' to latitude 53° 08', in a northwesterly and southeasterly direction. From the south, seen from sea and near to the land, their course seems to be from north-northwest to south-southeast. • li i _; I f 196 Historical Society of Southern California. Monday, the 25th, day of our patron, Santiago,' dawned clear and the sun shone. Both of us celebrated the mass. At mine the Surgeon and two sailors communed ; during that of my father companion the viaticum was administered to the sick sailor to whom, a fortnight ago, the holy oil was administered because of the dangerous condition in which he then was. At dawn the calm which had lasted all night was still present, but the wind sprang up from the east, from the land which is in sight about eight leagueis distant. It is the Sierra of San Crist6bal, of which I made mention yesterday ; and, according to an observation obtained to- day by the Captain, it is in latitude 53" 21' This sierra appears to be about thirty-six leagues in length between two peaks, one at the southern end and one at the northern. After mid-day a dense fog arose ; at six o'clock it began to rain and the fall was greater as the night came on. All day the wind was east, unfavorable for our drawing near to the land. During the night it hauled to the south-southeast and south. Shortly before seven o'clock the sailor to whom we had administered the sacrament died ; his name was Salvador Antonio, and he was a native of the town of Guaina- mota. Anima ejus requiescat in pace. Amen. At dawn on Tuesday, the 26th, day of Santa Ana, there was a drizzling rain falling and a thick fog, so that only one mass could be celebrated, and this was said by my father companion. It was a funeral mass for the deceased, and the body was committed to the deep with ecclesiastical ceremonies as soon as ♦".he mass was finished. Little by little the south wind went on increasing, so that, at ten o'clock, it was so strong that it was forcing us on shore, which we could not make out because of the thick fog ; and the Captain, fearing lest we might go on the rocks of an unknown coast, ordered the ship to be put about with her head to the west, close-hauled with only the main-topsail set, for the wind grew stronger continually, and he did not wish to lose any northing nor to get very far off the coast. The wind freshened more, and a heavy sea was running, so that we could not stand the tossing of the ship. So, the wind and rain continuing, we passed the day until at eleven o'clock at night, when the wind shifted to south- west. Presently we we^t about with the ship's head toward the coast, being anxious to do everything possible in order to make a landing. 8. Santiago, the patron iaint of Spain, whose name was the Spanish war-cry— ''Santi- ago, y A ellOB 1 " The surgeon communed again this day. It is evident that devout officers and men of the expedition received the sacrament on occasions other than their birthdays. ■I I itti Documents from the Sutro Collection. 197 awned clear At mine the ' my father k sailor to because of wn the calm vind sprang about eight hich I made obtained te- rra appears eaks, one at day a dense was greater avorable for luled to the ck the sailor 3 name was of Guaina- there was a mass could ion. It was ommitted to e mass was icreasing, so rcing us on ick fog ; and =in unknown to the west, wind grew lorthing nor nore, and a e tossing of sed the day id to south- toward the r to make a war-cry— 'Stntl- t devout offlcera their birthdaya. Wednesday, the 27th, began much obscured by thick fog, and it was raining. The southwest wind had been blowing since eleven o'clock last night, and we were approaching the coast with the ship's head to the south-southeast, through a heavy sea left by the south wind of yesterday. Before ten o'clock the weather cleared and the sun shone out well, so that an obseriration was obtained. The Captain said we were in 52'' 59'. After noon the wind shifted another point, and the ship's head was put southeast a quarter south. About three o'clock the wind began to die away ; and, when the night came, we were becalmed. Although there was a clear sun in the afternoon, and the weather was fair, we could not see the coast. At sunset the horizon was obscured ; I do not know whether it was for this reason, or because we were so far away from it, that we could not make out the land. At dawn on Thursday, the 28th, the calm continued. But the day was fair, and we saw the land some six or seven leagues dis- tant. It was a chain of mountains very broad and high. The Captain took the bearing of the two extremities, which were seen very plainly, one in a northerly and the other in a southerly direc- tion. The northerly extremity bore north-northwest ; the south- erly, east. The aistance between them was about eighteen leagues; and, according to this demarcation, the coast trends northwest and southeast, although in this there may be some vari- ation because of our distance from the land when the bearings were taken. We saw very clearly the snowy peaks discovered on the 1 8th of this month, and now we saw them far away toward the north. From where we saw it this streich of coast appeared to be of high land immediately on the seaboard, though there may be some low land which, on account of the distance, we could not see. There were only light puffs of shifting wind, so that we could get no farther in. At mid-day an observation was made, and the Captain said we were in 52 *> 41'. He took the bearings of the land and of the high range of San Cristobal. The bearing of what was seen of the range farther to the northward was north- northwest, the distance being about eighteen leagues ; the south- erly extremity bore east-southeast. The shifting, light winds con- tinued during the afternoon and night. Friday, the 29th, davned very cloudy, although there was no fog, and we saw the coast plainly. It was distant from us some seven or eight leagues, the range of San Crist6bal being now left behind us. According to the Captain's belief, this range, begin- ning at Point Santa Margarita, is about fifty-five leagues long. U I! 1 lit' 198 Historical Society of Southern California. ': 1 il 1 I i The other stretch of coast, in sight to-day, is also a range moder- ately high with some insulated peaks, although not so many as in the range of San Crist6bal ; and, though our observation of it has been at some distance, it seems to us to rise abruptly from the sea- side and that there are some gaps in it. But, if we can manage to get a nearer view of it and examine it, this can be determined pre- cisely ; also whether there be harbors, bights, bays or roadsteads. From what we have seen to-day no better account can be given. The trend of this stretch of coast is north-northwest and south- east, and, according to the bearings taken, it is east-northeast of our position. To get that position there was no observation, as the sun was not visible but hidden all day by the heavy clouds. Shortly after ten o'clock in the morning the wind went to south- southeast and the ship's head was put to southwest, although the wind gradually died away to a dead calm, which lasted all night. Although Saturday, the 30th, dawned cloudy, the weather was fair and there was no fog. We were at a considerable distance from the coast, which we could barely make out. In the early morning the wind from the southeast a quarter south freshened somewhat, and, at half past eleven, it went toward the south. We went about and stood for the coast, with intent to examine two breaks we saw in it yesterday; but it was not given to us to make such examination, because, at half past twelve, the wind went back to the southeast, and we went about again, with the ship's head to the southwest. The wind freshened constantly, causing a heavy sea which was on our bow and made the ship pitch and toss so that we could not keep our feet. So it went on all night, which was uncomfortable enough, on this account and because it rained. The ship was under the fore and main courses. Sunday, the 31st, dawned very dark and rainy, though the wind was rather less strong. To-day it was impossible to cele- brate the mass on account of the rain, the heavy sea and the great pitching and tossing of the ship. The wind remained in the south-southeast, although it was not so strong as during the night. Our course is southwest, and we no longer see the land. The sun shone out so that an observation could be had, and the Captain said we were in 51" 58'. The same wind and sea continued dur- ing the afternoon and part of the night. This afternoon we finished the novena to San Juan Nepomuceno for the success of the voyage. August. Monday, the ist, began very cloudy, with a south- west wind which began to blow at one o'clock in the morning. in: Documents from the Sutro Collection. 199 ige moder- nany as in n of it has im the sea- manage to mined pre- roadsteads. be given, ind south- ortheast of rvation, as vy clouds. : to south- ;hough the all night, eather was e distance the early freshened south. We amine two IS to make wind went the ship's causing a :h and toss 1 all night, because it hough the e to cele- and the ined in the \ the night. The sun le Captain nued dur- emoon we success of h a south- moining. From that hour our course had been south-southeast, in order to draw near to the coast again. At eight o'clock the sun shone out clear. An observation was obtained and the Captain told us that our position was si** 35'. After mid-day the wind died away, and shifted about between south and southwest. At six in the even- ing the wind went hauling to the west, where it remained all night. During the night the sea that had been annoying us all these days went down. Tuesday, the 2d, dawned cloudy, but the sun soon dispelled the clouds and shone out. The west wind held until four in the morning, when it went back to the west-northwest — a wind, thanks be to God, favorable for our drawing near to the coast. To this end at that hour the ship's head was put to the southeast. At mid-day an observation was obtained, and the Captain said we were in 50** 20'. After getting this result, and noting the south- ing we had made, the Captain ordered the ship's head to be put to east by south. The same wind held fresh during the afternoon and the following night. About six o'clock in the evening a dense fog came on. At dawn on Wednesday, the 3d, the same west-northwest wind held. The fog of yesterday continued, so dense that nothing could be seen, even for the ship's length. Shortly before nine o'clock the wind came from the northwest. This wind is very desirable, that we may run along the coast and examine it, and our course is east by south. The wind freshened continually, and by noon we were making five miles an hour. The dense fog thus continued and only at mid-day it cleared away a little to the southward, so that an observation could be had. The Captain informed us that we were in 49** 24'. To-day the Captain noticed that the needle varies about two points. Noting this and that the fog kept the horizon very obscure and that the coast can not be very far away, anxious lest we might strike it unexpectedly, shortly before three o'clock he .ordered the sails to be double- reefed and the course to be made southeast a quarter south. At five o'clock in the afternoon the sky cleared so that the sun shone out and the horizon was unobscured ; yet nowhere could we see the land which we thought to be so near. For this reason the Captain soon ordered the ship's head to be put to the east. The northwest wind increased constantly, and, with the foresail and the fore-topsail single- reefed, we made four miles an hour. Dur- ing the night the wind freshened to such an extent that the ship was hove to. At ten o'clock at night a thick fog came on. it 200 Historical Society of Southern California, i -i At four o'clock in the morning of Thursday, the 4th, the wind came, very tresh, from the north, so that, under the foresail and the fore-topsail, single- reefed, we made about five miles an hour. The fog was so dense that it was impossible to see more than the ship's length. There was a high sea running and the north wind became stronger every instant, so that, at eight o'clock, the ship was unable to stand the stress of weather. The Captain, seeing this, ordered the canvas to be reduced to the fore-topsail and the ship's head to be put to the southeast. About eleven o'clock the weather cleared and the sun drove the fog away, so that an observation was obtained and it was found that we were in latitude 48° 52'. Until after dinner the only sail set was the fore- topsail and we made three miles an hour. As the horizon was clear and we saw no land and as the wind was not so strong, the Captain ordered all sail to be made and that the ship's head should be put east-northeast, so that it might be determined whether the coast could be made out. The wind held, although later it was not so strong; yet, all this time, we made four miles an hour. Thus the night passed. This evening, after the daily orison of the chaplet of Our I^ady and the devotions of some saints in par- ticular, we began a novena to Santa Clara, asking that glorious saint to intercede with the I^ord, so that we might have good weather and clear days for the examination of the coast. Friday, the 5th, dawned very fair; there was no fog and the horizon was clear. No land was seen. The wind held from the north, although not so strong, and our course was northeast. Be- fore noon the wind died away, so that we made only two miles and a half an hour, and, during the afternoon, only two. To-day a very satisfactory observation was obtained, for the weather was very fair, and our position was exactly 48*'. On Saturday, the 6th, the wind was fresh from the northwest, the course being northeast by north, and the day was very fair, without clouds or fog, and with a clearer sun than so far we have had. About eleven o'clock we saw the land, though it was far away, and it appeared to be very high and snow-crowned. At noon an observation was obtained, and, as we were told by the second navigating officer, Don Estdban, our position was 48" 52'; but the Captain said that we were in the same lattitude as we were yesterday — ^48**. During the afternoon a dense fog hid the land, so that at sunset the coast was barely discernible ; and the wind decreased so that at nightfall there was a calm, which continued all night. P'^cuments from the Sutro Collection. 301 the wind jresail and s an hour, e than the the north >' clock, the le Captain, fore-topsail out eleven )g away, so we were in as the fore- orizon was strong, the lead should whether the iter it was an hour. orison of ints in par- at glorious have good t. >g and the d from the heast. Be- miles and To-day a eather was northwest, s very fair, far we have 1 it was far 3wned. At told by the ivas 43" 52'; : as we were d the land, td the wind b continued The same calm continued at day-break on Sunday, the 7th, and the fog was so thick that we could not see the ship's length. Both of us said mass ; and, in that of my father companion, he preached a sermon on doctrine and the quartermaster communed. Day and night the calm continued, and there was a fog which did not permit any observation to-day. This afternoon some great fishes were seen ; they seemed to be sharks, but it was said that they were not. These are the first fish we have seen during the voyage. Monday, the 8th, dawned cloudy, and it threatened to rain. About four o'clock in the morning the wind began to come from the east ; the calm came to an end, and the course was north and north by east. Before eight o'clock the wind hauled to the south- east, and the ship's head was put to northeast by north, so that we migh\ get nearer to the coast. Although the day was rather obscure, the officers made out, with some difficulty, to take an observation, and the second navigating officer, Don Est^ban, told us that our position was 49" 05'. Before dinner we made out the land, which appeared to be low and not very distant ; though, as it was very cloudy, we could not see it very well. About four in the afternoon we were some four leagues from it. Although the wind was light we approached it gradually, and, being about two leagues away from the shore, we sounded several times in from twenty-two to twenty-four fathoms. About four o'clock three small canoes came off to us ; in one there were four men, in an- other three, in the third two. Before reaching us they began to cry out, making gestures and signs that we should go away. Our people mads signs to them that they should draw near without fear, and gave them to understand that we were seeking water ; but either they did not understand our meaning, or they gave no heed to it, for they went back to the shore. With the light wind that was blowing we drew near to the land, and, at six o'clock, beiug about a league from it, the lead was cast again; and, good holding ground being found, we came to anchor in twenty-five fathoms at that hour. The wind died away to a dead calm, and thus we remained, putting off till the morrow our landing for the purpose of setting up in the land the standard of the holy cross and taking possession of it in the name of Our Catholic Monarch, whom God guard. We made out the land very well from the roadstead where we lay, a roadstead which has the shape of a C, and which the Cap- tain named San Lorenzo. The land was low and heavily clothed 20 ^• vi 9(Mt Historical Society of Southern California. ; I with timber, though of what kind we could not distinguish. This anchorage is but little protected against winds. There are two points. That to the southeast was called Point San Sst6ban, out of regard for the second navigating officer. At this point the low land, thickly covered with timber, begins, and it stretches away to the northwest for a distance of four or five leagues to the other point, where the land becomes higher. This point was named Point Santa Clara, to which saint we are now making a novena, in anticipation of her day. At a distance of about a league from the very low land of the roadstead of San Lorenzo, we saw there was a very high range of mountains, also covered with timber, and behind this range, to the northward, was another still higher, having many sumr s covered with snow. It seemed to me that this roadstead is sh er^d from the northwest and southeast winds only, and is open to all others. Being at anchor in this roadstead, at eight o'clock at night, three canoes of larger size, with fifteen men in them, came out, and remained at some distance froru the ship, their occupants cry- ing out in a mournful tone. We called out to them and they came nearer ; whereupon we asked them by signs whether water wns to be had. They did not understand or paid no attention, and went toward the land ; but, on the way thither, meeting with two other canoes, all five came on together to about a musket shot's distance from the ship. Although from on board we made many signs to them and cried out to them, they would come no nearer, but re- mained where they were until about eleven o'clock, talking one with another, and from time to time crying out. These canoes are not as large as those we saw at Point Santa Margarita, the longest of these not being more than eight varas in length ; nor are they of the same build, the bow being larger and hollowed out and the stern bluffer. The paddles used in these canoes attract attention more than those others ; they are well made and painted in various colors, and are shaped like a spade ending in a point about a quarter of a vara in length. These canoes are almost all of a single piece, though we saw some which were made of several pieces fastened together with cords. At dawn on Tuesday, the ninth, the calm continued still. In the northwest the sky was clear ; in all other quarters there was a dense fog. At daybreak we set about getting the long-boat into the water, in order to go ashore to plant the holy cross. While thus engaged we saw fifteen canoes leaving the land ; in a sL.ort time they had come near to us, and we saw that there were about ff Documents from the Sutro Collection. 203 uish. This ere are two 5st6ban, out lint the low itches away to the other was named a novena, in land of the gh range of range, to the 1 -s covered ■ er^d from all others, k at night, a, came out, :upants cry- id they came water was to m, and went th two other ot's distance ny signs to arer, but re- talking one LW at Point e than eight ; bow being jaddles used ;rs ; they are laped like a igth. These some which rds. led still. In i there was a ng-boat into ross. While in a sLort s were about a hundred men, and some, though not many, women in them. They were given to understand that they might draw near without fear, and they came near and began to trade with what they had in their canoes, which consisted only of skins of otters and other animals unknown to us, and some hats made of reeds and painted like those seen at Point Santa Margarita, except, we noticed, that in these the conical crown ends in a ball like a little pear, and some cloths woven of a material very like hemp, and with a fringe of the same thread. Our people bought some skins and some cloths and hats in exchange for clothing, ribbons and she. Is which the men had picked up on the beach at Monterey and Car- melo, and we noted that these Indians had a great liking for th»» shells and the ribbons. Among these Indians no cloths wove;i of wool or hair, like those seen at Santa Margarita, were met with. Some pieces of iron and of copper and of knives were seen in their possession. "^ We observed that these Indians are as well made as those of Santa ^'argarita, but they are not as well covered or clothed. These cover themselves with skins of the otter and other animals and the woven cloths mentioned, and they have capes made of cords of the bark of trees. Their hair is long. The women we saw did not have a disk pendent from the lip as those of Santa Margarita do, and, therefore, did not appear to be as ugly as those others. About six in the morning, the long-boat being in the water and all in readiness for going ashore, the wind came from the west and it was noticed that we were being forced ashore, the anchor drag- ing. The Captain immediately ordered the anchor to be weighed, so that we might get unuer way and remain tacking off and on while the long-boat went to land and returned, but the strong wind and the sea were forcing us toward the shore constantly. Seeing the evident danger there was that we should be cast away, the Captain very properly resolved to lose the anchor and cuble in preference, and ordered the latter to be cut forthwith. Sail was made and the ship's head was put to the southwest by south and with great difficulty we were able to double a point of rocks run- ning out about a league into the sea. Having weathered this point, and being about three leagues off the land, the wind and sea were so high that it was necessary to take in all sail, except the fore stay- sail, so that the long boat could be got on board. While this was doing a heavy sea struck the Loat, so that it was by a miracle we did not lose it and some sailors who were in it. The long-boat _: J 204 Historical Society of Southern California. i being got aboard, the sails were loosed and set and the course was made south-southwest. The wind and sea were still increasing. At mid-day an observation was obtained and the Captain told us that we were in 49'' 1 2'. During the afternoon the wind died away gradually and by night-fall it was calm. At dawn, on Wednesday, the loth, this same calm continued, and the day was cloudy, though the usual fog was lacking. Thus we were able to see the coast, though it was distant, being nearly fifteen leagues away. Both were able to celebrate the mass in honor of the glorious San Lorenzo. It was cloudy all day, the sun not being seen, and no observation was obtained. The calm continued all day and the following night. Thursday, the nth, dawned calm and cloudy. About nine o'clock in the morning the weather cleared and the sun shone out. To the eastward we saw a very high hill, distant about eighteen leagues from where we were. It seemed to us that there were great colored spots on the hill, as though they were ravines; some said that there might be snow there, or that the hill was close to the shore and these were banks of sand. At this hour the wind blew rather fresh from the northwest. At noon an observation was obtained, and the Captain told us we were in latitude 48° 09'. During the afternoon the wind freshened and all the time we made three miles an hour. In this way we approached the land again, and we saw clearly that the high hill mentioned was entirely covered with snow, and that on its flanks, to the northeast and tke southeast, farther inland were seen other goodly stretches of land covered with snow. As this hill was so high and so marked by its shape as it stretched inland, the Captain did not wish that it should remain without a name, and so called it the high snowy hill of Santa Rosalia. The northwest wind being so favorable all day long the course was eastward, we being desirous of seeing whether by to-morrow we might not be near the land — so that we may land and plant the holy cross there. The wind continued to blow from that quarter until midnight, when it hauled to south- southeast. At dawn en Friday, the 12th, it was raining, and there was s* thick a fog that we could not see one another when at a distance of four paces apart. After midnight the wind blew strong from the south-southeast and the s"a came from the souchwest. Our course was eastward, toward the snowy hill of Santa Rosalia. By the time it was fairly day we were very near to it, but the fog and the rain prevented our seeing anything of it. The Captain, fear- Documents from the Sutro Collection. 205 )urse was creasing, in told us lied away ontinued, Thus ig nearly mass in day, the The calm jout nine hone out. eighteen here were les; some ,s close to the wind )servation e 48» 09'. B we made nd again, 3 entirely tieast and etches of io marked wish that jh snowy orable all of seeing io that we ttinued to to south- here was 1 distance \ from the ur course By the J fog and ain, fear- ing lest we might strike the land through lack of forethought, or dered the ship to be put about with her head to the southwest, so as to carry us out of danger until such time as the weather should be clearer. Although both of us were as desirous of celebrating the mass to-day as all were of hearing it, because it was the day of the glorious Santa Clara and our novena in her honor came to an end, nevertheless we were unable to say even one mass, for the rain and wind, the high sea that was running and the extraordi- nary tossing about of the ship prevented our doing so. So we conformed to the will of God, assuring the people of our strong desire in the matter. At eleven in the morning the wind went to west-southwest, and the ship was put about with her head toward the coast, the day remaining overcast so that at no time could we see the sun. The afternoon and night were spent in btanding off and on, so as not to go too far away from the laud. Saturday, the 13th, dawned very cloudy, although there was no low lying fog, and we found that we were about three or four leagues from shore. We had a partial view of the land; far inland the clouds hung over it. The coast we saw consists of low land, though a portion of it is of medium altitude, thickly covered with timber, stretching down from the snowy hill of Santa Rosalia, which we have left behind toward the north. All through the afternoon we saw the smokes of many great fires, so that we know this coast to be inhabited. At dawn the wind was in the west, having begun to blow frora that quarter during the night, and our course was southeast a quarter south and afterward southeast — so that we might run along the coast in search of some bight in which to come to an anchor; but gradually the wind died away. About ten o'clock the wind came from the southwest and began to freshen. This wind being unfavorable for coasdng, as it blew to- wards the shore, and in order to avoid danger, the ship's head was put south and later south-southwest. As the day was very cloudy no observation could be obtained. By a short time after twelve o'clock we had lest sight of the land, being far from it. At dawn, when it was clear to the northward, the Captain took the bearings of the land carefully, and told me that, according to his calculations, the coast ran from the snowy hill of Santa Rosalfa to San Bias for eight hundred leagues, with a general trend of north- west a quarter north and southeast a quarter south. At dawn, on Sunday, the 14th, the day v^ as very cloudy, the clouds being very heavy, and, from time to time there were squalls of wind accompanied by showers. The sea, which came from the 2o6 Historical Society of Southern California. ^^H' west, tossed the ship about so that we could not keep our footing. For this reason it was impossible to say mass. About seven o'clock in the morning the clouds rolled away partially, tro that we were able to see something of the coast, from which wj were distant some seven or eight leagues. At eight the wind went to the north- west, very light and variable. Shortly before twelve the sun shone out and an obser\-ation was obtained, although it was not entirely satisfactory-, because while the oflBcers were taking it a squall came on and the sun was hidden; but, according to what was made out, the Captain told us that we were in 46^ 08'. Al- though the weather cleared a little in the afternoon we could see the land no longer. At nightfall the wind went to north, and we made three miles and a half an hour with the ship's head to south- sonthwest. Monday, the 15th, dawned very clear, the sun shining out well and the wind still blowing fresh from the north. There was a good deal of sea from the west and we thought we should be obliged to go without mass, but my father companion took heart and said one, the rest of us hearing it, the Captain, the Surgeon and three sailors communing. When the sun shone out we saw the coast clearly, being four or iivo leagues from it. We saw a con- siderable stretch of it, of whi'-u the Captain took the bearings and which trended north-northvest and south-southeast. It is low land, which rises, however, in places, and is covered with a thick growth of trees which appeared to us to be pines. We saw no snow. From three o'clock in the morning, when we saw the land, until eight our course was south by west; at eight o'clock it was made south-southwest. At twelve the officers obtained an obser- vation, and the Captain told us that the latitude was 44° 35'. All the morning we were running along the coast at a distance from it of about three leagues, and we did the same thing during the afternoon ; but we saw it more distinctly as there was not so much haze. The farther south we advanced the lower the land immediately on the coast was. We saw some table-land where there was no timber, but seemingly a great deal of grass. We saw several white cliffs near to the sea, and some ravines, or open- ings, which ran no west and southwest. About six o'clock it was noticed that the land stretched out past our bow to the south- ward, and the Captain at once ordered the ship's head to be put to the south-southwest. This was our course until eight o'clock, when it was made south. And this was our course all night, the wind being so fresh that we made five miles and a half and hour. ir footing. en o'clock we were re disvant the north- the sun it was not iking it a ig to what 08'. Al- could see h, and we I to south- j out well ere was a should be heart and rgeon and e saw the iaw a con- Irings and It is low th a thick Ve saw no ' the land, Dck it was an obser- 35'. 1 distance ig during r^as not so the land id where ass. We , or open- o'clock it he south- to be put t o'clock, light, the nd hour. Documents from the Sutro Collection. 207 At dawn, on Tuesday, the i6th, the day was fair, but the hori- zon was entirely hidden by a thick fog. During the whole day we did not see the land, because of this fog or because we were so far away from it. At daybreak the wind was still blowing fresh from the north, although it became lighter as the sun rose higher. Early in the morning the course was made south-south- east, it having been south all night. At nine o'clock it was almost calm, and so it continued to be almost all the day long, except for an occasional puff of light wind. At the hour last mentioned the thick fog, which earlier had been confined to the horizon, so enveloped us that at the distance of a few paces nothing could be seen. At noon the sun shone out through the fog just long enough for an observation to be obtained. According to the Captain the latitude was 42° 38'. This being the latitude, and considering what is related of the voyage of General Don Sebastian Vizcaino, we conjecture that hereabout must be the white Cape San Sebastian and that famous river discovered by Martin d^ Agui- lar; for, although in the old journals he locates it in latitude 43°, it is noticeable that the latitude of other places where observations were had at that same time has been found to be less by the new and more serviceable instruments. Therefore it may be concluded that the white cape and the river mentioned are in a lower latitude than that given to them by those ancient observers; and it may be that we are in the parallel of that cape, although, by reason of the fog, we cannot see the land. Shortly before midnight the wind began to blow very strong from the north and so continued to blow all night, during which time our course was south by west. The wind increased so that sail was taken in until only the fore- sail remained set; even thus the sh^) made way enough. The dawn of Wednesday, the 17th, was obscured by a thick fog, as former dawns had been, the north wind still blowing strong and our course being south. As the sun rose the fog lifted and allowed that luminary to become visible. But the fog remained on the horizon until about noon, when it cleared away. During the day no land was seen ; undoubtedly we must be very far away from it. At mid-day an observation was obtained and, as the Captain told us, our position was in 41° 27'. Until this hour, un- der the fore-topsail alone, we inade more than four miles an hour. After noon the Captain ordered the ship's head to be put to the south-southeast, toward the land. The wind was still in the north, though not so strong as it had been, during the afternoon and night. During this time our course was landward. I 2o8 Historical Society of Southern California. At dawn on Thursday, the i8th, there was so thick a fog that, at the distance of a few paces, we could not see one another. This is troublesome enough for navigating on an unknown coast ; for, if there be islands or shoals, there would be no one to give an account of us. In the early morning the north wind became lighter and so continued all day, although we made considerable progress on a southeast course. The fog continued all day so that no observa- tion could be had; nor was the land seen. At dawn on Friday, the 19th, the fog was still present, and the dew had been so heavy that it seemed to have been raining. There had been a calm all night long and it continued all day, except that there was an occasional light puff of wind. All day long the obscurity continued and the sun was not seen. The same fog, dew and calm were present at dawn on Saturday, the 20th. They continued all day, except that there was, once in a while, a puff of wind, and that, shortly before twelve o'clock, the fog lifted so that the sun could be seen and the Captain man- aged with difficulty to get an observation. He said that our lati- tude was 39° 48'. At dawn on Sunday, the 21st, the same fog continued and the moisture from it was like a shower, and it was very cold. From this and previous wettings and cold it has resulted that the greater part of the crew is unfit for duty on account of the scurvj'. Al- most all are affected by it, some quite seriously. I, myself, have a sore mouth, so that I have been unable to celebrate the mass. But my father companion said mass and preached a sermon. Until eleven o'clock in the morning the calm lasted ; at that hour a little wind came from the southeast. Although it was light and unfavorable, the ship's head was put to the east-northeast, toward the coast. At noon the sun shone out so that, although with diflficulty, the officers got an observation. The Captain told us that we were in latitude 39'' 30'. The wind was so light during the afternoon that we were virtually becalmed. This condition lasted all night. The same calm continued at dawn on Monday, the 22d; the day was cloudy, but the customary fog was absent. As the sun rose we made out the coast, from which we were six or seven leagues distant, and we saw the culminating point of the land looming out of the fog, about ten leagues to the northward. This was a high cape and beyond this cape no land was seen, and we con- cluded that beyond this point the coast trended in another direct- ion. In the opinion of the Captain this is Cape Mendocino ; it that, Documents front the Sutro Collection. 209 fog that, per. This St ; for, if n account ter and so ress on a observa- and the g. There ly, except day long Saturday, s, once in o'clock, ain man- : our lati- and the From lie greater rvy. Al- self, have he mass. . sermon, that hour light and t, toward igh with 1 told us t during condition ; the day sun rose 1 leagues looming is was a we con- ;r direct- 3cino ; it bore five points to the northward of north-northwest. From this cape the coast trends south for about ten leagues. It is all high land with several breaks in it, apparently ravines. All this land is thickly covered with trees which seemed to be pines. To the southward of this high land we saw about five leagues of coast not so high, and that which appeared beyond that seemed to be lower. All was thickly covered with timber. Shortly after we had this view of the coast a thick fog settled down and hid it, so that we saw it no more. Before .seven o'clock in the morn- ing the wind began to blow from the southeast, and it was neces- sary to put the ship's head to south-southwest ; this was going away from the coast again, this wind making it impossible to do anything else. At nine o'clock the weather cleared so that at noon an observation could be had ; according to what the Captain said we are in latitude 39** 46'. And so we have made sixteen minutes of northing since yester- day. This is owing to the fact that during the afternoon and night our course was east-northeast and that, although the puffs of wind were light, we made several leagues in distance, with this result. After the observation of to-day the Captain told us that, according to his reckoning, the latitude of Cape Mendocino, which we had left behind us, is 40**, within a few minutes of dif- ference. The light puffs of wind continued all day and at sunset we were becalmed. The calm continued all night. Tuesday, the 23d, dawned with the day obscured by fog, not- withstanding which there were those who said that, far away amid the fog on the side where it was not so thick, they made out the land. After six o'clock light puffs of wind came from the south-southeast, and it was necessary to put the ship's head to the southwest. Little by little the wind freshened and went to south- east a quarter south. The sun had been seen but little and at mid-day was so hidden that no observation was possible. At sun- set the light winds ceased and we were becalmed. Inasmuch as these calms continue and the weather is so unfavorable, and as the sick become sicker while the number of them increases, it was resolved to make a novena to Our Lady of Talpa, beseeching her patronage; and, after finishing the most holy chaplet, we began it. Very soon we had evidence of her sovereign patronage ; for, after eight o'clock, little by little the wind began to blow from the east, although gently, and it held in that quarter until aft^' mid- night, when it hauled to northwest and blew fresh until three in the morning, when it went to the north and blew rather stror ^. I 2IO Historical Society of Southern California. All night our course was southeast a quarter east, and we went well on our way — thanks be to God and to the Most Holy Virgin, to whom we offered to sing a mass on the day of her nativity if she permit us to reach home in safety. At dawn on Wednesday, the 24th, the same north wind was blowing and the day was so clear that during the earlier part of the morning the sun was seen. Both of us were able to celebrate the holy sacrifice of the mass. While we were engaged in cele- brating the second mass clouds began to form and rain threatened, though no rain reached us. As the clouds formed the wind fell and a high sea began to run which tossed us about well. At mid- day it was impossible to get an observation, for it was so cloudy that the sun could not be seen. During the afternoon and night the calm and high sea continued. This same calm and high sea continued at dawn on Thursday, the 25th, as well as the tossing about we had experienced during the night, and a thick fog obscured the day. At eleven o'clook in the morning light puffs of wind began to come from the east- southeast or southeast, and the ship's head was put northeast, so that we might not go too far away from the coast, though we do not know how far away it is. At mid-day the sun came out so that with difficulty the Captain got an observation, and told us that our position was latitude 38° 32'. The light wind from the east-southeast continued, and we were in effect becalmed until seven at night, when a fresh northwest wind set in and we began to make some progress. Before nine the wind hauled to the north- west and so held until morning ; and, this being a stern wind, we made good progress on a course southeast a quarter east, with intent to draw near to the coast. Friday, the 26th, dawned with the sky overcast, and the fog was so thick that at the distance of a musket-shot nothing could be seen. About four o'clock in the morning the wind which we had had during the night shifted to the west-northwest, and the ship's head was put to east-southeast. This morning we saw many birds, both great and small, and ducks and many whales, not very far away from the ship. All this indicates that we are not very far from the coast ; and, according to yesterday's observation and the considerable distance we have sailed during the night, we opine that we are not very distant from the port of San Francisco.* Dur- ing the early morning the west-northwest wind ceased and, at 9. As has been mentioned elsewhere, this was the original San Francisco Ba]ri or Fort, and U now known as Francis Drake's Bay, or Drake's Bay. we went y Virgin, lativity if wind was er part of celebrate in cele- ireatened, wind fell At mid- so cloudy ind night Thursday, ed during n o'clook the east- rtheast, so gh we do me out so id told us I from the med until we began the north- wind, we east, with ie fog was 5 could be ;h we had the ship's any birds, it very far >t very far n and the we opine :o.* Dur- i and, at Bay, or Port, Documents from the Sutro Collection. 211 about nine o'clock, it began to blow very strong from the north- west. About ten o'clock it was said that land was in sight on the bow and not very distant, although I was able to make it out with difl&culty because of the thick fog. The Captain said that these were the farallones of San Francisco, the first to be met with in going from north to south ; and he says that there are two groups of them, about five leagues distant from the coast or mainland, both groups stretching from northwest to southeast, distant about a league and a half, or two leagues, one group from the other. The first group, which we saw very plainly as we passed it about a league away, is that toward the north, and consists of seven small rocky crags, not very large nor equal in size. That in the middle is the highest ; and all are separated, one from the other. Of these, it appears, the histories and the records of the voyage of General Don Sebastian Vizcaino make no mention. In order to pass by them the ship's head was put south by east. By mid-day they were astern; and, had there been a clear sun, this would have been a good opportunity for the determination of their latitude. At this same hour of noon we began to make out the second group. They also are seven in number, and are very lofty. They seemed to be contiguous, and, seen from afar, appeared to form an island with seven peaks, some higher than others, with a circumference of about a league. Of these, it would appear. Admiral Cabrera Bueno speaks, when he says that they make a good landmark for finding Port San Francisco; for these seven, as Captain Don Juan Perez tells me, stretch out in front of Point Reyes, and to the northward of this point, in the bight which begins to be formed there, that port is situated. lih.Q farallones which, during the expedition by land of the year 1769, in which I took part, we saw on the 31st of October — as I re- late in my diary — are distinct from all these T. have seenjnow ; for it was not possible to see these from the place where the land expedi- tion saw those, which was the shore of the bight on the other side of and almost opposite to Point Reyes. From that beach we took the bearings of those we saw then, and they were west a quarter south, and Point Reyes bore west a quarter north — ^that is to say, the bear- ings were two quarter points apart. Those which we have seen now lie northwest and southeast. Moreover : when, on that expe- dition, we took the bearings of ih/t farallones we then saw, we were within the bight, or pocket, distant only about three leagues from the outlet of the two great lagoons, and had in full view the seven farallones which were distant only about a league and a half from 212 Historical Society of Southern California, \\ I % i us, while Point Reyes was distant, as the crow flies, about eighteen leagues. And as, according to the opinion of Captain Don Juan Perez, these two chains oi farallones are distant only about five leagues from the coast and from Point Reyes, it follows that, Vtfhen the land expedition, being within the great bight, discovered the seven /arallones of which the journals of that expedition tell, its islands must have been twenty-three leagues away from those we have seen to-day. Consequently they can not be the same, but others which could not have been seen by the land expedition. I make a note of this so that all error may be avoided." At dawn on Saturday, the 27th, the same favorable and very fresh northwest wind which we had enjoyed during the night still held. About six in the morning we were off Point Afio Nuevo, and presently began to enter the bight of Monterey. We came to an anchor in that port about four in the afternoon, although we did not go ashore until the following day, after both of us had said mass. Thanks be to God, and to his mother most pure who has permitted us to arrive most happily at this port, although we suffer the disappointment of not having gained our chief end, which was to go as far north as sixty degrees of latitude, there to go ashore and raise the standard of the holy cross. May the Divine Majesty design that this voyage shall serve, at least, to move the heart of Our Catholic Monarch, and increase the chris- tian zeal of the Most Excellent the I« !